SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 8-K

 

Current Report Pursuant

to Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of Earliest Event Reported)   June 28, 2007

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust
RFS Holding, L.L.C.

GE Money Bank

(Exact Name of Issuing Entity, Depositor/Registrant and Sponsor as Specified in their respective Charter)

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)

 

 

 

57-1173164 (RFS Holding, L.L.C.)

 

 

20-0268039 (GE Capital Credit Card Card

333-130030

 

Master Note Trust)

(Commission File Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

 

777 Long Ridge Road, Building B, 3rd Floor, Stamford, Connecticut

 

06927

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

( 203) 585-6669

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

No Change

(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

o   Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

o    Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

o    Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

o    Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 




Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

Issuance of Series 2007-3 Notes

Reference is made to the registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) on Form S-3 (File No. 333-130030) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 2005 (as amended by pre-effective amendment no. 1 on January 30, 2006, pre-effective amendment no. 2 on May 26, 2006 and pre-effective amendment no. 3 on June 12, 2006) and declared effective on
June 14, 2006.  On June 28, 2007, GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust publicly issued $949,750,000 of Series 2007-3 Class A-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes (the “Class A-1 Notes”), $269,000,000 of Series 2007-3 Class A-2 5.40% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class A-2 Notes”), $138,750,000 of Series 2007-3 Class B 5.49% Asset Backed Notes (the “Class B Notes”) and $97,500,000 of Series 2007-3 Class C Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes (the “Class C Notes”, and together with the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and the Class B Notes, the “Notes”), described in a Prospectus Supplement dated June 22, 2007 to a Prospectus dated June 20, 2007.

Use of Proceeds – Series 2007-3

The public offering of the Notes was made under the Registration Statement.

The public offering terminated on June 28, 2007 upon the sale of all of the Notes. The underwriters of the Class A-1 Notes were Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., ABN AMRO Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, CastleOak Securities, L.P., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and RBC Capital Markets Corporation.  The underwriters of the Class A-2 Notes were Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., ABN AMRO Incorporated, Banc of America Securities LLC, CastleOak Securities, L.P., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and RBC Capital Markets Corporation.  The underwriters of the Class B Notes were Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. The underwriters of the Class C Notes were Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

During the period from the effective date of the Registration Statement, through the current reporting period, the amount of expenses incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the publicly offered and sold Notes with respect to underwriting commissions and discounts was $1,139,700, $322,800, $277,500 and $243,750 for the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes, respectively. After deducting the underwriting discounts described in the preceding sentence, the net offering proceeds to the Issuer before expenses for the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes, respectively, are $948,610,300, $268,668,430.60, $138,438,561.75 and $97,256,250, respectively. Other expenses, including legal fees and other costs and expenses, are reasonably estimated to be $1,000,000 and net proceeds to the Issuer, after deduction of expenses, are reasonably estimated to be $1,451,973,542.35. With respect to the payment of these other expenses and costs, all direct or indirect payments were made to persons other than persons who are (a) directors or officers of the Issuer, or (b) owners of 10 percent or more of any class of securities of the Issuer.

Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture

In connection with the issuance referenced above, the Master Indenture relating to the issued notes was amended to include interchange revenues in the collateral and to provide for treatment of interchange as finance charge collections. The amendment is attached as Exhibit 4.2.

2




The net proceeds to RFS Holding, L.L.C., after deducting the underwriting commissions and discounts, and expenses above, were used to purchase credit card receivables from GE Money Bank (“Money Bank”), an affiliate of RFS Holding, L.L.C., and to repay intercompany indebtedness owed by RFS Holding, L.L.C. to RFS Holding, Inc., another affiliate, which indebtedness was incurred primarily to finance prior purchases of credit card receivables from Money Bank. Except as provided in the previous sentence, none of the proceeds were used for payments to (a) any directors or officers of the Issuer or (b) owners of 10 percent or more of any class of securities of the Issuer.

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a)  Not applicable
(b)  Not applicable
(c)  Not applicable
(d)
  Exhibits.

Exhibit No.

 

Document Description

 

 

 

1.1

 

Underwriting Agreement, dated June 22, 2007, among RFS Holding, L.L.C., RFS Holding Inc. and Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., individually and as representatives of the several underwriters

 

 

 

4.1

 

Series 2007-3 Indenture Supplement, dated as of June 28, 2007, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee

 

 

 

4.2

 

Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee

 

 

 

4.3

 

ISDA Master Agreement (Class A-1), dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.4

 

ISDA Master Agreement (Class C), dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.5

 

Schedule (Class A-1) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.6

 

Schedule (Class C) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.7

 

Confirmation (Class A-1) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.8

 

Confirmation (Class C) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.9

 

Credit Support Annex (Class A-1) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V.and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.10

 

Credit Support Annex (Class C) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

3




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

RFS Holding, L.L.C., as depositor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: July 3, 2007

By:

/s/  Russell Walsh

 

 

 

Name: Russell Walsh

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

4




INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
No.

 

Document Description

 

 

 

1.1

 

Underwriting Agreement, dated June 22, 2007, among RFS Holding, L.L.C., RFS Holding Inc. and Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., individually and as representatives of the several underwriters

 

 

 

4.1

 

Series 2007-3 Indenture Supplement, dated as of June 28, 2007, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee

 

 

 

4.2

 

Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007, between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee

 

 

 

4.3

 

ISDA Master Agreement (Class A-1), dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.4

 

ISDA Master Agreement (Class C), dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.5

 

Schedule (Class A-1) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.6

 

Schedule (Class C) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.7

 

Confirmation (Class A-1) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.8

 

Confirmation (Class C) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.9

 

Credit Support Annex (Class A-1) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V.and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

 

 

4.10

 

Credit Support Annex (Class C) to ISDA Master Agreement, dated June 28, 2007, between ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

5



Exhibit 1.1

RFS HOLDING, L.L.C

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST
SERIES 2007-3 ASSET BACKED NOTES

$949,750,000 Class A-1 Notes
$269,000,000 Class A-2 Notes
$138,750,000 Class B Notes
$97,500,000 Class C Notes

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc.

600 Steamboat Road
Greenwich, CT 06830

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
270 Park Avenue, 10th Floor

New York, NY 10017

each acting on behalf of itself and
as Representative of the several
Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto
(together, the “ Representatives ”)

June 22, 2007

Ladies and Gentlemen:

RFS Holding, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), proposes to cause GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (the “ Issuer ”) to issue $949,750,000 aggregate principal amount of Class A-1 Asset Backed Notes, Series 2007-3 (the “ Class A-1 Notes ”), $269,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Class A-2 Asset Backed Notes, Series 2007-3 (the “ Class A-2 Notes ”), $138,750,000 aggregate principal amount of the Class B Asset Backed Notes, Series 2007-3 (the “ Class B Notes ”) and $97,500,000 aggregate principal amount of the Class C Asset Backed Notes, Series 2007-3 (the “ Class C Notes ”, and together with the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class B Notes, the “ Offered Notes ”). The offering of the Offered Notes by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Note Offering ”.  The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of RFS Holding, Inc. (“ Holding ”).

The Issuer is a Delaware statutory trust formed pursuant to (a)  a Trust Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003 (the “ Trust Agreement ”), between the Company and The Bank of New York (Delaware), as owner trustee (the “ Owner Trustee ”), and (b) the filing of a certificate of trust with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 24, 2003.  The Offered Notes will be




issued pursuant to a Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, and as amended as of February 9, 2004, June 17, 2004 and August 31, 2006 and to be amended on or about June 28, 2007 (the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Series 2007-3 Indenture Supplement with respect to the Offered Notes, to be dated on or about June 28, 2007 (the “ Indenture Supplement ” and, together with the Master Indenture, the “ Indenture ”).

The assets of the Issuer include, among other things, certain amounts due (the “ Receivables ”) on a pool of private label credit card accounts of GE Money Bank (the “ Bank ”).  References to the Bank in this Agreement include Monogram Credit Card Bank of Georgia, a predecessor in interest to GE Money Bank.

The Receivables are transferred by the Company to the Issuer pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, and as amended as of February 9, 2004, June 17, 2004, November 21, 2004, August 31, 2006 and December 21, 2006 (the “ Transfer Agreement ”), between the Company and the Issuer.  The Receivables transferred to the Issuer by the Company were acquired by the Company from the Bank pursuant to a Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, and as amended as of February 9, 2004, February 7, 2005 and December 21, 2006 (the “ Receivables Sale Agreement ”), between the Company and the Bank.  The Bank has agreed to conduct the servicing, collection and administration of the Receivables owned by the Issuer pursuant to a Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2003, and as amended as of May 22, 2006 (the “ Servicing Agreement ”) between the Issuer, RFS Funding Trust and the Bank.

Pursuant to (i) an Amended and Restated Contribution Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2004 and the Supplemental Contribution Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2005, each among Holding, General Electric Capital Corporation (“ GECC ”) and General Electric Capital Services, Inc. (“ GECS ”) and (ii) a Supplemental Contribution Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2004, between Holding and GECS (collectively, the “ Contribution Agreement ”), GECS has agreed to make capital contributions to Holding in the event that Holding is obligated to make certain payments, including payments to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, and Holding does not otherwise have funds available to make such payments.

GECC has agreed to provide notices and perform on behalf of the Issuer certain other administrative obligations required by the Transfer Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Master Indenture and each indenture supplement for each series of notes issued by the Issuer, pursuant to an Administration Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003 (the “ Administration Agreement ”), between GECC, as administrator (in such capacity, the “ Administrator ”), the Issuer and The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Owner Trustee.  GECC has also executed a Servicer Performance Guaranty dated as of June 27, 2003 (the “ Servicer Performance Guaranty ”) relating to the Bank’s obligations under the Servicing Agreement.  The Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Transfer Agreement, the Receivables Sale Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Servicer Performance Guaranty and any interest rate swaps entered into by the Issuer in connection with the Notes are referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Program Documents .”

2




To the extent not defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned in the Program Documents.

For purposes of this Agreement and all related documents, unless the context otherwise requires:  (a) accounting terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement, and accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP; (b) unless otherwise provided, references to any month, quarter or year refer to a calendar month, quarter or year; (c) terms defined in Article 9 of the UCC as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction and not otherwise defined in this Agreement are used as defined in that Article; (d) references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date mean such amount at the close of business on such day; (e) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement (or the certificate or other document in which they are used) as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement (or such certificate or document); (f) references to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement (or the certificate or other document in which the reference is made), and references to any paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or definition; (g) the term “including” means “including without limitation”; (h) references to any law or regulation refer to that law or regulation as amended from time to time and include any successor law or regulation; (i) references to any agreement refer to that agreement as from time to time amended, restated or supplemented or as the terms of such agreement are waived or modified in accordance with its terms; and (j) references to any Person include that Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Act ”), a registration statement on Form S-3 (having the registration number 333-130030), including a form of prospectus and such amendments thereto as may have been filed prior to the date hereof, relating to the Offered Notes and the offering thereof in accordance with Rule 415 under the Act.  If any post-effective amendment to such registration statement has been filed with respect thereto, prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the most recent such amendment has been declared effective by the Commission.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Effective Time ” means the date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, was declared effective by the Commission, and “ Effective Date ” means the date of the Effective Time.  Such registration statement, as amended at the Effective Time, including all material incorporated by reference therein and including all information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430B under the Act, is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Registration Statement .”  The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission not more than three years prior to the date hereof.

The Company proposes to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act (“ Rule 424(b) ”) a supplement (the “ Prospectus Supplement ”) to the prospectus included in the Registration Statement (such prospectus, in the form it appears in the Registration Statement, or in the form most recently revised and filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Base Prospectus ”) relating to the Offered Notes and the method of distribution thereof.  The Base Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement, together with any

3




amendment thereof or supplement thereto, together with the information referred to under the caption “Static Pool Information” in the Prospectus Supplement regardless of whether it is deemed a part of the Prospectus Supplement, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus ”.

On June 22, 2007 (the date the first Contract of Sale (as defined below) was entered into as designated by the Representatives (the “ Date of Sale ”), the Company and the Representatives entered into this Underwriting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”).  The Company had previously prepared a Preliminary Prospectus dated June 20, 2007 and a Preliminary Prospectus dated June 21, 2007, in each case with respect to such Offered Notes (together with the Permitted Additional Information (as defined herein ), the “ Date of Sale Information ”).  As used herein, “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means, with respect to any date referred to herein, the Preliminary Prospectuses (as amended or supplemented, if applicable), which have been prepared and delivered by the Company to the Representatives in accordance with the provisions hereof that describe the Offered Notes and are filed or will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), together with the information referred to under the caption “Static Pool Information” therein regardless of whether it is deemed a part of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.  If, subsequent to the Date of Sale (as defined above) and prior to the Closing Date (as defined below), either Preliminary Prospectus included an untrue statement of material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company has prepared and delivered to the Underwriters a Corrected Prospectus (as defined below), and as a result investors in the Notes elect to terminate their existing “Contracts of Sale” (within the meaning of Rule 159 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”)) for any Notes, then “Date of Sale Information” will refer to the information conveyed to investors on the date of entry into the first such new Contract of Sale in an amended Preliminary Prospectus approved by the Company and the Representatives that corrects such material misstatements or omissions (a “ Corrected Prospectus ”) and “Date of Sale” will refer to the date on which such new Contracts of Sale were entered into.

The Company and Holding hereby agree, severally and not jointly, with the underwriters for the Class A-1 Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Class A-1 Underwriters ”), the underwriters for the Class A-2 Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Class A-2 Underwriters ”), the underwriters for the Class B Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Class B Underwriters ”) and the underwriters for the Class C Notes listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Class C Underwriters ” and, together with the Class A-1 Underwriters, the Class A-2 Underwriters and the Class B Underwriters, the “ Underwriters ”) as follows:

1.                                        Representations and Warranties .  The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each Underwriter, as of the date hereof, that:

(a)                                   (i) The conditions to the use of a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to Form S-3, and the conditions of Rule 415 under the Act, have been satisfied with respect to the Registration Statement.  No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

4




(ii)                                   As of the Closing Date (as such term is defined below), the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectuses and the Prospectus, except with respect to any modification as to which the Representatives have been notified, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to the Representatives or its counsel before such date or, to the extent not completed on such date, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the Preliminary Prospectuses that have previously been furnished to the Representatives) as the Company or Holding has advised the Representatives, before such date, will be included or made therein.

(iii)                                The Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; on the date of this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, conform, and as of the time of filing the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; the Registration Statement, at the Effective Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Prospectus as of its date, and as of the time of filing pursuant to Rule 424(b), and as of the Closing Date, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from such Registration Statement or such Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which information consists of the Underwriters’ Information (as defined herein).

(b)                                  The Date of Sale Information at the Date of Sale did not, and at the Closing Date will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (it being understood that no representation or warranty is made with respect to the omission of pricing and price-dependent information, which information shall of necessity appear only in the final Prospectus); provided , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information contained in or omitted from either the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon Underwriters’ Information.

(c)                                   Other than with respect to the Preliminary Prospectuses , the Prospectus and the Permitted Additional Information (as defined below) and any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus (as defined in Section 8(b)), the Issuer (including its agents and representatives) has not made, used, authorized or approved and will not make, use,

5




authorize or approve any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of any offer to buy the Offered Notes.

(d)                                  The Offered Notes will conform to the description thereof contained in the Preliminary Prospectuses and the Prospectus and as of the Closing Date will be duly and validly authorized and, when validly executed, countersigned, issued and delivered in accordance with the Indenture and sold to the Underwriters as provided herein, will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the related Indenture.

(e)                                   Neither the issuance nor sale of the Offered Notes nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof, will conflict with any statute, order or regulation applicable to the Company with respect to the offering of the Offered Notes by any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company or with any organizational document of the Company or any instrument or any agreement under which the Company is bound or to which it is a party.

(f)                                     This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g)                                  The Company was not, on the date on which the first bona fide offer of the Offered Notes sold pursuant to this Agreement was made, an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act.

2.                                        Purchase and Sale .

(a)                                   On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Class A-1 Underwriters, and the Class A-1 Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of 99.880% of the principal amount thereof, $949,750,000 aggregate principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes, each Class A-1 Underwriter to purchase the amounts shown on
Schedule A hereto.

(b)                                  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Class A-2 Underwriters, and the Class A-2 Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of 99.87674% of the principal amount thereof, $269,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes, each Class A-2 Underwriter to purchase the amounts shown on
Schedule A hereto.

(c)                                   On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Class B Underwriters, and the Class B Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of 99.77554% of the principal amount thereof, $138,750,000 aggregate principal amount of the Class B Notes, each Class B Underwriter to purchase the amounts shown on Schedule A hereto.

6




(d)                                  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to the Class C Underwriters, and the Class C Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of 99.750% of the principal amount thereof, $97,500,000 aggregate principal amount of the Class C Notes, each Class C Underwriter to purchase the amounts shown on Schedule A hereto.

(e)                                   The parties hereto agree that settlement for all securities pursuant to this Agreement shall take place on the terms set forth herein and not as set forth in Rule 15c6-1(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

3.                                        Delivery and Payment .  Delivery of and payment for the Offered Notes shall be made at the offices of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, Chicago, Illinois, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the “Closing Date” specified in the Indenture Supplement, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company (such date and time being herein called the “ Closing Date ”).  Delivery of such Offered Notes shall be made to the Underwriters against payment by the Underwriters of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer in federal or other immediately available funds or by check payable in federal funds, as the Company shall specify no later than five full business days prior to such Closing Date.  Unless delivery is made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the Offered Notes shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Representatives may request not less than two full business days in advance of the Closing Date.

The Company agrees to notify the Representatives at least two business days before the Closing Date of the exact principal balance evidenced by the Offered Notes and to have such Offered Notes available for inspection in New York, New York, no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time on the business day prior to the Closing Date.

4.                                        Offering by the Underwriters .  (a) It is understood that each Underwriter proposes to offer the Offered Notes for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

(b)                                  Each Underwriter (severally and not jointly) represents and warrants that it has complied in all material respects, and agrees that it will comply in all material respects, with all applicable securities laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers, sells or delivers the Offered Notes or distributes the Prospectus.  Without limiting the foregoing, each Underwriter agrees that all offers, solicitations and sales of the Offered Notes made by it shall be made in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.  Furthermore, such Underwriter shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with its use of Free Writing Prospectuses, including but not limited to Rules 164 and 433 of the Act.

5.                                        Agreements .  The Company agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a)                                   The Company will cause the Prospectus to be transmitted to the Commission for filing pursuant to Rule 424 under the Act by means reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission pursuant to such rule, and prior to the

7




termination of the Note Offering, also will advise the Representatives of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing the offer and sale of the Offered Notes.

(b)                                  If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Notes is required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or if it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the Company promptly will notify the Representatives of such event and prepare and file with the Commission, an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance.

(c)                                   The Company will furnish to the Representatives a copy of the related Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by the Underwriters or dealers may be required by the Act, as many copies of the Prospectus as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(d)                                  The Company will furnish such information, execute such instruments and take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Representatives to qualify the Offered Notes for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the initial distribution of the Offered Notes; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general or unlimited service of process in any jurisdiction in which it is not now so subject.

(e)                                   If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, and will reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (excluding fees of the Underwriters’ counsel) reasonably incurred by it in connection with qualification of the Offered Notes for sale and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives have reasonably requested pursuant to Section 5(d), for any fees charged by investment rating agencies for the rating of the Offered Notes, and for expenses incurred in distributing the Prospectus to the Underwriters; provided , however , that the Underwriters will reimburse the Company for $164,531.25 of expenses related to the issuance of the Offered Notes, payable on the Closing Date, subject to netting of any expenses of the Underwriters (as evidenced by an invoice delivered on the Closing Date) payable by the Company to the Underwriters pursuant to this sentence.  If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of default by the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have

8




been incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase, sale and offering of the Offered Notes.  Except as herein provided, the Underwriters shall be responsible for paying all costs and expenses incurred by them, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel, in connection with the purchase and sale of the Offered Notes.

(f)                                     The Company will file with the Commission any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus delivered to it by the Underwriters for filing if such filing is required by Rule 433(d) of the Act.

6.                                        Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters .  The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Offered Notes shall be subject to the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained in this Agreement, to the accuracy of the statements of the Company made in any applicable officers’ certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and to the following additional conditions applicable to the Note Offering:

(a)                                   No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the related Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

(b)                                  The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Company, signed by the President, any Vice President, or the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signer of such certificate has carefully examined the Program Documents to which the Company is a party, and that, to the best of such person’s knowledge after reasonable investigation, the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement and the Program Documents to which the Company is a party are true and correct in all material respects, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date.

(c)                                   The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, special New York counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i)                                      the Company is a limited liability company validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; Holding is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; and each of the Company and Holding has full power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Program Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(ii)                                   the execution and delivery by each of the Bank, GECC, GECS, Holding, the Issuer and the Company (each, a “ Specified Entity ”) of this

9




Agreement (if applicable) and the Program Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation by each of the transactions contemplated thereby, will not violate any applicable law, statute or governmental rule or regulation;

(iii)                                the execution and delivery by each Specified Entity of this Agreement (if applicable) and the Program Documents to which it is a party does not, and the consummation by each Specified Entity of the transactions contemplated thereby to occur on the date of this opinion will not, require any consent, authorization or approval of, the giving of notice to or registration with any governmental entity, except such as may have been made and such as may be required under the Federal securities laws, the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the Uniform Commercial Code of any state;

(iv)                               the execution and delivery by each of the Company and Holding of this Agreement and the Program Documents to which it is a party do not, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated thereby to occur on the date of this opinion will not, violate or contravene any term or provision of the Certificate of Formation or the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of Holding;

(v)                                  each of the Program Documents (other than the Trust Agreement) constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of GECC, GECS, the Issuer, the Company and Holding that is a party thereto, enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms;

(vi)                               each of the Offered Notes is in due and proper form and when executed, authenticated and delivered as specified in the Indenture, and when delivered against payment of the consideration specified herein, it will be validly issued and outstanding, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture;

(vii)                            the Issuer is not now, and immediately following the issuance of the Offered Notes pursuant to the Indenture will not be, required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(viii)                         the Registration Statement has become effective under the Act, and the Prospectus has been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) thereunder in the manner and within the time period required by
Rule 424(b); to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted;

(ix)                                 the statements in the Base Prospectus under the headings “ The Sponsor—Safety and Soundness ,” “ The Trust—Perfection and Priority of Security Interests ” and “—Conservatorship and Receivership; Bankruptcy ,” and “Certain ERISA Considerations ” and the statements in the Prospectus Supplement under

10




the heading “ Structural Summary—Certain ERISA Considerations ” to the extent they constitute matters of law or legal conclusions with respect thereto, have been reviewed by us and are correct in all material respects;

(x)                                    the Program Documents and the Offered Notes conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus;

(xi)                                 the Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and complies as to form with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; and

(xii)                              each of the Registration Statement, as of its effective date, and the Prospectus, as of its date, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations under the Act, except that such counsel need not express any opinion as to the financial and statistical data included therein or excluded therefrom or the exhibits to the Registration Statement and, except as, and to the extent set forth in paragraphs (ix) and (x) , such counsel need not assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

(d)                                  The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Ricky B. Davis, Vice President and Counsel for the Bank, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i)                                      the Bank is (A) duly organized and validly existing as a Federal savings bank  in good standing under the laws of the United States and (B) duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its business or the ownership, lease or operation of its property requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Servicing Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement;

(ii)                                   the Bank has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Servicing Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement and to consummate the transactions provided for therein;

(iii)                                the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of the Servicing Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for therein have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Bank;

(iv)                               each of the Servicing Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Bank;

11




(v)                                  the execution, delivery and performance by the Bank of each of the Servicing Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement and the consummation by the Bank of the transactions provided for therein, do not and will not (A) contravene, violate or constitute a default under any provision of the certificate of incorporation or By-laws of the Bank, (B) to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, contravene or violate any judgment, injunction, order or decree, to which the Bank or its property is subject, (C) to the best of such counsel’s knowledge, result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or other encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Bank, except as contemplated by the Servicing Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement or (D) contravene violate, conflict with or constitute a default under any agreement, lease, indenture, trust, deed, mortgage, or other instrument of which such counsel is aware to which the Bank is a party or by which the Bank is bound.

(e)                                   The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Michael P. Paolillo, Senior Vice President and Counsel, Capital Markets for GE Consumer Finance, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives to the effect that:

(i)                                      each of GECC and GECS is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to transact the business in which it is now engaged and to enter into and to perform all of its obligations under the Servicer Performance Guaranty, the Administration Agreement and the Contribution Agreement to which it is a party in the various capacities set forth therein;

(ii)                                   the execution, delivery and performance by each of GECC and GECS of the Servicer Performance Guaranty, the Administration Agreement and the Contribution Agreement to which it is a party and the consummation by GECC and GECS of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of GECC and GECS;

(iii)                                the Servicer Performance Guaranty, the Administration Agreement and the Contribution Agreement to which it is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by GECC and GECS; and

(iv)                               the execution and delivery by each of GECC and GECS of the Servicer Performance Guaranty, the Administration Agreement and the Contribution Agreement to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby will not conflict with, result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under (A) the certificate of incorporation or By-laws of GECC or, with respect to the Contribution Agreement, GECS, (B) to such counsel’s knowledge, and without any special investigation for this purpose, any material indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument of agreement to which

12




GECC or, with respect to the Contribution Agreement, GECS is a party or by which GECC or, with respect to the Contribution Agreement, GECS is bound, or (C) to such counsel’s knowledge and without any special investigation for this purpose, any judgment, writ, injunction, decree, order or ruling of any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction over GECC or, with respect to the Contribution Agreement, GECS.

(f)                                     The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, counsel for the Owner Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i)                                      the Owner Trustee is duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing as a banking corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware;

(ii)                                   the Owner Trustee has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Trust Agreement and as trustee under the Administration Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby;

(iii)                                the Owner Trustee has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Trust Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as trustee, and the Trust Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Owner Trustee, enforceable against the Owner Trustee in accordance with its terms; and

(iv)                               neither the execution, delivery and performance by the Owner Trustee of the Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, as trustee, nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Owner Trustee contemplated thereby, (A) is in violation of the charter or bylaws of the Owner Trustee or of any law, governmental rule or regulation of the State of Delaware or of the federal laws of the United States governing the trust powers of the Owner Trustee and (B) requires the consent or approval of, the withholding of objection on the part of, the giving of notice to, the filing, registration or qualification with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental authority or agency under the laws of the State of Delaware or the federal laws of the United States governing the trust powers of the Owner Trustee.

(g)                                  The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Richards, Layton & Finger, special Delaware counsel for the Issuer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i)                                      the Issuer has been duly formed and is validly existing as a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del. C. § 3801, et seq .,

13




and has the power and authority under the Trust Agreement and the Delaware Statutory Trust Act to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Custody and Control Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, among the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, and the Custodian (the “ Custody and Control Agreement ”) and the Transfer Agreement;

(ii)                                   the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Custody and Control Agreement, the Transfer Agreement, the Offered Notes to be issued by the Issuer on the Closing Date, and the Certificates have been duly authorized and executed by the Issuer;

(iii)                                the Trust Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Owner Trustee, enforceable against the Company and the Owner Trustee, in accordance with its terms;

(iv)                               neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Issuer of the Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Custody and Control Agreement or the Transfer Agreement, nor the consummation by the Issuer of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, (A) requires the consent or approval of, the withholding of objection on the part of, the giving of notice to, the filing, registration or qualification with, or the taking of any other action in respect of, any governmental authority or agency of the State of Delaware, other than the filing of the certificate of trust with the Secretary of State, or (B) is in violation of the Trust Agreement or of any law, rule or regulation of the State of Delaware applicable to the Issuer;

(v)                                  under § 3805 (b) and (c) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, (A) no creditor of any Certificateholder shall have any right to obtain possession of, or otherwise exercise legal or equitable remedies with respect to, the property of the Issuer except in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, and (B) except to the extent otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement, a Certificateholder (including the Company in its capacity as such) has no interest in specific Issuer property;

(vi)                               under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Issuer is a separate legal entity and, assuming that the Transfer Agreement conveys good title to the Issuer Estate (as defined in the Trust Agreement) to the Issuer as a true sale and not as a security arrangement, the Issuer rather than the Certificateholders will hold whatever title to the Issuer property as may be conveyed to it from time to time pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, except to the extent that the Issuer has taken action to dispose of or otherwise transfer or encumber any part of the Issuer property; and

(vii)                            under § 3808 (a) and (b) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Issuer may not be terminated or revoked by any Certificateholder, and the dissolution, termination or bankruptcy of any Certificateholder shall not result in

14




the termination or dissolution of the Issuer, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement.

(h)                                  The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP, special New York counsel for the Indenture Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and counsel to the Representatives, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i)                                      the Indenture Trustee is a banking corporation and trust company validly existing under the laws of the State of New York;

(ii)                                   the Indenture Trustee has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Indenture, the Omnibus Amendment, and the Custody and Control Agreement and to perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Indenture and the Other Agreements;

(iii)                                the Indenture Trustee is duly authorized and empowered to exercise trust powers under applicable law;

(iv)                               the Indenture, the Omnibus Amendment, and the Custody and Control Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by the Indenture Trustee and constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Indenture Trustee, enforceable against the Indenture Trustee in accordance with their respective terms, except that certain of such obligations may be enforceable against the Collateral;

(v)                                  the Offered Notes, delivered on the date hereof have been duly authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(vi)                               neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Indenture Trustee of the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement require approval, authorization or other action by or filing with any governmental authority of the Unites States, or of the State of New York, having jurisdiction over the banking or trust powers of the Indenture Trustee; and

(vii)                            the execution, delivery and performance (A) by the Indenture Trustee of the Indenture and the Custody and Control Agreement, and the authentication of the Offered Notes by the Indenture Trustee do not conflict with or result in a violation of (1) any law or regulation of the United States or the State of New York law governing the banking or trust powers of the Indenture Trustee, or (2) the organization certificate as amended or By-laws as amended of the Indenture Trustee.

15




(i)                                      The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a signed opinion of McKee Nelson LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives with respect to the validity of the Offered Notes and such other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(j)                                      The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date (i) signed opinions of Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, special New York counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, relating to (A) certain insolvency and bankruptcy matters and (B) federal income tax matters and (ii) a signed negative assurance letter, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, relating to the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectuses and the Prospectus.

(k)                                   The Representatives shall have received a letter, dated as of the Closing Date or such other date as may be agreed upon between the Representatives and the Company, from certified public accountants (who shall be satisfactory to the Representatives), substantially in the form previously approved by the Representatives.

(l)                                      The Offered Notes shall have received the ratings specified in the Prospectus.

(m)                                Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(n)                                  Subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, there shall not have been any material adverse change in the business or properties of the Company which in the Representatives’ reasonable judgment, after consultation with the Company, materially impairs the investment quality of the Offered Notes so as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of such Offered Notes as contemplated by the Prospectus.

7.                                        Indemnification and Contribution .

(a)                                   The Company and Holding, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (a “ Controlling Person ”) against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) are caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) either Preliminary Prospectus (it being understood that such indemnification with respect to the Preliminary Prospectuses does not include the omission of pricing and price-dependent information, which information shall of

16




necessity appear only in the final Prospectus), (iii) the Prospectus or (iv) any Permitted Additional Information, or are caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and will reimburse each Underwriter and Controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or such Controlling Person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that (i) neither the Company nor Holding will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information (as defined below) and (ii) such indemnity with respect to any Corrected Statement (as defined below) in such Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or any Controlling Person) from whom the person asserting any loss, claim, damage or liability purchased the Offered Notes that are the subject thereof if the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in such Prospectus was corrected (a “ Corrected Statement ”) in a Corrected Prospectus and such Corrected Prospectus was furnished by the Company to such Underwriter prior to the delivery of the confirmation of the sale of such Offered Notes, but such Underwriter did not furnish such Corrected Prospectus to such investor prior to the delivery of such confirmation.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company or Holding may otherwise have.

(b)                                  Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and Holding, each of their respective directors and officers who signs the Registration Statement relating to the Offered Notes, and each person who controls the Company or Holding within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act (i) to the same extent as the foregoing indemnities from the Company and Holding to such Underwriter, but only with reference to the Underwriters’ Information; (ii) with respect to the failure on the part of such Underwriter to deliver to any investor with whom such Underwriter entered into a Contract of Sale, prior to the date such investor entered into such Contract of Sale, either Preliminary Prospectus and (iii) any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) are caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, or are caused by the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and will reimburse the Company, the Issuer and Holding, and each person who controls the Company, the Issuer or Holding within the meaning of the Act or the Exchange Act for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided that in the case of this subclause (iii), no Underwriter will be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based on any such untrue statement of a material fact or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or any such omission or alleged omission in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with (x) any

17




written information furnished to the related Underwriter by the Company or Holding specifically for use therein or (y) the Preliminary Prospectuses or Prospectus, which information was not corrected by information subsequently provided by the Company or Holding to the related Underwriter within a reasonable period of time prior to the time of use of such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that gave rise to the related loss, claim, damage or liability.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have.  Each of the Company and Holding acknowledges that the statements set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus Supplement on the line across from “Price to public,” in the table listing the Class A-1 Underwriters and the Principal Amount of Class A-1 Notes under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus Supplement, in the table listing the Class A-2 Underwriters and the Principal Amount of Class A-2 Notes under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus Supplement, in the table listing the Class B Underwriters and the Principal Amount of Class B Notes under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus Supplement, in the table listing the Class C Underwriters and the Principal Amount of Class C Notes under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus Supplement, in the table following the fourth paragraph under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus Supplement and in the penultimate paragraph under the heading “Underwriting” in the Prospectus Supplement (such information, the “ Underwriters’ Information ”) constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriters for inclusion in the Prospectus.

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission or failure to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7 except and to the extent of any prejudice to the indemnifying party arising from such failure to provide notice.  In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided, however , that if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties.  Upon receipt of notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next

18




preceding sentence ( it being understood, however , that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel approved by the indemnified party in the case of subparagraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, representing the indemnified parties under subparagraph (a) or (b), who are parties to such action), (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party; and except that, if clause (i) or (iii) is applicable, such liability shall be only in respect of the counsel referred to in such clause (i) or (iii).  Unless it shall assume the defense of any proceeding, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding, effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there shall be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d)                                  If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7 is due in accordance with its terms but is for any reason held by a court to be unavailable from the Company, Holding or the Underwriters, on grounds of policy or otherwise, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which the Company, Holding and the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Company and Holding on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Offered Notes but also the relative fault of the Company and Holding on the one hand and of the Underwriters, on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company and Holding on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Offered Notes received by the Company and Holding bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the Offered Notes.  The relative fault of the Company and Holding on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the Registration Statement, either Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact therein or necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading relates to information supplied by the Company or Holding or by the Underwriters, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

19




(e)            The Company, Holding and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 7(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the considerations referred to above.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 7(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim except where the indemnified party is required to bear such expenses pursuant to Section 7(c); which expenses the indemnifying party shall pay as and when incurred, at the request of the indemnified party, to the extent that the indemnifying party reasonably believes that it will be ultimately obligated to pay such expenses.  In the event that any expenses so paid by the indemnifying party are subsequently determined to not be required to be borne by the indemnifying party hereunder, the party which received such payment shall promptly refund the amount so paid to the party which made such payment.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7(d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 7, each Controlling Person shall have the same rights to contribution as that Underwriter, and each person who controls the Company or Holding within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company or Holding who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company or Holding shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company or Holding, as applicable, subject in each case to the immediately preceding sentence of this paragraph.

8.              Offering Communications

(a)            For purposes hereof,  “ Free Writing Prospectus ” shall have the meaning given such term in Rule 405 under the Act.  “ Permitted Additional Information ” shall mean information that is included in any road show presentation the Issuer, the Company or Holding has approved (each, a “ Road Show ”).

(b)            Other than the Preliminary Prospectuses, Prospectus and the Permitted Additional Information, each Underwriter represents, warrants and agrees with Holding  and the Company that: (i) it has not made, used, prepared, authorized, approved or referred to and will not make, use, prepare, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Offered Notes, including, but not limited to, any “ABS informational and computational materials” as defined in Item
1101(a) of Regulation AB under the Act; and (ii) it shall, for a period of at least three years after the date of the applicable Terms Agreement, maintain written and/or electronic records regarding each Contract of Sale entered into by such Underwriter, the date, identity of the investor and the terms of such Contract of Sale, as set forth in the related confirmation of trade.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees that the Underwriters may disseminate information on Bloomberg to prospective investors relating solely to (i)  information of the type identified in Rule 134 of the Act, (ii) information included in the

20




Preliminary Prospectuses, (iii) the status of allocations and subscriptions of the Offered Notes, expected pricing parameters of the Offered Notes and the yields and weighted average lives of the Offered Notes, and (iv) information constituting final terms of the Offered Notes within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(5)(ii) under the Act (each such communication, an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ”); provided that in the case of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), other than the final pricing terms, such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus would not be required to be filed with the Commission.

(c)            Each Underwriter severally represents, warrants and agrees with the Company, the Issuer and Holding that:

(i) each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it will not, as of the date such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus was conveyed or delivered to any prospective purchaser of the Offered Notes, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that no Underwriter makes such representation, warranty or agreement to the extent such misstatements or omissions were the result of any inaccurate information which was included in either Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any written information furnished to the related Underwriter by the Company or the Issuer expressly for use therein, which information was not corrected by information subsequently provided by the Company or the Issuer to the related Underwriter prior to the time of use of such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus;

(ii) each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it shall contain a legend substantially in the form of and in compliance with Rule 433(c)(2)(i) of the Act, and shall otherwise conform to any requirements for “free writing prospectuses” under the Act; and

(iii) each Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus prepared by it shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date of first use and, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the related Underwriter, such delivery shall occur no later than the close of business for the Bank (Eastern Time) on the date of first use; provided , however , if the date of first use is not a Business Day, such delivery shall occur no later than the close of business for the Bank (Eastern Time) on the first Business Day preceding such date of first use.

(d)            Each Underwriter that uses the Internet or other electronic means to offer or sell the Notes severally represents that it has in place, and covenants that it shall maintain, internal controls and procedures which it reasonably believes to be sufficient to ensure compliance in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements under the Act.

9.              Agreement of each Underwriter .  (a) Each Underwriter agrees that (i) if the Prospectus is not delivered with the confirmation in reliance on Rule 172, it will include in every confirmation sent out by such Underwriter the notice required by Rule 173 informing the investor that the sale was made pursuant to the Registration Statement and that the investor may

21




request a copy of the Prospectus from such Underwriter; (ii) if a paper copy of the Prospectus is requested by a person who receives a confirmation, such Underwriter shall deliver a printed or paper copy of such Prospectus; and (iii) if an electronic copy of the Prospectus is delivered by an Underwriter for any purpose, such copy shall be the same electronic file containing the Prospectus in the identical form transmitted electronically to such Underwriter by or on behalf of  the Company specifically for use by such Underwriter pursuant to this Section 9(a); for example, if the Prospectus is delivered to an Underwriter by or on behalf of  the Company in a single electronic file in .pdf format, then such Underwriter will deliver the electronic copy of the Prospectus in the same single electronic file in .pdf format.  Each Underwriter further agrees that if it delivers to an investor the Prospectus in .pdf format, upon such Underwriter’s receipt of a request from the investor within the period for which delivery of the Prospectus is required, such Underwriter will promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the investor, without charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus.

(b)            Prior to the Closing Date, each Underwriter shall notify Holding and the Company of (i) the date on which the Preliminary Prospectuses are first used and (ii) the date of the first Contract of Sale to which such Preliminary Prospectuses relate.

(c)            Each Underwriter represents and agrees (i) that it did not enter into any commitment to sell any Offered Notes prior to the Date of Sale, it did not enter into any Contract of Sale for any Offered Notes prior to the Date of Sale and, without limiting the foregoing, it did not enter into a Contract of Sale with an investor in the Offered Notes prior to the delivery of a Preliminary Prospectus to such investor and (ii) that it will, at any time that such Underwriter is acting as an “underwriter” (as defined in Section 2(a)(11) of the Act) with respect to the Offered Notes, deliver to each investor to whom Offered Notes are sold by it during the period prior to the filing of the final Prospectus (as notified to such Underwriter by the Company or by Holding), prior to the applicable date of any such Contract of Sale with respect to such investor, a Preliminary Prospectus.

(d)            In relation to each member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each Underwriter represents and agrees with the Company that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of Offered Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Offered Notes which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Offered Notes to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time in any circumstances which do not require the publication by the issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this Section 9(d), (A) the expression an “offer of Offered Notes to the public” in relation to any Offered Notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the

22




terms of the offer and the Offered Notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Offered Notes, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, (B) the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and (C) the countries comprising the “European Economic Area” are Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

(e)            In the event the Company or any Underwriter becomes aware that, as of the Date of Sale, any Date of Sale Information contains or contained any untrue statement of material fact or omits or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (a “ Defective Prospectus ”), such Underwriter or the Company, as applicable, shall promptly notify the Representatives and, in the case of any Underwriter giving such notice, the Company, of such untrue statement or omission no later than one Business Day after discovery and the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Underwriters a Corrected Prospectus.  Each Underwriter shall deliver such Corrected Prospectus in a manner reasonably acceptable to both parties, to any Person with whom a Contract of Sale was entered into based on such Defective Prospectus, and such Underwriter shall provide any such Person with adequate disclosure of the Person’s rights under the existing Contract of Sale and a meaningful ability to elect to terminate or not terminate the prior Contract of Sale and to elect to enter into or not enter into a new Contract of Sale based on the information set forth in the Corrected Prospectus.

10.            Default by an Underwriter .  If any Underwriter shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Offered Notes agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated to take up and pay for the Offered Notes that the defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase; provided, however , that in the event that the initial principal balance of Offered Notes that the defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate principal balance of all of the Offered Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Offered Notes, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all of the Offered Notes, this Agreement will terminate without liability to the nondefaulting Underwriters or the Company.  In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 10, the Closing Date for the Offered Notes shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding seven days, as the nondefaulting Underwriters shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Company and to any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

11.            Termination .  (a)  This Agreement shall be subject to termination by notice given to the Company, if the sale of the Offered Notes provided for herein is not consummated because

23




of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement.  If the Underwriters terminate this Agreement in accordance with this Section 11, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Offered Notes.

(b)            The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Offered Notes on the Closing Date shall be terminable by an Underwriter by written notice delivered by the Representatives to the Company and Holding if at any time on or before the Closing Date (a) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall have been declared by any of Federal or New York state authorities, (b) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices or ranges of prices, shall be established by such exchange or by order of the Commission, (c) there shall have occurred any outbreak or material escalation of hostilities or other calamity or crisis, the effect of which on the financial markets of the United States is such as to make it, in the  Underwriters’ reasonable judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Offered Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.  Upon such notice being given, the parties to this Agreement shall (except for the liability of the Company under Section 5(e) and Section 7) be released and discharged from their respective obligations under this Agreement.

12.            Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery .  The agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company, Holding or their respective officers and of the Representatives set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or the Company or any of the officers, directors or Controlling Persons, and will survive delivery of and payment for the related Offered Notes.  The provisions of Section 7 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

13.            Successors .  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and their successors and assigns, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder or thereunder.  No purchaser of any Offered Note from the Underwriters shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason of such purchase.

14.            APPLICABLE LAW .  (a)     THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

(b)            EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES

24




BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY.  EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 16 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.  NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

(c)            BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS.  THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY .

15.            Miscellaneous .  This Agreement supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement may not be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by an affirmative written agreement made by the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.  The headings in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof or thereof.

25




16.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.  Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

17.            Notices .  All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be delivered to each of them at the address first above written; or if sent to the Company, will be delivered to GE Money, 777 Long Ridge Road, Building C, 1 st  Floor, Stamford, Connecticut 06927, Attention: Michael P. Paolillo, Senior Vice President and Counsel, GE Consumer Finance.

18.            Non-Petition Covenant .  Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, no Underwriters shall acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

19.            Financial Services Act .  Each Underwriter represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company that it (i) it has complied and shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Markets Act 2000 (the “ FSMA ”) with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Offered Notes and (ii) has only communicated or caused to be communicated and it will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the FSMA), received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Offered Notes in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company or the Issuer.

20.            Absence of Fiduciary Relationship .  The Company acknowledges and agrees that:

( a ) the Underwriters have been retained solely to act as underwriters in connection with the sale of the Offered Notes and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Underwriters has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or are advising the Company on other matters;

( b )  the price of the Offered Notes set forth in this Agreement was established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Underwriters and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

( c ) it has been advised that the Underwriters and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and

( d )  it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that the

26




Underwriters shall have no liability (whether direct or indirect) to the Company in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on behalf of or in right of the Company, including stockholders, employees or creditors of the Company.

*               *               *               *               *

27




If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the undersigned a counterpart hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company, Holding and the Representatives.

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

RFS HOLDING, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Russell J. Walsh

 

 

       Name:  Russell J. Walsh

 

       Title:    Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

RFS HOLDING, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Russell J. Walsh

 

 

        Name:  Russell J. Walsh

 

        Title:    Vice President

 

S- 1




The foregoing Agreement is
hereby confirmed and accepted
as of the date first above written.

GREENWICH CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,
individually and as Representative of the several Underwriters

By:

/s/ Erik Priede

 

Name: Erik Priede

Title: Managing Director

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
individually and as Representative of the several Underwriters

By:

/s/ James A. Gordon

 

Name: James A. Gordon

Title: Vice President

 

S- 2




Schedule A to Underwriting Agreement

Allocation of the Offered Notes

Class A-1 Notes

$949,750,000 aggregate principal amount

 

Underwriter

 

Principal Amount Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

1. Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc.

 

$

135,679,000

 

 

 

 

 

2. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

$

135,679,000

 

 

 

 

 

3. ABN AMRO Incorporated

 

$

135,679,000

 

 

 

 

 

4. Banc of America Securities LLC

 

$

135,679,000

 

 

 

 

 

5. CastleOak Securities, L.P.

 

$

135,676,000

 

 

 

 

 

6. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

$

135,679,000

 

 

 

 

 

7. RBC Capital Markets Corporation

 

$

135,679,000

 

 

Class A-2 Notes

$269,000,000 aggregate principal amount

 

Underwriter

 

Principal Amount Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

1. Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc.

 

$

38,429,000

 

 

 

 

 

2. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

$

38,429,000

 

 

 

 

 

3. ABN AMRO Incorporated

 

$

38,429,000

 

 

 

 

 

4. Banc of America Securities LLC

 

$

38,429,000

 

 

 

 

 

5. CastleOak Securities, L.P.

 

$

38,426,000

 

 

 

 

 

6. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

$

38,429,000

 

 

 

 

 

7. RBC Capital Markets Corporation

 

$

38,429,000

 

 

Sched- 1




 

Class B Notes

$138,750,000 aggregate principal amount

 

Underwriter

 

Principal Amount Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

1. Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc.

 

$

69,375,000

 

 

 

 

 

2. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

$

69,375,000

 

 

Class C Notes

$97,500,000 aggregate principal amount

 

Underwriter

 

Principal Amount Purchased

 

 

 

 

 

1. Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc.

 

$

48,750,000

 

 

 

 

 

2. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

$

48,750,000

 

 

Sched- 2



Exhibit 4.1

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST,

as Issuer

And

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,

as Indenture Trustee

Series 2007-3 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

Dated as of June 28, 2007




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

SECTION 1.1.

 

Definitions

 

1

 

 

SECTION 1.2.

 

Incorporation of Terms

 

17

ARTICLE II

 

CREATION OF THE SERIES 2007-3 NOTES

 

17

 

 

SECTION 2.1.

 

Designation

 

17

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

18

 

 

SECTION 3.1.

 

Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to Net Swap Receipts

 

18

 

 

SECTION 3.2.

 

Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to Receivables

 

18

 

 

SECTION 3.3.

 

Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to ERISA

 

18

ARTICLE IV

 

RIGHTS OF SERIES 2007-3 NOTEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

 

18

 

 

SECTION 4.1.

 

Determination of Interest and Principal

 

18

 

 

SECTION 4.2.

 

Establishment of Accounts

 

20

 

 

SECTION 4.3.

 

Calculations and Series Allocations

 

21

 

 

SECTION 4.4.

 

Application of Available Finance Charge Collections and Available Principal Collections

 

24

 

 

SECTION 4.5.

 

Distributions

 

27

 

 

SECTION 4.6.

 

Investor Charge-Offs

 

28

 

 

SECTION 4.7.

 

Reallocated Principal Collections

 

28

 

 

SECTION 4.8.

 

Excess Finance Charge Collections

 

28

 

 

SECTION 4.9.

 

Shared Principal Collections

 

29

 

 

SECTION 4.10.

 

Reserve Account

 

29

 

 

SECTION 4.11.

 

Spread Account

 

30

 

 

SECTION 4.12.

 

Investment of Accounts

 

31

 

 

SECTION 4.13.

 

Controlled Accumulation Period

 

31

 

 

SECTION 4.14.

 

Determination of LIBOR

 

32

 

 

SECTION 4.15.

 

Swaps

 

33

 

 

SECTION 4.16.

 

Deposit of Collections

 

33

 

i




 

ARTICLE V

 

DELIVERY OF SERIES 2007-3 NOTES; REPORTS TO SERIES 2007-3 NOTEHOLDERS

 

34

 

 

SECTION 5.1.

 

Delivery and Payment for the Series 2007-3 Notes

 

34

 

 

SECTION 5.2.

 

Reports and Statements to Series 2007-3 Noteholders

 

34

ARTICLE VI

 

SERIES 2007-3 EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

 

34

 

 

SECTION 6.1.

 

Series 2007-3 Early Amortization Events

 

34

ARTICLE VII

 

REDEMPTION OF SERIES 2007-3 NOTES; FINAL DISTRIBUTIONS; SERIES TERMINATION

 

36

 

 

SECTION 7.1.

 

Optional Redemption of Series 2007-3 Notes; Final Distributions

 

36

 

 

SECTION 7.2.

 

Series Termination

 

37

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

38

 

 

SECTION 8.1.

 

Ratification of Indenture; Amendments

 

38

 

 

SECTION 8.2.

 

Form of Delivery of the Series 2007-3 Notes

 

38

 

 

SECTION 8.3.

 

Counterparts

 

38

 

 

SECTION 8.4.

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

38

 

 

SECTION 8.5.

 

Limitation of Liability

 

39

 

 

SECTION 8.6.

 

Rights of the Indenture Trustee

 

40

 

 

SECTION 8.7.

 

Notice Address for Rating Agencies

 

40

 

 

SECTION 8.8.

 

Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Anti-Money Laundering Regulations

 

40

ARTICLE IX

 

FASIT MATTERS

 

40

 

 

SECTION 9.1.

 

FASIT Administration

 

40

 

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A-1-A

 

FORM OF CLASS A-1 NOTE

EXHIBIT A-1-B

 

FORM OF CLASS A-2 NOTE

EXHIBIT A-2

 

FORM OF CLASS B NOTE

EXHIBIT A-3

 

FORM OF CLASS C NOTE

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF MONTHLY NOTEHOLDER’S STATEMENT

EXHIBIT C-1

 

FORM OF CLASS A-1 SWAP

EXHIBIT C-2

 

[Reserved]

EXHIBIT C-3

 

FORM OF CLASS C SWAP

 

ii




SCHEDULES

SCHEDULE I

 

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS (WITH RESPECT TO NET SWAP RECEIPTS)

SCHEDULE II

 

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS (WITH RESPECT TO RECEIVABLES)

 

iii




SERIES 2007-3 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of June 28, 2007 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), between GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (herein, the “ Issuer ” or the “ Trust ”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity, but solely as indenture trustee (herein, together with its successors in the trusts thereunder as provided in the Master Indenture referred to below, the “ Indenture Trustee ”) under the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003 (the “ Indenture ”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as amended by the Omnibus Amendment No.1 to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, among RFS Holding, L.L.C., RFS Funding Trust, the Issuer, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Delaware, as trustee of RFS Funding Trust, RFS Holding, Inc., and the Indenture Trustee, as further amended by the Second Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2004 between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as further amended by the Third Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2006 between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and as further amended by the Fourth Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2007 between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (the Indenture, together with this Indenture Supplement, the “ Agreement ”).

The Principal Terms of this Series are set forth in this Indenture Supplement to the Indenture.

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1.  Definitions .

(a)                                   Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in Section 1.1 of the Indenture. This Indenture Supplement shall be interpreted in accordance with the conventions set forth in Section 1.2 of the Indenture .

(b)                                  Each capitalized term defined herein relates only to Series 2007-3 and to no other Series.  Whenever used in this Indenture Supplement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

Accumulation Shortfall ” means (a) for the first Payment Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period, zero; and (b) thereafter, for any Payment Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount for the previous Payment Date over the amount deposited into the Principal Accumulation Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(i) for the previous Payment Date.

Addition Date ” means an “Addition Date” as such term is defined in the Transfer Agreement.

Additional Interest ” means, for any Payment Date, Class A-1 Additional Interest, Class A-2 Additional Interest, Class B Additional Interest and Class C Additional Interest for such Payment Date.

Administration Agreement ” means the Administration Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2003, between the Administrator and the Issuer.




Administrator ” means General Electric Capital Corporation, in its capacity as Administrator under the Administration Agreement or any other Person designated as an Administrator under the Administration Agreement.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble .

Allocation Percentage ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction:

(a)           the numerator of which shall be equal to:

(i)              for Principal Collections during the Revolving Period and for Finance Charge Collections and Default Amounts at any time, the Collateral Amount at the end of the last day of the prior Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Monthly Period, on the Closing Date); or

(ii)           for Principal Collections during the Early Amortization Period and the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Collateral Amount at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period; provided that on and after the date on which the Principal Accumulation Account Balance equals the Note Principal Balance, the numerator shall equal zero; and

(b)          the denominator of which shall be the greater of (x) the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period (or, in the case of the first Monthly Period, on the Closing Date) and (y) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the allocation percentages for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Collections, Principal Collections or Default Amounts, as applicable, for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the denominator determined pursuant to clause (x) of this clause (b) shall be (A) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period for the period from and including the first day of the current Monthly Period, to but excluding such Reset Date and (B) the Aggregate Principal Receivables as of the close of business on such Reset Date, for the period from and including such Reset Date to the earlier of the last day of such Monthly Period (in which case such period shall include such day) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall not include such succeeding Reset Date); and provided , further , that notwithstanding the preceding proviso, if a Reset Date occurs during any Monthly Period and the Issuer is permitted to make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture for such Monthly Period, then the denominator determined pursuant to clause (x) of this clause (b) for each day during such Monthly Period shall equal the Average Principal Balance for such Monthly Period.

Available Finance Charge Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Investor Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period, (b) the Series 2007-3 Excess Finance Charge Collections for such Monthly Period, (c) Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds, if any, with respect to the related Transfer Date, (d) interest and earnings

2




on funds on deposit in the Reserve Account which will be deposited into the Finance Charge Account on the related Payment Date to be treated as Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 4.10(a) , (e) amounts, if any, to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account which will be deposited into the Finance Charge Account on the related Transfer Date to be treated as Available Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 4.10(c) , and (f) any Net Swap Receipts for the related Transfer Date.

Available Principal Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Investor Principal Collections for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Monthly Period which pursuant to Section 4.7 are required to be applied on the related Payment Date, plus (c) the sum of (i) any Shared Principal Collections with respect to other Principal Sharing Series (including any amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account that are allocated to Series 2007-3 for application as Shared Principal Collections), (ii) the aggregate amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 4.4(a)(vi) , (vii) and (x) , and (iii) during an Early Amortization Event, the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections used to pay principal on the Notes pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(xv) for the related Payment Date.

Available Reserve Account Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date, the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account (after taking into account any interest and earnings retained in the Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.10(b) on such date, but before giving effect to any deposit made or to be made pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(viii) to the Reserve Account on such date) and (b) the Required Reserve Account Amount.

Available Spread Account Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount on deposit in the Spread Account (exclusive of Investment Earnings on such date and before giving effect to any deposit to, or withdrawal from, the Spread Account made or to be made with respect to such date) and (b) the Required Spread Account Amount, in each case on such Transfer Date.

Average Principal Balance ” means for any Monthly Period in which a Reset Date occurs, the sum of (i) the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period, multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the first day of such Monthly Period, to but excluding the related Reset Date, and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Monthly Period, and (ii) for each such Reset Date, the product of the Aggregate Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on such Reset Date, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including such Reset Date, to the earlier of the last day of such Monthly Period (in which case such period shall include such date) or the next succeeding Reset Date (in which case such period shall exclude such date), and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Monthly Period.

Base Rate ” means, for any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the sum of (a) the Net Interest Obligation, (b) the amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(i) and (c) the Noteholder Servicing Fee, each with respect to the related Payment Date, and the denominator of which is the Collateral

3




Amount plus amounts on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account, each as of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

Benefit Plan ” means (i) an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, (ii) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code, (iii) an entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of investment by an employee benefit plan or plans in such entity, or (iv) a governmental plan subject to applicable law that is substantially similar to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the State of New York or the State of Connecticut.

Class A Monthly Interest ” means the sum of the Class A-1 Monthly Interest and the Class A-2 Monthly Interest.

Class A Net Interest Obligation ” means the sum of the Class A-1 Net Interest Obligation and the Class A-2 Net Interest Obligation.

Class A Note Initial Principal Balance ” means the sum of the Class A-1 Note Initial Principal Balance and the Class A-2 Note Initial Principal Balance.

Class A Note Principal Balance ” means the sum of the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance and the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance.

Class A Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class A-1 Note or Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Class A Notes ” means, collectively, the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes.

Class A Regular Interest ” is defined in Section 9.1(b) .

Class A Required Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess of the amounts described in Sections 4.4(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) over Available Finance Charge Collections applied to pay such amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a) .

Class A-1 Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)(i) .

Class A-1 Counterparty ” means ABN AMRO Bank N.V. or the counterparty under any interest rate swap with respect to the Class A-1 Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .

Class A-1 Deficiency Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)(i) .

Class A-1 Monthly Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)(i) .

Class A-1 Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date, (a) if there are Class A-1 Net Swap Payments due on that Payment Date, the sum of the Class A-1 Net Swap Payments and the Class A-1 Monthly Interest for that Payment Date; (b) if there are Class A-1

4




Net Swap Receipts due on that Payment Date, the result of the Class A-1 Monthly Interest for that Payment Date, minus the Class A-1 Net Swap Receipts for that Payment Date; and (c) if the Class A-1 Swap has terminated for any reason, the Class A-1 Monthly Interest for that Payment Date.

Class A-1 Net Swap Payment ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Issuer under the Class A-1 Swap as a result of LIBOR being less than the Class A-1 Swap Rate.  For the avoidance of doubt, Class A-1 Net Swap Payments do not include early termination payments or payment of breakage or other miscellaneous costs.

Class A-1 Net Swap Receipt ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Class A-1 Counterparty as a result of LIBOR being greater than the Class A-1 Swap Rate.  For the avoidance of doubt, Class A-1 Net Swap Receipts do not include early termination payments.

Class A-1 Note Initial Principal Balance ” means $949,750,000.

Class A-1 Note Interest Rate ” means a per annum rate of 0.01% in excess of LIBOR as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for the applicable Interest Period.

Class A-1 Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class A-1 Note Initial Principal Balance, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class A-1 Noteholders on or prior to such date.

Class A-1 Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class A-1 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Class A-1 Notes ” means any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1-A .

Class A-1 Senior Swap Payments ” means Class A-1 Net Swap Payments and Senior Termination Payments payable to the Class A-1 Counterparty pursuant to the Class A-1 Swap.

Class A-1 Swap ” means an interest rate swap agreement between the Trust and the Class A-1 Counterparty substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to this Indenture Supplement, or such other form as shall have satisfied the Rating Agency Condition.

Class A-1 Swap Rate ” means 5.298% per annum.

Class A-2 Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)(ii) .

Class A-2 Deficiency Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)(ii) .

Class A-2 Monthly Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)(ii) .

Class A-2 Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date, the Class A-2 Monthly Interest for that Payment Date.

5




Class A-2 Note Initial Principal Balance ” means $269,000,000.

Class A-2 Note Interest Rate ” means 5.40% per annum.

Class A-2 Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class A-2 Note Initial Principal Balance, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class A-2 Noteholders on or prior to such date.

Class A-2 Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class A-2 Note is registered in the Note Register.

Class A-2 Notes ” means any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1-B .

Class B Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(b) .

Class B Deficiency Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b) .

Class B Monthly Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(b) .

Class B Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date, the Class B Monthly Interest for that Payment Date.

Class B Note Initial Principal Balance ” means $138,750,000.

Class B Note Interest Rate ” means 5.49% per annum.

Class B Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class B Note Initial Principal Balance, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class B Noteholders on or prior to such date.

Class B Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class B Note is registered in the Note Register.

Class B Notes ” means any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 .

Class B Regular Interest ” is defined in Section 9.1(b) .

Class B Required Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess of the amount described in Section 4.4(a)(iv) over Available Finance Charge Collections applied to pay such amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a) .

Class C Additional Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(c) .

Class C Counterparty ” means ABN AMRO  or the counterparty under any interest rate swap with respect to the Class C Notes obtained pursuant to Section 4.15 .

Class C Deficiency Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(c) .

6




Class C Monthly Interest ” is defined in Section 4.1(c) .

Class C Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date: (a) if there are Class C Net Swap Payments due on that Payment Date, the sum of the Class C Net Swap Payments and the Class C Monthly Interest for that Payment Date; (b) if there are Class C Net Swap Receipts due on that Payment Date, the result of the Class C Monthly Interest for that Payment Date, minus the Class C Net Swap Receipts for that Payment Date; and (c) if the Class C Swap has terminated for any reason, the Class C Monthly Interest for that Payment Date.

Class C Net Swap Payment ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Issuer under the Class C Swap as a result of LIBOR being less than the Class C Swap Rate.  For the avoidance of doubt, Class C Net Swap Payments do not include early termination payments or payment of breakage or other miscellaneous costs.

Class C Net Swap Receipt ” means, with respect to any Payment Date, any net amount payable by the Class C Counterparty as a result of LIBOR being greater than the Class C Swap Rate.  For the avoidance of doubt, Class C Net Swap Receipts do not include early termination payments.

Class C Note Initial Principal Balance ” means $97,500,000.

Class C Note Interest Rate ” means a per annum rate of 0.30% in excess of LIBOR as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date for the applicable Interest Period.

Class C Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the Class C Note Initial Principal Balance, minus (b) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class C Noteholders on or prior to such date.

Class C Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Class C Note is registered in the Note Register.

Class C Notes ” means any one of the Notes executed by the Issuer and authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 .

Class C Regular Interest ” is defined in Section 9.1(b) .

Class C Required Amount ” means with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess of the amount described in Section 4.4(a)(v) over Available Finance Charge Collections applied to pay such amount pursuant to Section 4.4(a) .

Class C Senior Swap Payments ” means Class C Net Swap Payments and Senior Termination Payments payable to the Class C Counterparty pursuant to the Class C Swap.

Class C Swap ” means an interest rate swap agreement with respect to the Class C Notes between the Trust and the Class C Counterparty substantially in the form of Exhibit C-3 to this Indenture Supplement, or such other form as shall have satisfied the Rating Agency Condition.

Class C Swap Rate ” means 5.298% per annum.

7




Closing Date ” means June 28, 2007.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the excess of (a) the Initial Collateral Amount, over (b) the sum of (i) the amount of principal previously paid to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders (other than any principal payments made from funds on deposit in the Spread Account), (ii) reductions in the Excess Collateral Amount due to reductions in the Required Excess Collateral Amount, (iii) the Principal Accumulation Account Balance, and (iv) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs and Reallocated Principal Collections over the reimbursements of such amounts pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vii) prior to such date.

Controlled Accumulation Amount ” means, for any Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, $145,500,000 provided , however , that if the Controlled Accumulation Period Length is determined to be less than or more than ten months pursuant to Section 4.13 , the Controlled Accumulation Amount for each Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period will be equal to (i) the initial Note Principal Balance divided by (ii) the Controlled Accumulation Period Length; provided , further , that the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Payment Date shall not exceed the Note Principal Balance minus any amount already on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date.

Controlled Accumulation Period ” means, unless an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred prior thereto, the period commencing at the opening of business on July 22, 2009 or such other date as is determined in accordance with Section 4.13 and ending on the first to occur of (a) the commencement of the Early Amortization Period and (b) the Final Payment Date.

Controlled Accumulation Period Length ” is defined in Section 4.13 .

Controlled Deposit Amount ” means, for any Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the sum of the Controlled Accumulation Amount for such Payment Date and any existing Accumulation Shortfall.

Counterparty ” means the Class A-1 Counterparty or the Class C Counterparty.

Covered Amount ” means an amount, determined as of each Transfer Date for any Interest Period, equal to the sum of:

(a) the product of (i) the Class A Net Interest Obligation and (ii) a fraction (A) the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of the Principal Accumulation Account Balance and the Class A Note Principal Balance, each as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date, and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the Class A Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date;

(b) the product of (i) the Class B Net Interest Obligation and (ii) a fraction (A) the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of (x) the excess of the Principal Accumulation Account Balance over the Class A Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the

8




calendar month preceding such Transfer Date and (y) the Class B Note Principal Balance, as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date, and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the Class B Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date; and

(c) the product of (i) the Class C Net Interest Obligation and (ii) a fraction (A) the numerator of which is equal to the lesser of (x) the excess of the Principal Accumulation Account Balance over the sum of the Class A Note Principal Balance and the Class B Note Principal Balance, each as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date and (y) the Class C Note Principal Balance, as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date, and (B) the denominator of which is equal to the Class C Note Principal Balance as of the last day of the calendar month preceding such Transfer Date.

Default Amount ” means, as to any Defaulted Account, the amount of Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables, unless there is an Insolvency Event with respect to Originator or the Transferor) in such Defaulted Account on the day it became a Defaulted Account.

Defaulted Account ” means an Account in which there are Charged-Off Receivables.

Designated Maturity ” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, one month; provided that LIBOR for the initial Interest Period will be determined by straight-line interpolation (based on the actual number of days in the initial Interest Period) between two rates determined in accordance with the definition of LIBOR, one of which will be determined for a Designated Maturity of one month and the other of which will be determined for a Designated Maturity of two months.

Dilution ” means any downward adjustment made by Servicer in the amount of any Transferred Receivable (a) because of a rebate, refund or billing error to an accountholder, (b) because such Transferred Receivable was created in respect of merchandise which was refused or returned by an accountholder or (c) for any other reason other than receiving Collections therefor or charging off such amount as uncollectible.

Distribution Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

Early Amortization Period ” means the period commencing on the date on which a Trust Early Amortization Event or a Series 2007-3 Early Amortization Event is deemed to occur and ending on the Final Payment Date.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Excess Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, the excess of (a) the sum of (i) the Collateral Amount, and (ii) the Principal Accumulation Account Balance, over (b) the Note Principal Balance.

9




Excess Spread Percentage ” means, for any Monthly Period, a percentage equal to (a) the Portfolio Yield for such Monthly Period, minus (b) the Base Rate for such Monthly Period.

Expected Principal Payment Date ” means the June 2010 Payment Date.

FASIT ” means a “financial asset securitization investment trust” within the meaning of section 860L of the Code.

Final Payment Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the Series Maturity Date.

Finance Charge Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

Finance Charge Shortfall ” is defined in Section 4.8 .

Group One ” means Series 2007-3 and each other outstanding Series previously or hereafter specified in the related Indenture Supplement to be included in Group One.

Indenture ” is defined in the preamble .

Indenture Trustee ” is defined in the preamble .

Initial Collateral Amount ” means $1,500,000,000, which equals the sum of (i) the Class A Note Initial Principal Balance, (ii) the Class B Note Initial Principal Balance, (iii) the Class C Note Initial Principal Balance and (iv) the Initial Excess Collateral Amount.

Initial Excess Collateral Amount ” means $45,000,000.

Interest Period ” means, for any Payment Date, the period from and including the Payment Date immediately preceding such Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date) to but excluding such Payment Date.

Investment Earnings ” means, for any Payment Date, all interest and earnings on Permitted Investments included in the Spread Account (net of losses and investment expenses) during the period commencing on and including the Payment Date immediately preceding such Payment Date and ending on but excluding such Payment Date.

Investor Charge-Offs ” is defined in Section 4.6 .

Investor Default Amount ” means, for any Monthly Period, the sum for all Accounts that became Defaulted Accounts during such Monthly Period, of the following amount:  the product of (a) the Default Amount with respect to each such Defaulted Account and (b) the Allocation Percentage on the day such Account became a Defaulted Account.

10




Investor Finance Charge Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Collections retained or deposited in the Finance Charge Account for Series 2007-3 pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(i) for such Monthly Period.

Investor Principal Collections ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Principal Collections retained or deposited in the Principal Account for Series 2007-3 pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(ii) for such Monthly Period.

Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Series Allocation Percentage for such Monthly Period (determined on a weighted average basis, if a Reset Date occurs during that Monthly Period), and (b) the aggregate Dilutions occurring during such Monthly Period as to which any deposit is required to be made but has not been made, provided that, if the Free Equity Amount is greater than zero at the time the deposit referred to in clause (b) is required to be made, the Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount shall be deemed to be zero.

Issuer ” is defined in the preamble .

LIBOR ” means, for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate for the period of the Designated Maturity for United States dollar deposits determined by the Indenture Trustee for each Interest Period in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14 .

LIBOR Determination Date ” means (i) June 26, 2007 for the period from and including the Closing Date through and including August 14, 2007 and (ii) the second London Business Day prior to the commencement of the second and each subsequent Interest Period.

London Business Day ” means any day on which dealings in deposits in United States dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

Minimum Free Equity Percentage ” means, for purposes of Series 2007-3, 4%; provided that, at any time that GE Capital’s long-term unsecured debt is rated Aa2 or lower by Moody’s or AA or lower by S&P, the Minimum Free Equity Percentage shall be 7.0%.

Monthly Interest ” means, for any Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Monthly Interest, the Class B Monthly Interest and the Class C Monthly Interest for such Payment Date.

Monthly Period ” means, as to the August 2007 Payment Date, the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on July 21, 2007, and as to each Payment Date thereafter, the period beginning on the 22 nd  day of the second preceding calendar month and ending on the 21 st  day of the immediately preceding calendar month.

Monthly Principal ” is defined in Section 4.1(d) .

Monthly Principal Reallocation Amount ” means, for any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of:

(a)                                   the lesser of (i) the Class A Required Amount and (ii) $281,250,000 minus the sum of (x) the amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs (after giving effect to

11




Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections (as of the previous Payment Date) and (y) any reductions to the Collateral Amount on account of reductions to the Required Excess Collateral Amount, but not less than zero;

(b)                                  the lesser of (i) the Class B Required Amount and (ii) $142,500,000 minus the sum of (x) the amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs (after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections (as of the previous Payment Date and as required in clause (a) above) and (y) any reductions to the Collateral Amount on account of reductions to the Required Excess Collateral Amount, but not less than zero; and

(c)                                   the lesser of (i) the Class C Required Amount and (ii) $45,000,000 minus the sum of (x) the amount of unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs after giving effect to Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period) and unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections (as of the previous Payment Date and as required in clauses (a) and (b) above) and (y) any reduction to the Collateral Amount on account of reductions to the Required Excess Collateral Amount, but not less than zero.

Net Interest Obligation ” means, for any Payment Date, the sum of the Class A Net Interest Obligation, the Class B Net Interest Obligation and the Class C Net Interest Obligation for such Payment Date.

Net Swap Payments ” means, for any Payment Date, collectively, the Class A-1 Net Swap Payment and the Class C Net Swap Payment for such Payment Date.

Net Swap Receipts ” means, for any Payment Date, collectively, the Class A-1 Net Swap Receipt and the Class C Net Swap Receipt for such Payment Date.

Note Principal Balance ” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the Class A Note Principal Balance, the Class B Note Principal Balance and the Class C Note Principal Balance.

Noteholder Servicing Fee ” means, for any Transfer Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the Series Servicing Fee Percentage and (b) the Collateral Amount as of the last day of the Monthly Period preceding such Transfer Date; provided , however , that with respect to the first Transfer Date, the Noteholder Servicing Fee shall be calculated based on the Collateral Amount as of the Closing Date and shall be prorated for the number of days in the first Monthly Period.

Ownership Interest ” means the interest issued by the RFS FASIT which (i) represents solely the right to receive amounts specified in Section 4.4(a)(xv) to be paid to the Issuer and (ii) represents the sole “ownership interest” in the RFS FASIT within the meaning of section 860L of the Code.

Payment Date ” means August 15, 2007 and the 15 th  day of each calendar month thereafter, or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

12




Percentage Allocation ” is defined in Section 4.3(b)(ii)(y) .

Portfolio Yield ” means, for any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, (a) the numerator of which is equal to the excess of (i) the Available Finance Charge Collections (excluding any Excess Finance Charge Collections and Net Swap Receipts), over (ii) the Investor Default Amount and the Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount for such Monthly Period and (b) the denominator of which is the Collateral Amount plus amounts on deposit in Principal Accumulation Account, each as of the close of business on the last day of such Monthly Period.

Principal Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

Principal Accumulation Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

Principal Accumulation Account Balance ” means, for any date of determination, the principal amount, if any, on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such date of determination.

Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds ” means, with respect to each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Principal Accumulation Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period from and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such Transfer Date.

Principal Shortfall ” is defined in Section 4.9 .

Qualifying Substitute Arrangement ” means, with respect to the Class A-1 Notes or Class C Notes, as applicable, any interest rate swap agreement that shall have satisfied the Rating Agency Condition or any other hedging arrangement or alternative arrangement that shall have satisfied the Rating Agency Condition in the event of the termination of any Class A-1 Swap or Class C Swap.

Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage ” means (a) with respect to the August 2007 Payment Date, the Excess Spread Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to such Payment Date, (b) with respect to the September 2007 Payment Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of (i) the Excess Spread Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to the August 2007 Payment Date and (ii) the Excess Spread Percentage for the Monthly Period relating to the September 2007 Payment Date and the denominator of which is two, and (c) with respect to the October 2007 Payment Date and each Payment Date thereafter, the percentage equivalent of a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the Excess Spread Percentages determined with respect to the Monthly Periods relating to such Payment Date and the immediately preceding two Payment Dates and the denominator of which is three.

Rating Agency ” means each of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P.

13




Reallocated Principal Collections ” means, for any Transfer Date, Investor Principal Collections applied in accordance with Section 4.7 in an amount not to exceed the Monthly Principal Reallocation Amount for the related Monthly Period.

Redemption Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date, after giving effect to any deposits and payments otherwise to be made on the related Payment Date, the sum of (i) the Note Principal Balance on the related Payment Date, (ii) Monthly Interest for the related Payment Date and any Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders, (iii) the amount of Additional Interest, if any, for the related Payment Date and any Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders on a prior Payment Date and (iv) any amounts owing to any Counterparty pursuant to the terms of the Class A-1 Swap or Class C Swap.

Reference Banks ” means four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Servicer.

Related Interest ” is defined in Section 9.1(b) .

Removal Date ” means a “Removal Date” as such term is defined in the Transfer Agreement.

Required Excess Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, 3.00% of the Collateral Amount; provided that:

(a)                                   except as provided in clause (c) , the Required Excess Collateral Amount shall never be less than 3.00% of the Initial Collateral Amount;

(b)                                  except as provided in clause (c) , the Required Excess Collateral Amount shall not decrease during an Early Amortization Period; and

(c)                                   the Required Excess Collateral Amount shall never be greater than the excess of the Note Principal Balance over the balance on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account.

Required Reserve Account Amount ” means, for any Transfer Date on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date, an amount equal to (a) 0.50% of the Note Principal Balance or (b) any other amount designated by the Issuer; provided , however , that if such designation is of a lesser amount, the Issuer shall (i) provide the Indenture Trustee with evidence that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied and (ii) deliver to the Indenture Trustee a certificate of an Authorized Officer to the effect that, based on the facts known to such officer at such time, in the reasonable belief of the Issuer, such designation will not cause an Early Amortization Event or an event that, after the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would cause an Early Amortization Event to occur with respect to Series 2007-3.

Required Spread Account Amount ” means, for any Payment Date, the product of (i) the Spread Account Percentage in effect on such date and (ii) during (x) the Revolving Period, the Collateral Amount, and (y) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, the Collateral Amount as of the last day of the Revolving Period; provided

14




that, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and acceleration of the Series 2007-3 Notes the Required Spread Account Amount will never exceed the Class C Note Principal Balance (after taking into account any payments to be made on such Payment Date).

Reserve Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

Reserve Account Funding Date ” means the Payment Date selected by the Servicer on behalf of the Issuer which occurs not later than the earliest of the Payment Date with respect to the Monthly Period which commences three months prior to the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period (which commencement shall be subject to postponement pursuant to Section 4.14 ); provided , however , if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied, the Issuer may postpone the Reserve Account Funding Date.

Reserve Account Surplus ” means, as of any Transfer Date following the Reserve Account Funding Date, the amount, if any, by which the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account exceeds the Required Reserve Account Amount.

Reserve Draw Amount ” means, with respect to each Transfer Date relating to the Controlled Accumulation Period or the first Transfer Date relating to the Early Amortization Period, the amount, if any, by which the Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds for such Payment Date are less than the Covered Amount determined as of such Transfer Date.

Reset Date ” means:

(a)                                   each Addition Date;

(b)                                  each Removal Date on which, if any Series of Notes has been paid in full, Principal Receivables for that Series are removed from the Trust;

(c)                                   each date on which there is an increase in the outstanding balance of any Variable Interest; and

(d)                                  each date on which a new Series or Class of Notes is issued.

Revolving Period ” means the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the earlier of the day the Controlled Accumulation Period commences or the day the Early Amortization Period commences.

RFS FASIT ” means the Trust Estate designated as a FASIT within the meaning of section 860L of the Code.

Senior Termination Payments means any termination payments payable by the Issuer arising as a result of the early termination of the Class A-1 Swap or the Class C Swap, as applicable, due to (i) a Tax Event or Illegality or (ii) any other Event of Default or Termination Event, unless, in the case of this clause (ii) , the applicable Counterparty (as defined in this Indenture Supplement) is the Defaulting Party or sole Affected Party (unless otherwise indicated,

15




terms used in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Class A-1 Swap or the Class C Swap, as the context requires).

Series Accounts ” means, collectively, the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Accumulation Account, the Distribution Account, the Reserve Account, the Spread Account and the Swap Collateral Account (if any).

Series Allocation Percentage ” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the numerator used in determining the Allocation Percentage for Finance Charge Collections for that Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators used in determining the Allocation Percentage for Finance Charge Collections for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided that if one or more Reset Dates occur in a Monthly Period, the Series Allocation Percentage for the portion of the Monthly Period falling on and after each such Reset Date and prior to any subsequent Reset Date will be determined using a denominator which is equal to the sum of the numerators used in determining the Allocation Percentage for Finance Charge Collections for all outstanding Series as of the close of business on the subject Reset Date.

Series Maturity Date ” means, with respect to Series 2007-3, the June 2013 Payment Date.

Series Servicing Fee Percentage ” means 2% per annum .

Series 2007-3 ” means the Series of Notes the terms of which are specified in this Indenture Supplement.

Series 2007-3 Early Amortization Event ” is defined in Section 6.1 .

Series 2007-3 Excess Finance Charge Collections ” means Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated from other Series in Group One to Series 2007-3 pursuant to Section 8.6 of the Indenture.

Series 2007-3 Note ” means a Class A-1 Note, a Class A-2 Note, a Class B Note or a Class C Note.

Series 2007-3 Noteholder ” means a Class A-1 Noteholder, a Class A-2 Noteholder, a Class B Noteholder or a Class C Noteholder.

Spread Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

Spread Account Deficiency ” means the excess, if any, of the Required Spread Account Amount over the Available Spread Account Amount.

Spread Account Percentage ” means, (i) 0% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is greater than or equal to 5.00%, (ii) 2.00% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than 5.00% and greater than or equal to 4.50%,

16




(iii) 2.50% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than 4.50% and greater than or equal 4.00%, (iv) 3.50% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than 4.00% and greater than or equal to 3.50%, (v) 4.50% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than 3.50% and greater than or equal to 3.00%, (vi) 5.50% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than 3.00% and greater than or equal to 2.50%, (vii) 6.50% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than 2.50% and greater than or equal to 1.50%, (viii) 7.50% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than 1.50% and greater than or equal to 0.50% and (ix) 8.50% if the Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage on such Payment Date is less than 0.50%.

Subordinated Termination Payments ” means any termination payments other than Senior Termination Payments payable by the Issuer arising as a result of the early termination of the Class A-1 Swap or the Class C Swap, as applicable.

Surplus Collateral Amount ” means, at any time, the excess, if any, of the Excess Collateral Amount over the Required Excess Collateral Amount.

Swap Collateral Account ” means the account designated as such, established and owned by the Issuer and maintained in accordance with Section 4.2 .

Target Amount ” is defined in Section 4.3(b)(i) .

Trust ” is defined in the preamble .

SECTION 1.2.  Incorporation of Terms .  The terms of the Indenture are incorporated in this Supplement as if set forth in full herein. As supplemented by this Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and both together shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same agreement. If the terms of this Supplement and the terms of the Indenture conflict, the terms of this Supplement shall control with respect to the Series 2007-3.

ARTICLE II
CREATION OF THE SERIES 2007-3 NOTES

SECTION 2.1.  Designation .

(a)                                   There is hereby created and designated a Series of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement to be known as “ GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 2007-3 ” or the “ Series 2007-3 Notes .”  The Series 2007-3 Notes shall be issued in three Classes, known as the “ Class A Series 2007-3 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes ,” the “ Class B Series 2007-3 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes ,” and the “ Class C Series 2007-3 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes .”

(b)                                  Series 2007-3 shall be included in Group One and shall be a Principal Sharing Series.  Series 2007-3 shall be an Excess Allocation Series with respect to Group One only.  Series 2007-3 shall not be subordinated to any other Series.

17




(c)                                   The Series 2007-3 Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of $100,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to Net Swap Receipts .  The parties hereto agree that the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Schedule I shall be a part of this Indenture Supplement for all purposes.

SECTION 3.2.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to Receivables .   The parties hereto agree that the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Schedule II shall be a part of this Indenture Supplement for all purposes.

SECTION 3.3.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants with respect to ERISA .  By acquiring a Series 2007-3 Note, each purchaser and transferee shall be deemed to represent and warrant that either (i) it is not (and for so long as it holds such Series 2007-3 Note will not be), is not acting on behalf of (and for so long as it holds such Series 2007-3 Note) will not be acting on behalf of), and is not investing the assets of a Benefit Plan or (ii) its acquisition, continued holding and disposition of such Series 2007-3 Note will not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation of any substantially similar applicable law.

ARTICLE IV
RIGHTS OF SERIES 2007-3 NOTEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

SECTION 4.1.  Determination of Interest and Principal .

(a)   (i)   The amount of monthly interest (“ Class A-1 Monthly Interest ”) due and payable with respect to the Class A-1 Notes on any Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class A-1 Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period and (iii) the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the Class A-1 Note Initial Principal Balance).

With respect to each Payment Date, the Issuer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class A-1 Deficiency Amount ”), of (x) the aggregate amount of Class A-1 Monthly Interest payable pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) as of the prior Payment Date over (y) the amount of Class A-1 Monthly Interest actually paid on such Payment Date.  If the Class A-1 Deficiency Amount for any Payment Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class A-1 Deficiency Amount is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class A-1 Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class A-1 Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period plus 2% per annum and (iii) such Class A-1 Deficiency Amount (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Class A-1 Noteholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A-1 Notes.

18




Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A-1 Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class A-1 Noteholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(ii)                                   The amount of monthly interest (“ Class A-2 Monthly Interest ”) due and payable with respect to the Class A-2 Notes on any Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is 30 and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class A-2 Note Interest Rate and (iii) the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the Class A-2 Note Initial Principal Balance); provided that the Class A-2 Monthly Interest for the August 2007 Payment Date shall equal $1,896,450.00.

With respect to each Payment Date, the Issuer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class A-2 Deficiency Amount ”), of (x) the aggregate amount of Class A-2 Monthly Interest payable pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(ii) as of the prior Payment Date over (y) the amount of Class A-2 Monthly Interest actually paid on such Payment Date.  If the Class A-2 Deficiency Amount for any Payment Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class A-2 Deficiency Amount is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class A-2 Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is 30 and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class A-2 Note Interest Rate plus 2% per annum and (iii) such Class A-2 Deficiency Amount (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Class A-2 Noteholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A-2 Notes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A-2 Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class A-2 Noteholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(b)                                  The amount of monthly interest (“ Class B Monthly Interest ”) due and payable with respect to the Class B Notes on any Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is 30 and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class B Note Interest Rate and (iii) the Class B Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the Class B Note Initial Principal Balance); provided that the Class B Monthly Interest for the August 2007 Payment Date shall equal $994,490.63.

With respect to each Payment Date, the Issuer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class B Deficiency Amount ”), of (x) the aggregate amount of Class B Monthly Interest payable pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) as of the prior Payment Date over (y) the amount of Class B Monthly Interest actually paid on such Payment Date.  If the Class B Deficiency Amount for any Payment Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class B Deficiency Amount is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class B Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is 30 and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class B Note Interest Rate in plus 2% per annum and (iii) such Class B Deficiency Amount (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Class B Noteholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class B Notes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class B Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class B Noteholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c)                                   The amount of monthly interest (“ Class C Monthly Interest ”) due and payable with respect to the Class C Notes on any Payment Date shall be an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest

19




Period and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class C Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period and (iii) the Class C Note Principal Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or, with respect to the initial Payment Date, the Class C Note Initial Principal Balance).

With respect to each Payment Date, the Issuer shall determine the excess, if any (the “ Class C Deficiency Amount ”), of (x) the aggregate amount of Class C Monthly Interest payable pursuant to this Section 4.1(c) as of the prior Payment Date over (y) the amount of Class C Monthly Interest actually paid on such Payment Date.  If the Class C Deficiency Amount for any Payment Date is greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class C Deficiency Amount is fully paid, an additional amount (“ Class C Additional Interest ”) equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class C Note Interest Rate in effect with respect to the related Interest Period plus 2% per annum and (iii) such Class C Deficiency Amount (or the portion thereof which has not been paid to the Class C Noteholders) shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class C Notes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class C Additional Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class C Noteholders only to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(d)                                  The amount of monthly principal to be transferred from the Principal Account with respect to the Notes on each Payment Date (the “ Monthly Principal ”), beginning with the Payment Date in the Monthly Period following the Monthly Period in which the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if earlier, the Early Amortization Period, begins, shall be equal to the least of (i) the Available Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to the related Monthly Period, (ii) for each Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Payment Date, (iii) the Collateral Amount (after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Payment Date pursuant to Sections 4.6 and 4.7 ) prior to any deposit into the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date, and (iv) the Note Principal Balance, minus any amount already on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date.

SECTION 4.2.  Establishment of Accounts .

(a)                                   As of the Closing Date, the Issuer covenants to have established and shall thereafter maintain the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Account, the Principal Accumulation Account, the Distribution Account, the Reserve Account and the Spread Account, each of which shall be an Eligible Deposit Account.  In the event that any Counterparty is required to post collateral pursuant to the Class A-1 Swap or Class C Swap, the Issuer shall establish a Swap Collateral Account, which shall be an Eligible Deposit Account.

(b)                                  If the depositary institution wishes to resign as depositary of any of the Series Accounts for any reason or fails to carry out the instructions of the Issuer for any reason, then the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders.

(c)                                   On or before the Closing Date, the Issuer shall enter into a depositary agreement to govern the Series Accounts pursuant to which such accounts are continuously identified in the depositary institution’s books and records as subject to a security interest in favor of the

20




Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and, except as may be expressly provided herein to the contrary, in order to perfect the security interest of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders under the UCC, the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders shall have the power to direct disposition of the funds in the Series Accounts without further consent by the Issuer; provided however , that prior to the delivery by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders of notice otherwise, the Issuer shall have the right to direct the disposition of funds in the Series Accounts; provided further that the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders agrees that it will not deliver such notice or exercise its power to direct disposition of the funds in the Series Accounts unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(d)                                  The Issuer shall not close any of the Series Accounts unless it shall have (i) received the prior consent of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, (ii) established a new Eligible Deposit Account with the depositary institution or with a new depositary institution satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, (iii) entered into a depositary agreement to govern such new account(s) with such new depositary institution which agreement is satisfactory in all respects to the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders (whereupon such new account(s) shall become the applicable Series Account(s) for all purposes of this Indenture Supplement), and (iv) taken all such action as the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders shall reasonably require to grant and perfect a first priority security interest in such account(s) under this Indenture Supplement.

SECTION 4.3.  Calculations and Series Allocations .

(a)                                   Allocations .  Finance Charge Collections, Principal Collections and Charged-Off Receivables allocated to Series 2007-3 pursuant to Article VIII of the Indenture shall be allocated and distributed as set forth in this Article.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.3(b) , during any period when the Issuer is permitted by Section 8.4 of the Indenture to make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account, amounts allocated to the Noteholders pursuant to Section 4.3(b) with respect to any Monthly Period need not be deposited into the Collection Account or any Series Account prior to the related Payment Date, and, when so deposited, (x) may be deposited net of any amounts required to be distributed to Transferor and, if the Originator is Servicer, any amounts owed to the Servicer, and (y) shall be deposited into the Finance Charge Account (in the case of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables) and the Principal Account (in the case of Collections of Principal Receivables (not including any Shared Principal Collections allocated to Series 2007-3 pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Indenture)).

(b)                                  Allocations to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders .  The Issuer shall on each Date of Processing, allocate to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders the following amounts as set forth below:

(i)                                      Allocations of Finance Charge Collections .  The Issuer shall allocate to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders an amount equal to the product of (A) the Allocation Percentage and (B) the aggregate Finance Charge Collections processed on such Date of Processing and, subject to Section 4.16 , shall deposit such amount into the Finance Charge Account; provided that, with respect to each Monthly Period falling in the Revolving Period (and with respect to that portion of each Monthly Period in the Controlled Accumulation Period falling on or after the day on which Collections of Principal Receivables equal to the related Controlled Deposit Amount have been

21




allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(ii) and deposited pursuant to Section 4.3(a) ), Collections of Finance Charge Receivables shall be transferred into the Finance Charge Account only until such time as the aggregate amount so deposited equals the sum (the “ Target Amount ”) of (A) the fees payable to the Indenture Trustee, the Trustee and the Administrator on the related Payment Date, (B) the Net Interest Obligation on the related Payment Date, (C) if the Originator is not the Servicer, the Noteholder Servicing Fee (and if the Originator is the Servicer, then the Issuer covenants to pay directly to the Servicer as payment of the Noteholder Servicing Fee amounts that otherwise would have been transferred into the Finance Charge Account pursuant to this clause (C) ) , and (D) any amount required to be deposited in the Reserve Account and the Spread Account on the related Transfer Date; provided further , that, notwithstanding the preceding proviso, if on any Business Day the Issuer determines that the Target Amount for a Monthly Period exceeds the Target Amount for that Monthly Period as previously calculated by Issuer, then (x) Issuer shall (on the same Business Day) inform Transferor of such determination, and (y) within two Business Days thereafter cause Transferor to deposit into the Finance Charge Account funds in an amount equal to the amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Noteholders for that Monthly Period but not deposited into the Finance Charge Account due to the operation of the preceding proviso (but not in excess of the amount required so that the aggregate amount deposited for the subject Monthly Period equals the Target Amount); and provided , further , if on any Transfer Date the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount after giving effect to all transfers and deposits on that Transfer Date, the Issuer shall cause Transferor, on that Transfer Date, to deposit into the Principal Account funds in an amount equal to the amounts of Available Finance Charge Collections that are required to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vi) and (vii) but are not available from funds in the Finance Charge Account as a result of the operation of the second preceding proviso.

With respect to any Monthly Period when deposits of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables into the Finance Charge Account are limited to deposits up to the Target Amount in accordance with clause (i) above, notwithstanding such limitation: (1) “ Reallocated Principal Collections ” for the related Transfer Date shall be calculated as if the full amount of Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Noteholders during that Monthly Period had been deposited in the Finance Charge Account and applied on the related Payment Date in accordance with Section 4.4(a) ; and (2) Collections of Finance Charge Receivables released to Transferor pursuant to clause (i) above shall be deemed, for purposes of all calculations under this Indenture Supplement, to have been applied to the items specified in Section 4.4(a) to which such amounts would have been applied (and in the priority in which they would have been applied) had such amounts been available in the Finance Charge Account on the related Payment Date.  To avoid doubt, the calculations referred to in the preceding clause (2) include the calculations required by clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Collateral Amount.

(ii)                                   Allocations of Principal Collections .  The Issuer shall allocate to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders the following amounts as set forth below:

22




(x)                                    Allocations During the Revolving Period .

(1)                                   During the Revolving Period an amount equal to the product of the Allocation Percentage and the aggregate amount of Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing, shall be allocated to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders and first, if any other Principal Sharing Series is outstanding and in its accumulation period or amortization period, retained in the Principal Account for application, to the extent necessary, as Shared Principal Collections to other Principal Sharing Series on the related Payment Date, second deposited in the Excess Funding Account to the extent necessary so that the Free Equity Amount is not less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount and third paid to the holders of the Transferor Interest.

(2)                                   With respect to each Monthly Period falling in the Revolving Period, to the extent that Collections of Principal Receivables allocated to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders pursuant to this Section 4.3(b)(ii) are paid to Transferor, the Issuer shall cause Transferor to make an amount equal to the Reallocated Principal Collections for the related Transfer Date available on that Transfer Date for application in accordance with Section  4.7 .

(y)                                  Allocations During the Controlled Accumulation Period .  During the Controlled Accumulation Period an amount equal to the product of  the Allocation Percentage and the aggregate amount of Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing (the product for any such date is hereinafter referred to as a “ Percentage Allocation ”) shall be allocated to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders and transferred to the Principal Account until applied as provided herein; provided , however, that if the sum of such Percentage Allocation and all preceding Percentage Allocations with respect to the same Monthly Period exceeds the Controlled Deposit Amount during the Controlled Accumulation Period for the related Payment Date, then such excess shall not be treated as a Percentage Allocation and shall be first, if any other Principal Sharing Series is outstanding and in its accumulation period or amortization period, retained in the Principal Account for application, to the extent necessary, as Shared Principal Collections to other Principal Sharing Series on the related Payment Date, second deposited in the Excess Funding Account to the extent necessary so that the Free Equity Amount is not less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount and third paid to the holders of the Transferor Interest.

(z)                                    Allocations During the Early Amortization Period .  During the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal to the product of  the Allocation Percentage and the aggregate amount of Principal Collections processed on such Date of Processing shall be allocated to the 2007-3 Noteholders and transferred to the Principal Account until applied as

23




provided herein; provided , however, that after the date on which an amount of such Principal Collections equal to the Note Principal Balance has been deposited into the Principal Account such amount shall be first, if any other Principal Sharing Series is outstanding and in its accumulation period or amortization period, retained in the Principal Account for application, to the extent necessary, as Shared Principal Collections to other Principal Sharing Series on the related Payment Date, second deposited in the Excess Funding Account to the extent necessary so that the Free Equity Amount is not less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount and third paid to the holders of the Transferor Interest.

SECTION 4.4.  Application of Available Finance Charge Collections and Available Principal Collections .  On each Transfer Date or related Payment Date, as applicable, the Issuer shall withdraw, to the extent of available funds, the amount required to be withdrawn from the Finance Charge Account, the Principal Accumulation Account, the Principal Account and the Distribution Account as follows:

(a)                                   On each Payment Date, an amount equal to the Available Finance Charge Collections with respect to the related Payment Date will be paid or deposited in the following priority:

(i)                                      to pay, on a pari passu basis, the following amounts, to the extent allocated to Series 2007-3 pursuant to Section 8.4(d) of the Indenture: (A) the payment to the Indenture Trustee of the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the Indenture Trustee up to a maximum amount of $25,000 for each calendar year, (B) the payment to the Trustee of the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the Trustee up to a maximum amount of $25,000 for each calendar year and (C) the payment to the Administrator of the accrued and unpaid fees and other amounts owed to the Administrator up to a maximum amount of $25,000 for each calendar year;

(ii)                                   an amount equal to the Noteholder Servicing Fee for such Transfer Date, plus the amount of any Noteholder Servicing Fee previously due but not paid to the Issuer on a prior Transfer Date, shall be paid to the Servicer;

(iii)                                on a pari passu basis based on the amounts owing to the Class A-1 Noteholders, the Class A-2 Noteholders and each Class A-1 Counterparty pursuant to this Section 4.4(a)(iii) : (A) an amount equal to Class A-1 Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, plus any Class A-1 Deficiency Amount, plus the amount of any Class A-1 Additional Interest for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class A-1 Additional Interest previously due but not paid to Class A-1 Noteholders on a prior Payment Date, shall be deposited into the Distribution Account, (B) an amount equal to Class A-2 Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, plus any Class A-2 Deficiency Amount, plus the amount of any Class A-2 Additional Interest for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class A-2 Additional Interest previously due but not paid to Class A-2 Noteholders on a prior Payment Date, shall be deposited into the Distribution Account and (C) any Class A-1 Senior Swap Payment for such Payment Date and any unpaid Class A-1 Senior

24




Swap Payments owed to the Class A-1 Counterparty in respect of any prior Payment Date shall be paid to the Class A-1 Counterparty;

(iv)                               an amount equal to Class B Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, plus any Class B Deficiency Amount, plus the amount of any Class B Additional Interest for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class B Additional Interest previously due but not paid to Class B Noteholders on a prior Payment Date, shall be deposited into the Distribution Account;

(v)                                  on a pari passu basis based on the amounts owing to the Class C Noteholders and each Class C Counterparty pursuant to this Section 4.4(a)(v) : (A) an amount equal to Class C Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, plus any Class C Deficiency Amount, plus the amount of any Class C Additional Interest for such Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class C Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class C Noteholders on a prior Payment Date shall be deposited into the Distribution Account, and (B) any Class C Senior Swap Payment for such Payment Date and any unpaid Class C Senior Swap Payments owed to the Class C Counterparty in respect of any prior Payment Date shall be paid to the Class C Counterparty;

(vi)                               (A) first , an amount equal to the Investor Default Amount for such Payment Date shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Payment Date and (B) second , an amount equal to any Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount for such Payment Date shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Payment Date, and any amounts treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to subclause (A) or (B) of this clause (vi) during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, shall be deposited into the Principal Account on the related Payment Date;

(vii)                            an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs and the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections which have not been previously reimbursed pursuant to this Section 4.4(a)(vii) shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Payment Date and during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period shall be deposited into the Principal Account on the related Payment Date;

(viii)                         on each Transfer Date from and after the Reserve Account Funding Date, but prior to the date on which the Reserve Account terminates as described in Section 4.10(e) , an amount up to the excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount over the Available Reserve Account Amount shall be deposited into the Reserve Account;

(ix)                                 an amount equal to the amounts required to be deposited in the Spread Account pursuant to Section 4.11(e) shall be deposited into the Spread Account;

(x)                                    without duplication of the amount specified in clause (vi)(B) of this Section 4.4(a) , an amount equal to the Series Allocation Percentage (calculated by excluding all outstanding Series of Notes issued on any date prior to September 22, 2004

25




and any Series of Notes excluded from this calculation pursuant to the terms of the Indenture Supplement for such Series) of the excess, if any, of the Minimum Free Equity Amount over the Free Equity Amount, shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for such Payment Date and, during the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, deposited into the Principal Account on the related Payment Date;

(xi)                                 an amount equal to any Subordinated Termination Payments owing to the Class A Counterparty and any other amounts owing to the Class A-1 Counterparty under the Class A-1 Swap shall be paid to the Class A Counterparty;

(xii)                              [Reserved];

(xiii)                           an amount equal to any Subordinated Termination Payments owing to the Class C Counterparty and any other amounts owing to the Class C Counterparty under the Class C Swap shall be paid to the Class C Counterparty;

(xiv)                          unless an Early Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, on a pari passu basis any amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (i) above that have been allocated to Series 2007-3 pursuant to Section 8.4(d) of the Indenture and that have not been paid pursuant to clause (i) above shall be paid to such Persons; and

(xv)                             the balance, if any, will constitute a portion of Excess Finance Charge Collections for such Payment Date and will be applied in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Indenture; provided that during an Early Amortization Period, if any such Excess Finance Charge Collections would be paid to the Transferor in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Indenture, the portion of such Excess Finance Charge Collections that would otherwise be payable to the Transferor, first shall be used to pay Monthly Principal pursuant to Section 4.4(c) to the extent not paid in full from Available Principal Collections (calculated without regard to amounts available to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to this clause (xv) ), second , shall be used to pay on a pari passu basis any amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (i) above that have been allocated to Series 2007-3 pursuant to Section 8.4(d) of the Indenture and that have not been paid pursuant to clauses (i) and (xiv) above, and, third , any amounts remaining after payment in full of the Monthly Principal and amounts owed to such Persons listed in clause (i) above shall be paid to the Issuer in respect of the Ownership Interest.

(b)                                  On each Transfer Date with respect to the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in accordance with Section 8.5 of the Indenture.

(c)                                   On each Transfer Date or Payment Date, as applicable, with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period or the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period shall be paid or deposited in the following order of priority:

26




(i)                                      during the Controlled Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the Monthly Principal for each Transfer Date shall be deposited into the Principal Accumulation Account on the related Payment Date;

(ii)                                   during the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal to the Monthly Principal for each Transfer Date shall be deposited into the Distribution Account on the related Payment Date and on such Payment Date shall be paid, first to the Class A Noteholders on the related Payment Date until the Class A Note Principal Balance has been paid in full; second to the Class B Noteholders until the Class B Note Principal Balance has been paid in full; and third to the Class C Noteholders until the Class C Note Principal Balance has been paid in full; and

(iii)                                in the case of each of the Controlled Accumulation Period and the Early Amortization Period, the balance of such Available Principal Collections remaining after application in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in accordance with Section 8.5 of the Indenture.  As of any Payment Date during the Controlled Accumulation Period or Early Amortization Period on which Available Principal Collections are treated as Shared Principal Collections, the Collateral Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount of Available Principal Collections applied as Shared Principal Collections and (y) the Surplus Collateral Amount.

(d)                                  On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay in accordance with Section 4.5 to the Class A-1 Noteholders and the Class A-2 Noteholders on a pari passu basis, based on the amounts owing to the Class A-1 Noteholders and the Class A-2 Noteholders respectively pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(iii) , from the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(iii) on such Payment Date, to the Class B Noteholders from the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(iv) on such Payment Date and to the Class C Noteholders from the Distribution Account, the amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(v) on such Payment Date.

(e)                                   On the earlier to occur of (i) the first Payment Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the Expected Principal Payment Date, the Issuer shall withdraw from the Principal Accumulation Account and deposit into the Distribution Account the amount deposited into the Principal Accumulation Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(i) and on such Payment Date shall pay such amount first to the Class A-1 Noteholders and the Class A-2 Noteholders on a pari passu basis based on the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance and the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance, respectively, until the Class A Note Principal Balance is paid in full; second to the Class B Noteholders until the Class B Principal Balance is paid in full; and third to the Class C Noteholders until the Class C Note Principal Balance is paid in full.

(f)                                     The Issuer shall distribute any funds received in respect of the Ownership Interest to RFS Holding, L.L.C. as a distribution on RFS Holding, L.L.C.’s beneficial interest in the Issuer.

27




SECTION 4.5.  Distributions .

(a)                                   On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay to each Class A-1 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date such Class A-1 Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account that are allocated and available on such Payment Date and as are payable to the Class A-1 Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

(b)                                  On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay to each Class A-2 Noteholder of record on the related Record Date such Class A-2 Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account that are allocated and available on such Payment Date and as are payable to the Class A-2 Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

(c)                                   On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay to each Class B Noteholder of record on the related Record Date such Class B Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account that are allocated and available on such Payment Date and as are payable to the Class B Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

(d)                                  On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall pay to each Class C Noteholder of record on the related Record Date such Class C Noteholder’s pro rata share of the amounts on deposit in the Distribution Account (including amounts withdrawn from the Spread Account (at the times and in the amounts specified in Section 4.11 )) that are allocated and available on such Payment Date and as are payable to the Class C Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture Supplement.

(e)                                   The payments to be made pursuant to this Section 4.5 are subject to the provisions of Section 7.1 of this Indenture Supplement.

(f)                                     All payments to Noteholders hereunder shall be made by (i) check mailed to each Series 2007-3 Noteholder (at such Noteholder’s address as it appears in the Note Register), except that for any Series 2007-3 Notes registered in the name of the nominee of a Clearing Agency, such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds and (ii) except as provided in Section 2.7(b) of the Indenture, without presentation or surrender of any Series 2007-3 Note or the making of any notation thereon.

SECTION 4.6.  Investor Charge-Offs .  On each Determination Date, the Issuer shall calculate the Investor Default Amount and any Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount for the preceding Monthly Period.  If, on any Transfer Date, the sum of the Investor Default Amount and any Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount for the preceding Monthly Period exceeds the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections allocated with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vi) with respect to such Transfer Date, the Collateral Amount will be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of such excess (such reduction, an “ Investor Charge-Off ”).

SECTION 4.7.  Reallocated Principal Collections .  On each Transfer Date, the Issuer shall apply Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to that Transfer Date, to fund any deficiency pursuant to and in the priority set forth in Sections 4.4(a)(i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv) and (v) .  On each Transfer Date, the Collateral Amount shall be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for such Transfer Date.

28




SECTION 4.8.  Excess Finance Charge Collections .  Series 2007-3 shall be an Excess Allocation Series with respect to Group One only.  Subject to Section 8.6 of the Indenture, Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to the Excess Allocation Series in Group One for any Transfer Date will be allocated to Series 2007-3 in an amount equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to all the Excess Allocation Series in Group One for such Payment Date and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Finance Charge Shortfall for Series 2007-3 for such Payment Date and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Finance Charge Shortfalls for all the Excess Allocation Series in Group One for such Payment Date.  The “ Finance Charge Shortfall ” for Series 2007-3 for any Payment Date will be equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the full amount required to be paid, without duplication, pursuant to Sections 4.4(a)(i) through (xiv) on such Payment Date over (b) the Available Finance Charge Collections with respect to such Payment Date (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Excess Finance Charge Collections).

SECTION 4.9.  Shared Principal Collections .  Subject to Section 8.5 of the Indenture, Shared Principal Collections allocable to Series 2007-3 on any Transfer Date will be equal to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections with respect to all Principal Sharing Series for such Transfer Date and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Shortfall for Series 2007-3 for such Transfer Date and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Principal Shortfalls for all the Series which are Principal Sharing Series for such Transfer Date.  The “ Principal Shortfall ” for Series 2007-3 will be equal to (a) for any Transfer Date with respect to the Revolving Period or any Transfer Date during the Early Amortization Period prior to the Transfer Date relating to the earlier of (i) the Expected Principal Payment Date and (ii) the date on which all outstanding Series are in early amortization periods, zero, (b) for any Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the excess, if any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount with respect to such Transfer Date over the amount of Available Principal Collections for such Transfer Date (excluding any portion thereof attributable to Shared Principal Collections or amounts available to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to clause (xv) of Section 4.4(a) ) and (c) for any Transfer Date relating to any Payment Date on or after the earlier of (i) the Expected Principal Payment Date and (ii) the date on which all outstanding Series are in early amortization periods, the Note Principal Balance.

SECTION 4.10.  Reserve Account .

(a)                                   On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date on funds on deposit in the Reserve Account shall be retained in the Reserve Account (to the extent that the Available Reserve Account Amount is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount) and any remaining interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) shall be deposited into the Finance Charge Account and included in Available Finance Charge Collections for the related Monthly Period.  For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balance in the Reserve Account for any reason under this Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, investment earnings on such funds shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit.

(b)                                  On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period and on or before the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period, the Issuer shall calculate the Reserve Draw Amount; provided , however , that such amount will be

29




reduced to the extent that funds otherwise would be available for deposit in the Reserve Account under Section 4.4(a)(viii)   on the following Payment Date.

(c)                                   If for any Transfer Date the Reserve Draw Amount is greater than zero, the Reserve Draw Amount, up to the Available Reserve Account Amount, shall be withdrawn from the Reserve Account on such Transfer Date by the Issuer and deposited into the Finance Charge Account for application as Available Finance Charge Collections on the following Payment Date.

(d)                                  If the Reserve Account Surplus on any Transfer Date, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Reserve Account with respect to such Transfer Date, is greater than zero, the Indenture Trustee, acting in accordance with the written instructions of the Issuer, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account an amount equal to such Reserve Account Surplus and distribute any such amounts to the holders of the Transferor Interest.

(e)                                   Upon the earliest to occur of (i) the termination of the Trust pursuant to Article VIII of the Trust Agreement, (ii) the first Transfer Date relating to the Early Amortization Period and (iii) the Expected Principal Payment Date for the Class C Notes, the Issuer, after the prior payment of all amounts owing to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders that are payable from the Reserve Account as provided herein, shall withdraw from the Reserve Account all amounts, if any, on deposit in the Reserve Account and distribute any such amounts to the holders of the Transferor Interest.  The Reserve Account shall thereafter be deemed to have terminated for purposes of this Indenture Supplement.

SECTION 4.11.  Spread Account .

(a)                                   On or before each Transfer Date, if the aggregate amount of Available Finance Charge Collections available for application pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(v) is less than the aggregate amount required to be deposited pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(v) , the Issuer shall withdraw from the Spread Account the amount of such deficiency up to the Available Spread Account Amount and if the Available Spread Account Amount is less than such deficiency, Investment Earnings credited to the Spread Account and shall apply such amount in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(v) .

(b)                                  Unless an Early Amortization Event occurs, the Issuer will withdraw from the Spread Account and deposit in the Collection Account for payment to the Class C Noteholders on the Expected Principal Payment Date for the Class C Notes an amount equal to the lesser of:  (i) the amount on deposit in the Spread Account after application of any amounts set forth in clause (a) above and (ii) the Class C Note Principal Balance.

(c)                                   Upon an Early Amortization Event, the amount, if any, remaining on deposit in the Spread Account, after making the payments described in clause (a) above, shall be applied to pay principal on the Class C Notes on the earlier of the Series Maturity Date and the first Payment Date on which the Class A Note Principal Balance and the Class B Note Principal Balance have been paid in full.

(d)                                  On any day following the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Series 2007-3 that has resulted in the acceleration of the Series 2007-3 Notes, the Issuer shall withdraw

30




from the Spread Account the Available Spread Account Amount and deposit such amount in the Distribution Account for payment to the Series 2007-3 Notes in the following order of priority until all amounts owed to such Noteholders have been paid in full: (i) the Class C Noteholders, (ii) the Class A-1 Noteholders and Class A-2 Noteholders on a pari passu basis, based on the respective amounts owing to each, and (iii) the Class B Noteholders.

(e)                                   If on any Payment Date, after giving effect to all withdrawals from the Spread Account, the Available Spread Account Amount is less than the Required Spread Account Amount then in effect, Available Finance Charge Collections shall be deposited into the Spread Account pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(ix) up to the amount of the Spread Account Deficiency.

(f)                                     If, after giving effect to all deposits to and withdrawals from the Spread Account with respect to any Payment Date, the amount on deposit in the Spread Account exceeds the Required Spread Account Amount, the Issuer shall withdraw an amount equal to such excess from the Spread Account and distribute such amount to the Transferor.  On the date on which the Class C Note Principal Balance has been paid in full, after making any payments to the Noteholders required pursuant to Sections 4.11(a) , (b) , (c) and (d) , the Issuer shall withdraw from the Spread Account all amounts then remaining in the Spread Account and pay such amounts to the holders of the Transferor Interest.

SECTION 4.12.  Investment of Accounts .  (a)  To the extent there are uninvested amounts deposited in the Series Accounts, the Issuer shall cause such amounts to be invested in Permitted Investments selected by the Issuer that mature no later than the immediately preceding Transfer Date.

(b)                                  On each Transfer Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period and on the first Transfer Date with respect to the Early Amortization Period, the Issuer shall transfer from the Principal Accumulation Account to the Finance Charge Account the Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds on deposit in the Principal Accumulation for application as Available Finance Charge Collections in accordance with Section 4.4 .

(c)                                   Principal Accumulation Investment Proceeds (including reinvested interest) shall not be considered part of the amounts on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account for purposes of this Indenture Supplement.

(d)                                  On each Transfer Date (but subject to Section 4.11(a) ), the Investment Earnings, if any, credited since the preceding Transfer Date on funds on deposit in the Spread Account shall be retained in the Spread Account (to the extent that the Available Spread Account Amount is less than the Required Spread Account Amount) and the balance, if any, shall be paid to the holders of the Transferor Interest.  For purposes of determining the availability of funds or the balance in the Spread Account for any reason under this Indenture Supplement (subject to Section 4.11(a) ), all Investment Earnings shall be deemed not to be available or on deposit; provided that after the maturity of the Series 2007-3 Notes has been accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, all Investment Earnings shall be added to the balance on deposit in the Spread Account and treated like the rest of the Available Spread Account Amount.

31




SECTION 4.13.  Controlled Accumulation Period .  The Controlled Accumulation Period is scheduled to commence at the beginning of business on July 22, 2009; provided that if the Controlled Accumulation Period Length (determined as described below) on any Determination Date is less than or more than the number of months in the scheduled Controlled Accumulation Period, upon written notice to the Indenture Trustee, with a copy to each Rating Agency, the Issuer shall either postpone or accelerate, as applicable, the date on which the Controlled Accumulation Period actually commences, so that, as a result, the number of Monthly Periods in the Controlled Accumulation Period will equal the Controlled Accumulation Period Length; provided that the length of the Controlled Accumulation Period will not be less than one month.  The “ Controlled Accumulation Period Length ” will mean a number of whole months such that the amount available for payment of principal on the Notes on the Expected Principal Payment Date is expected to equal or exceed the Note Principal Balance, assuming for this purpose that (1) the payment rate with respect to Principal Collections remains constant at the lowest level of such payment rate during the twelve preceding Monthly Periods, (2) the total amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust (and the principal amount on deposit in the Excess Funding Account, if any) remains constant at the level on such date of determination, (3) no Early Amortization Event with respect to any Series will subsequently occur and (4) no additional Series (other than any Series being issued on such date of determination) will be subsequently issued.  Any notice by Issuer modifying the commencement of the Controlled Accumulation Period pursuant to this Section 4.13 shall specify (i) the Controlled Accumulation Period Length, (ii) the commencement date of the Controlled Accumulation Period and (iii) the Controlled Accumulation Amount with respect to each Monthly Period during the Controlled Accumulation Period.

SECTION 4.14.  Determination of LIBOR .

(a)                                   On each LIBOR Determination Date in respect of an Interest Period, the Indenture Trustee shall determine LIBOR on the basis of the rate per annum displayed in the Bloomberg Financial Markets system as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a period of the Designated Maturity, as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on that date.  If that rate does not appear on that display page, LIBOR for that Interest Period will be the rate per annum shown on page 3750 of the Moneyline Telerate Services Report screen or any successor page as the composite offered rate for London interbank deposits for a one-month period, as shown under the heading “USD” as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date.  If no rate is shown as described in the preceding two sentences, LIBOR for that Interest Period will be the rate per annum based on the rates at which Dollar deposits for a period of the Designated Maturity are displayed on page “LIBOR” of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service or such other page as may replace the LIBOR page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date; provided that if at least two rates appear on that page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of the displayed rates and if fewer than two rates are displayed, or if no rate is relevant, the rate for that Interest Period shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for the period of the Designated Maturity.  The Indenture Trustee shall request the principal London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its rate.  If at least two (2) such quotations are provided, the rate for that Interest Period shall be the arithmetic mean of the

32




quotations.  If fewer than two (2) quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a period of the Designated Maturity.

(b)                                  The Class A-1 Note Interest Rate and Class C Note Interest Rate applicable to the then current and the immediately preceding Interest Periods may be obtained by telephoning the Indenture Trustee at its corporate trust office at (800) 735-7777 or such other telephone number as shall be designated by the Indenture Trustee for such purpose by prior written notice by the Indenture Trustee to each Series 2007-3 Noteholder from time to time.

(c)                                   On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee shall send to the Issuer by facsimile transmission, notification of LIBOR for the following Interest Period.

SECTION 4.15.  Swaps .  (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall enter into a Class A-1 Swap with the Class A-1 Counterparty and a Class C Swap with the Class C Counterparty for the benefit of the Class A-1 Noteholders and the Class C Noteholders, respectively.  The aggregate notional amount under the Class A-1 Swap shall, at any time, be equal to the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance at such time.  The aggregate notional amount under the Class C Swap shall, at any time, be equal to the Class C Note Principal Balance.  The Issuer shall cause the Class A-1 Counterparty or the Class C Counterparty to deposit Net Swap Receipts payable in the Collection Account.  On any Payment Date when there shall be a Class A-1 Senior Swap Payment, the Issuer shall pay such Class A-1 Senior Swap Payment subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.4(a)(iii) .  On any Payment Date when there shall be a Class C Senior Swap Payment, the Issuer shall pay such Class C Senior Swap Payment subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.4(a)(v) .  On any Payment Date when there shall be Subordinated Termination Payments or any other miscellaneous payments payable by the Issuer to the Counterparties, the Issuer shall pay such amounts subject to the priority of payments set forth in Sections 4.4(a)(xi) , (xii) and (xiii) .

(b)                                  When required under the terms of the existing Class A-1 Swap or Class C Swap, the Issuer shall obtain a Qualifying Substitute Arrangement.

SECTION 4.16.  Deposit of Collections .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, for any Monthly Period during which the Issuer is permitted to make a single monthly deposit to the Collection Account pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture for such Monthly Period, the Issuer need not make the daily deposits of Collections into the Collection Account as provided in Section 8.4 of the Indenture, but may make a single deposit in the Collection Account in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 noon., New York City time, on the related Payment Date.

33




ARTICLE V
DELIVERY OF SERIES 2007-3 NOTES;
REPORTS TO SERIES 2007-3 NOTEHOLDERS

SECTION 5.1.  Delivery and Payment for the Series 2007-3 Notes .

The Issuer shall execute and issue, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate, the Series 2007-3 Notes in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Indenture.  The Indenture Trustee shall deliver the Series 2007-3 Notes to or upon the written order of the Issuer when so authenticated.

SECTION 5.2.  Reports and Statements to Series 2007-3 Noteholders .

(a)                                   Not later than the second Business Day preceding each Payment Date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause the Servicer to deliver to the Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B prepared by the Servicer; provided that the Issuer may amend the form of Exhibit B from time to time, with the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee.  On each Payment Date, the Issuer shall forward to each Series 2007-3 Noteholder a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

(b)                                  A copy of each statement or certificate provided pursuant to Section 5.2(a) may be obtained by any Series 2007-3 Noteholder by a request in writing to the Issuer.

(c)                                   On or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with January 31, 2007, the Issuer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Series 2007-3 Noteholder the information for the preceding calendar year, or the applicable portion thereof during which the Person was a Noteholder, as is required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the Code to the holders of the Issuer’s indebtedness and such other customary information as is necessary to enable such Noteholder to prepare its federal income tax returns.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Issuer shall, to the extent required by applicable law, from time to time furnish to the appropriate Persons, at least five Business Days prior to the end of the period required by applicable law, the informed required to complete a Form 1099-INT.

ARTICLE VI
SERIES 2007-3 EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

SECTION 6.1.  Series 2007-3 Early Amortization Events .  If any one of the following events shall occur with respect to the Series 2007-3 Notes:

(a)                                   (i)  failure on the part of Transferor to make any payment or deposit required to be made by it by the terms of the Trust Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Transfer Agreement on or before the date occurring five (5) Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made therein or herein or (ii) failure of the Transferor duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other of its covenants or agreements set forth in the Trust Receivables Purchase Agreement or the Transfer Agreement which failure has a material adverse effect on the Series 2007-3 Noteholders and which continues unremedied for a period of sixty days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have

34




been given to the Transferor by the Indenture Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder of the Series 2007-3 Notes;

(b)                                  any representation or warranty made by Transferor in the Transfer Agreement or the Trust Receivables Purchase Agreement or any information contained in an account schedule required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.6(c) of the Transfer Agreement, Trust Agreement or the Bank Receivables Sale Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of sixty days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Transferor by the Indenture Trustee, or to the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder of the Series 2007-3 Notes and as a result of which the interests of the Series 2007-3 Noteholders are materially and adversely affected for such period; provided , however , that a Series 2007-3 Early Amortization Event pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder if the Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Transferred Receivable, or all of such Transferred Receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance with the provisions of the Transfer Agreement or the Trust Receivables Purchase Agreement;

(c)                                   a failure by Transferor under the Transfer Agreement to convey Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts or Participations to the Trust when it is required to convey such Transferred Receivables pursuant to Section 2.6(a) of the Transfer Agreement;

(d)                                  any Servicer Default or any Indenture Servicer Default shall occur;

(e)                                   the Portfolio Yield averaged over three consecutive Monthly Periods is less than the Base Rate averaged over the same Monthly Periods;

(f)                                     the Note Principal Balance shall not be paid in full on the Expected Principal Payment Date;

(g)                                  the Class A-1 Counterparty or the Class C Counterparty shall fail to pay any net amount payable by such Counterparty under the Class A-1 Swap or the Class C Swap, as applicable, as a result of LIBOR being greater than the Class A-1 Swap Rate or the Class C Swap Rate, as applicable, and such failure is not cured within five Business Days;

(h)                                  the Class A-1 Swap shall terminate prior to the earlier of the payment in full of the Class A-1 Notes and the Series Maturity Date if the Issuer shall fail to enter into a replacement Class A-1 Swap or other Qualifying Substitute Arrangement in accordance with subsection 4.15(b) within ten Business Days; or the Class C Swap shall terminate prior to the earlier of the payment in full of the Class C Notes and the Series Maturity Date if the Issuer shall fail to enter into a replacement Class C Swap or other Qualifying Substitute Arrangement in accordance with subsection 4.15(b) within ten Business Days; or

(i)                                      without limiting the foregoing, the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to Series 2007-3 and acceleration of the maturity of the Series 2007-3 Notes pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Indenture;

35




then, in the case of any event described in subsection (a) , (b) or (d) , after the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such subparagraphs, either the Indenture Trustee or the holders of Series 2007-3 Notes evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Series 2007-3 Notes by notice then given in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if given by the Series 2007-3 Noteholders) may declare that a “Series Early Amortization Event” with respect to Series 2007-3 (a “ Series 2007-3 Early Amortization Event ”) has occurred as of the date of such notice, and, in the case of any event described in subsection (c) , (e) , (f) , (g) , (h) or (i) a Series 2007-3 Early Amortization Event shall occur without any notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2007-3 Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

ARTICLE VII
REDEMPTION OF SERIES 2007-3 NOTES; FINAL DISTRIBUTIONS; SERIES TERMINATION

SECTION 7.1.  Optional Redemption of Series 2007-3 Notes; Final Distributions .

(a)                                   On any day occurring on or after the date on which the outstanding principal balance of the Series 2007-3 Notes is reduced to 10% or less of the initial outstanding principal balance of Series 2007-3 Notes, Transferor has the option pursuant to the Trust Agreement to reduce the Collateral Amount to zero by paying a purchase price equal to the greater of (x) the Collateral Amount, plus the applicable Allocation Percentage of outstanding Finance Charge Receivables and (y) a minimum amount equal to (i) if such day is a Payment Date, the Redemption Amount for such Payment Date or (ii) if such day is not a Payment Date, the Redemption Amount for the Payment Date following such day.  If Transferor exercises such option, Issuer will apply such purchase price to repay the Notes in full as specified below.

(b)                                  Issuer shall give the Indenture Trustee at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the date on which Transferor intends to exercise such optional redemption.  Not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such day Transferor shall deposit into the Distribution Account in immediately available funds the excess of the Redemption Amount over the amount, if any, on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account.  Such redemption option is subject to payment in full of the Redemption Amount.  Following such deposit into the Distribution Account in accordance with the foregoing, the Collateral Amount for Series 2007-3 shall be reduced to zero and the Series 2007-3 Noteholders shall have no further security interest in the Transferred Receivables.  The Redemption Amount shall be paid as set forth in Section 7.1(d) .

(c)                                   (i)                                      The amount to be paid by the Transferor with respect to Series 2007-3 in connection with a reassignment of Transferred Receivables to the Transferor pursuant to Section 6.1(e) of the Transfer Agreement shall not be less than the Redemption Amount for the first Payment Date following the Monthly Period in which the reassignment obligation arises under the Transfer Agreement.

(ii)                                   The amount to be paid by the Issuer with respect to Series 2007-3 in connection with a repurchase of the Notes pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Trust Agreement shall not be less than the Redemption Amount for the Payment Date of such repurchase.

36




(d)                                  With respect to (i) the Redemption Amount deposited into the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 7.1 or (ii) the proceeds of any sale of Transferred Receivables pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Indenture with respect to Series 2007-3, the Indenture Trustee shall, in accordance with the written direction of the Issuer, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the related Payment Date, make payments of the following amounts (in the priority set forth below and, in each case, after giving effect to any deposits and payments otherwise to be made on such date) in immediately available funds:  (i) an amount equal to the Class A-1 Senior Swap Payments, if any, payable to the Class A-1 Counterparty will be paid to the Class A-1 Counterparty, (ii) (x) the Class A-1 Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be paid to the Class A-1 Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class A-1 Monthly Interest due and payable on such Payment Date or any prior Payment Date, (B) any Class A-1 Deficiency Amount for such Payment Date and (C) the amount of Class A-1 Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class A-1 Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class A-1 Noteholders on any prior Payment Date, will be paid to the Class A-1 Noteholders, (iii) (x) the Class A-2 Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be paid to the Class A-2 Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class A-2 Monthly Interest due and payable on such Payment Date or any prior Payment Date, (B) any Class A-2 Deficiency Amount for such Payment Date and (C) the amount of Class A-2 Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class A-2 Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class A-2 Noteholders on any prior Payment Date, will be paid to the Class A-2 Noteholders, (iv) (x) the Class B Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be paid to the Class B Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class B Monthly Interest due and payable on such Payment Date or any prior Payment Date, (B) any Class B Deficiency Amount for  such Payment Date and (C) the amount of Class B Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class B Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class B Noteholders on any prior Payment Date, will be paid to the Class B Noteholders, (v) an amount equal to the Class C Senior Swap Payments, if any, payable to the Class C Counterparty will be paid to the Class C Counterparty, (vi)  (x) the Class C Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be paid to the Class C Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to the sum of (A) Class C Monthly Interest due and payable on such Payment Date or any prior Payment Date, (B) any Class C Deficiency Amount for such Payment Date, and (C) the amount of Class C Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class C Additional Interest previously due but not paid to the Class C Noteholders on any prior Payment Date will be paid to the Class C Noteholders, (vii) an amount equal to the Subordinated Termination Payments, if any, payable to the Class A-1 Counterparty will be paid to the Class A-1 Counterparty; (viii) [Reserved]; (ix) an amount equal to the Subordinated Termination Payments, if any, payable to the Class C Counterparty will be paid to the Class C Counterparty, and (x) any excess shall be released to the Issuer.

SECTION 7.2.  Series Termination .

On the Series Maturity Date, the unpaid principal amount of the Series 2007-3 Notes shall be due and payable.

37




ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 8.1.  Ratification of Indenture; Amendments .  (a)                           As supplemented by this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.  This Indenture Supplement may be amended only by a Supplemental Indenture entered in accordance with the terms of Section 9.1 or 9.2 of the Indenture.  For purposes of the application of Section 9.2 to any amendment of this Indenture Supplement, the Series 2007-3 Noteholders shall be the only Noteholders whose vote shall be required.

(b)                                  The Issuer shall not amend the Class A-1 Swap or the Class C Swap unless (i)(A) the amendment is being entered into to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision of or to add or change any provisions concerning matters or questions raised under the Class A-1 Swap or the Class C Swap, as applicable, (B) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and (C) the Transferor has delivered an Officer’s Certificate to the Issuer certifying the amendment will not cause an Adverse Effect; (ii) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and the amendment is being entered into to add, modify or eliminate provisions necessary or advisable in order to enable (A) a FASIT election to be made with respect to all or part of RFS Funding Trust or the Issuer, (B) so long as a FASIT Election is in effect, all or part of RFS Funding Trust or the Issuer to qualify as a FASIT under the code, (C) the termination of a FASIT election with respect to all or part of the Issuer or (D) the Issuer to avoid the imposition of state or local income or franchise taxes on the Issuer’s property or its income or (iii) the Issuer obtains the consent of the 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Series 2007-3 Notes; provided that any such amendment shall not affect any cash payment or receipt required under the existing terms of the affected Class A-1 Swap or Class C Swap.

SECTION 8.2.  Form of Delivery of the Series 2007-3 Notes .  The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes shall be Book-Entry Notes and shall be delivered as provided in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of the Indenture.

SECTION 8.3.  Counterparts .  This Indenture Supplement may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 8.4.  GOVERNING LAW .  (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401(1) OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.  THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939, AS AMENDED, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED THEREBY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH.

38




(b)                                  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED , THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED , FURTHER , THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE NOTES, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE.  EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 11.4 OF THE INDENTURE AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.  NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS.  THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 8.5.  Limitation of Liability .  Notwithstanding any other provision herein or elsewhere, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by The Bank of New York

39




(Delaware), not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Trust, in no event shall The Bank of New York (Delaware) in its individual capacity have any liability in respect of the representations, warranties, or obligations of the Issuer hereunder or under any other document, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of the Trust, and for all purposes of this Agreement and each other document, the Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.6.  Rights of the Indenture Trustee .  The Indenture Trustee shall have herein the same rights, protections, indemnities and immunities as specified in the Master Indenture.

SECTION 8.7.  Notice Address for Rating Agencies .  Notices, if any, required to be delivered to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Trustee shall be sent to the following address:

Fitch Ratings

One State Street Plaza

New York, NY 10004

Facsimile: (212) 514-9879

Moody’s Rating Service

99 Church Street

New York, NY 10007

Facsimile:  (212) 553-3856

Standard & Poor’s

Structured Finance Surveillance

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Attention:  ABS Surveillance Group

Facsimile: (212) 438-264

SECTION 8.8.  Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Anti-Money Laundering Regulations .  In order to comply with laws, rules and regulations applicable to banking institutions, including those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, the Indenture Trustee is required to obtain, verify and record certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Indenture Trustee.  Accordingly, each of the parties hereto agrees to provide to the Indenture Trustee upon its request from time to time such  identifying information  and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Indenture Trustee to comply with applicable law.

ARTICLE IX
FASIT MATTERS

SECTION 9.1.  FASIT Administration .

(a)                                   FASIT Matters .  An election has been made to treat the Trust Estate as a FASIT known as the RFS FASIT.  December 30, 2002 was designated as the “Startup Day” of the RFS

40




FASIT within the meaning of section 860L(d)(1) of the Code.  The Ownership Interest was designated as the single class of “ownership interest” (within the meaning of section 860L(b)(2) of the Code) in the RFS FASIT.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Indenture or this Indenture Supplement to the contrary, each class of Series 2007-3 Regular Interests shall mature on or before December 1, 2020.

(b)                                  Series 2007-3 Regular Interests .  Each Class of Notes is hereby designated a separate class of “regular interests” in the RFS FASIT within the meaning of section 860L(b)(1)(A) of the Code and each Note is hereby designated a separate “regular interest” within such Class.  Each of the Class A Notes is hereby designated a “ Class A Regular Interest ,” each of the Class B Notes is hereby designated a “ Class B Regular Interest ” and each of the Class C Notes is hereby designated a “ Class C Regular Interest ” (the Class A Regular Interests, the Class B Regular Interests and the Class C Regular Interests being referred to collectively as the “ Series 2007-3 Regular Interests ”).  The Series 2007-3 Regular Interest shall bear interest at a rate equal to the rate of interest on the related Class A Note, Class B Note or Class C Note, as applicable (such related interest, a “ Related Interest ”).  The rate of interest on each Related Interest is intended to qualify as a qualifying variable rate under section 860L(b)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.  Interest shall be paid on each Class of Series 2007-3 Regular Interest at the same times as Interest is paid on the Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes (which Interest shall be allocated among the Series 2007-3 Regular Interests in proportion to the amount of Interest owning on the respective Related Interests if there is more than one class of such Series 2007-3 Regular Interests and Interest with respect to each class is not paid in full).  The principal amount of each Series 2007-3 Regular Interest shall equal the respective amount of the Class A Note Principal Balance, Class B Note Principal Balance or Class C Note Principal Balance, as applicable, with respect to the Related Interest for such Series 2007-3 Regular Interest.

(c)                                   Payment of Principal on Class A Regular Interests .  On each Payment Date, beginning with the Payment Date in the Monthly Period following the Monthly Period in which the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if earlier, the Early Amortization Period, begins, the principal amount of each Class A Regular Interest related to a Class A Note shall be reduced by such Class A Note’s pro rata share of an amount equal to the least of (i) the Available Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to such Payment Date, (ii) for each Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Payment Date, (iii) the Collateral Amount (after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Payment Date pursuant to Sections 4.6 and 4.7 ) prior to any deposit into the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date, and (iv) the Note Principal Balance, minus any amount already on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date.

(d)                                  Payment of Principal on Class B Regular Interests .  On each Payment Date, beginning with the Payment Date in the Monthly Period following the Monthly Period in which the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if earlier, the Early Amortization Period, begins, the principal amount of each Class B Regular Interest related to a Class B Note shall be reduced by such Class B Note’s pro rata share of an amount equal to the least of (i) the Available Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to such Payment Date, (ii) for each Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Payment Date, (iii) the Collateral Amount (after taking into account any

41




adjustments to be made on such Payment Date pursuant to Sections 4.6 and 4.7 ) prior to any deposit into the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date, and (iv) the Note Principal Balance, minus any amount already on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date.

(e)                                   Payment of Principal on Class C Regular Interests . On each Payment Date, beginning with the Payment Date in the Monthly Period following the Monthly Period in which the Controlled Accumulation Period or, if earlier, the Early Amortization Period, begins, the principal amount of each Class C Regular Interest related to a Class C Note shall be reduced by such Class C Note’s pro rata share of an amount equal to the least of (i) the Available Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal Account with respect to such Payment Date, (ii) for each Payment Date with respect to the Controlled Accumulation Period, the Controlled Deposit Amount for such Payment Date, (iii) the Collateral Amount (after taking into account any adjustments to be made on such Payment Date pursuant to Sections 4.6 and 4.7 ) prior to any deposit into the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date, and (iv) the Note Principal Balance, minus any amount already on deposit in the Principal Accumulation Account on such Payment Date.

(f)                                     The Issuer hereby agrees to take such further actions as may be required to effectuate this Article IX and the intent that the RFS FASIT be treated as a FASIT.

(g)                                  Alternative Characterization .  The Issuer acknowledges that the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “ Jobs Act ”) repealed the provisions of the Code governing FASITs.  In the event that the Internal Revenue Service issues guidance in the form of a Notice, Revenue Procedure, Revenue Ruling, or Private Letter Ruling providing for FASITs existing prior to October 22, 2004 to terminate and/or cease issuing regular interests, then it is the intent of the parties hereto that, for federal income tax purposes, (i) the Trust Estate be disregarded as an entity separate from RFS Holding L.L.C. and (ii) the Notes be treated as debt.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

42




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Indenture Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE
TRUST, as Issuer

 

 

 

By:

The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in
its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
on behalf of Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

Name: Kristine K. Gullo

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michele Hy Voon

 

 

Name: Michele Hy Voon

 

Title: Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dorit Ritter Haddad

 

 

Name: Dorit Ritter Haddad

 

Title: Attorney in Fact

 

S- 1




EXHIBIT A-1-A
FORM OF CLASS A-1 SERIES 2007-3 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE ISSUER ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW UNLESS NOTEHOLDERS OF NOT LESS THAN 66⅔% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EACH CLASS OF EACH SERIES HAS APPROVED SUCH FILING AND IT WILL NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTE AGAINST THE TRANSFEROR ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW IN ANY INSTANCE; PROVIDED , THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANYWAY LIMIT THE NOTEHOLDER’S RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY OTHER CREDITOR RIGHTS OR REMEDIES THAT THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY HAVE FOR CLAIMS AGAINST THE ISSUER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS A-1 NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)), (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B)

A- 1-A- 1




ABOVE OR (D) OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW.

A- 1-A- 2




 

REGISTERED

$

 

No. R-

 

CUSIP NO.

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 2007-3

CLASS A-1 SERIES 2007-3 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the “Issuer” or the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 2003, for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of                                    DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the June 2013 Payment Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the Class A-1 Note Interest Rate on each Payment Date until the Final Payment Date (which is the earlier to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the June 2013 Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.  Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

A- 1-A- 3




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A-1 Note to be duly executed.

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE
TRUST, as Issuer

 

 

 

By:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE),

 

 

 not in its individual capacity but solely as

 

 

  Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Dated:                        ,           

 

 

 

A- 1-A- 4




INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class A-1 Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A- 1-A- 5




GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 2007-3

CLASS A-1 SERIES 2007-3 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

This Class A-1 Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 2007-3 (the “ Series 2007-3 Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement dated as of June 28, 2007 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer.  The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement.  The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class B Notes and the Class C Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Indenture or, except in the case of the Indenture Trustee as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, THE ISSUER, GE MONEY BANK, RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class A-1 Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS A-1 NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A- 1-A- 6




ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                                                                                

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                   (name and address of assignee) the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

 

 

 

**

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 


* *                                   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

A- 1-A- 7




EXHIBIT A-1-B

FORM OF CLASS A-2 SERIES 2007-3 5.40% ASSET BACKED NOTE

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE ISSUER ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW UNLESS NOTEHOLDERS OF NOT LESS THAN 66⅔% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EACH CLASS OF EACH SERIES HAS APPROVED SUCH FILING AND IT WILL NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTE AGAINST THE TRANSFEROR ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW IN ANY INSTANCE; PROVIDED , THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANYWAY LIMIT THE NOTEHOLDER’S RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY OTHER CREDITOR RIGHTS OR REMEDIES THAT THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY HAVE FOR CLAIMS AGAINST THE ISSUER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS A-2 NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)), (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B)

A-1-B- 1




ABOVE OR (D) OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW.

A-1-B- 2




 

REGISTERED

$

No. R-

 

CUSIP NO.

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 2007-3

CLASS A-2 SERIES 2007-3 5.40% ASSET BACKED NOTE

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the “Issuer” or the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 2003, for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of                                    DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the June 2013 Payment Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the Class A-2 Note Interest Rate on each Payment Date until the Final Payment Date (which is the earlier to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the June 2013 Payment Date). Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and of twelve 30-day months.  Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

A-1-B- 3




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A-2 Note to be duly executed.

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE
TRUST, as Issuer

 

 

 

By:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE),

 

 

not in its individual capacity but solely as

 

 

Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Dated:

,

 

 

 

A-1-B- 4




INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class A-2 Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-1-B- 5




GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 2007-3

CLASS A-2 SERIES 2007-3 5.40% ASSET BACKED NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

This Class A-2 Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 2007-3 (the “ Series 2007-3 Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement dated as of June 28, 2007 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer.  The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement.  The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class B Notes and the Class C Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Indenture or, except in the case of the Indenture Trustee as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, THE ISSUER, GE MONEY BANK, RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class A-2 Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS A-2 NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A-1-B- 6




ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                                                        

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                   (name and address of assignee) the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

 

 

 

 

**

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

 


**           The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

A-1-B- 1




EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF CLASS B SERIES 2007-3 5.49% ASSET BACKED NOTE

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE ISSUER ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW UNLESS NOTEHOLDERS OF NOT LESS THAN 66⅔% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EACH CLASS OF EACH SERIES HAS APPROVED SUCH FILING AND IT WILL NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTE AGAINST THE TRANSFEROR ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW IN ANY INSTANCE; PROVIDED , THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANYWAY LIMIT THE NOTEHOLDER’S RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY OTHER CREDITOR RIGHTS OR REMEDIES THAT THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY HAVE FOR CLAIMS AGAINST THE ISSUER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS B NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS B NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)), (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B)

A-2- 1




ABOVE OR (D) OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW.

A-2- 2




 

REGISTERED

$

No. R-

 

CUSIP NO.

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 2007-3

CLASS B SERIES 2007-3 5.49% ASSET BACKED NOTE

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the “Issuer” or the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 2003, for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of                 DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the June 2013 Payment Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the Class B Note Interest Rate on each Payment Date until the Final Payment Date (which is the earlier to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the June 2013 Payment Date).  Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and of twelve 30-day months.  Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

THIS CLASS B NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO FUND PAYMENTS ON THE CLASS A NOTES TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

A-2- 3




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class B Note to be duly executed.

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE
TRUST, as Issuer

 

 

 

By:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE),

 

 

not in its individual capacity but solely as

 

 

Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Dated:

,

 

 

 

A-2- 4




INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class B Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-2- 5




GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 2007-3

CLASS B SERIES 2007-3 5.49% ASSET BACKED NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

This Class B Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 2007-3 (the “ Series 2007-3 Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement dated as of June 28, 2007 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer.  The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement.  The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class A Notes and the Class C Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Indenture or, except in the case of the Indenture Trustee as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

THIS CLASS B NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, THE ISSUER, GE MONEY BANK, RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class B Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS B NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A-2- 6




ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee                                                                                        

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                   (name and address of assignee) the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

 

 

 

 

**

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

 


**           The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

A-2- 7




EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF CLASS C SERIES 2007-3 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTED AGAINST THE ISSUER ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW UNLESS NOTEHOLDERS OF NOT LESS THAN 66⅔% OF THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EACH CLASS OF EACH SERIES HAS APPROVED SUCH FILING AND IT WILL NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY INSTITUTE OR CAUSE TO BE INSTITUTE AGAINST THE TRANSFEROR ANY BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION, ARRANGEMENT, INSOLVENCY OR LIQUIDATION PROCEEDING OR OTHER PROCEEDING UNDER ANY FEDERAL OR STATE BANKRUPTCY LAW IN ANY INSTANCE; PROVIDED , THAT THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT IN ANYWAY LIMIT THE NOTEHOLDER’S RIGHTS TO PURSUE ANY OTHER CREDITOR RIGHTS OR REMEDIES THAT THE NOTEHOLDERS MAY HAVE FOR CLAIMS AGAINST THE ISSUER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS C NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS C NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, SHALL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT AND WARRANT THAT EITHER (I) SUCH HOLDER IS NOT (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE), IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF (AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE WILL NOT BE ACTING ON BEHALF OF), AND IS NOT INVESTING THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”)) THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”)), (C) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO BE PLAN ASSETS OF A PLAN DESCRIBED IN (A) OR (B)

A-3- 1




ABOVE OR (D) OTHER PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO ANY APPLICABLE LAW THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (II) ITS ACQUISITION, CONTINUED HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A VIOLATION OF ANY SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR APPLICABLE LAW.

A-3- 2




 

REGISTERED

$

No. R-

 

CUSIP NO.

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 2007-3

CLASS C SERIES 2007-3 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the “ Issuer ” or the “ Trust ”), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust Agreement dated as of September 25, 2003, for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, the principal sum of                    DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the June 2013 Payment Date, except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture.  The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at the Class C Note Interest Rate on each Payment Date until the Final Payment Date (which is the earlier to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the Note Principal Balance is paid in full, (b) the date on which the Collateral Amount is reduced to zero and (c) the June 2013 Payment Date).  Interest on this Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.  Principal of this Note shall be paid in the manner specified in the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof.

The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

THIS CLASS C NOTE IS SUBORDINATED TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO FUND PAYMENTS ON THE CLASS A AND CLASS B NOTES TO THE EXTENT SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

A-3- 3




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class C Note to be duly executed.

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE
TRUST, as Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK (DELAWARE),

 

 

not in its individual capacity but solely as

 

 

Trustee on behalf of Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

Dated:

,

 

 

 

A-3- 4




INDENTURE TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class C Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-3- 5




GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD
MASTER NOTE TRUST SERIES 2007-3

CLASS C SERIES 2007-3 FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED NOTE

Summary of Terms and Conditions

This Class C Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, Series 2007-3 (the “ Series 2007-3 Notes ”), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended, the “ Master Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement dated as of June 28, 2007 (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer.  The term “Indenture,” unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement.  The Notes are subject to all of the terms of the Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture.  In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

The Class A Notes and the Class B Notes will also be issued under the Indenture.

The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Note, agrees that it will look solely to the property of the Issuer allocated to the payment of this Note for payment hereunder and that neither the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee is liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Notes or the Indenture or, except in the case of the Indenture Trustee as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any liability under the Indenture.

This Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights, duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

THIS CLASS C NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN INTEREST IN, THE ISSUER, GE MONEY BANK, RFS HOLDING, L.L.C., OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES, AND IS NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.

The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person in whose name this Class C Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

THIS CLASS C NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

A-3- 6




ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                   (name and address of assignee) the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney, to transfer said certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

,

 

 

 

 

**

 

 

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

 

 


**           The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

A-3- 7




EXHIBIT B

FORM OF MONTHLY NOTEHOLDER’S STATEMENT

Monthly Noteholder’s Statement

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

Series 2007 – 3

Class A-1 LIBOR + 0.01% Notes

Class A-2 5.40% Notes

Class B 5.49% Notes

Class C LIBOR + 0.30% Notes

Pursuant to the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003 (as amended and supplemented, the “ Indenture ”) between GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (the “ Issuer ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee (the “ Indenture Trustee ”), as supplemented by the Series 2007-3 Indenture Supplement (the “ Indenture Supplement ”), dated as of June 28, 2007, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer is required to prepare, or cause the Servicer to prepare, certain information each month regarding current distributions to the Series 2007-3 Noteholders and the performance of the Trust during the previous month.  The information required to be prepared with respect to the Payment Date of ·   ], 20[  ·   ] , and with respect to the performance of the Trust during the Monthly Period ended ·   ], 20[  ·   ] is set forth below.  Capitalized terms used herein are defined in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement. The undersigned, an Authorized Officer of the Servicer, does hereby certify as follows:

Record Date:

[ · ], 20[ · ]

Monthly Period Beginning:

[ · ], 20[ · ]

Monthly Period Ending:

[ · ], 20[ · ]

Previous Payment Date:

[ · ], 20[ · ]

Payment Date:

[ · ], 20[ · ]

Interest Period Beginning:

[ · ], 20[ · ]

Interest Period Ending:

[ · ], 20[ · ]

Days in Monthly Period:

[ · ]

Days in Interest Period:

[ · ]

LIBOR Determination Date

[ · ], 20[ · ]

LIBOR Rate

[ · ]

Is there a Reset Date?

[No][Yes]

 

I.

Trust Receivables Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Number of Obligors (Total Securitized) Beginning

 

 

 

 

b.

Number of Obligors (Total Securitized) Ending

 

 

 

 

c.

Average Obligor Balance (q / b)

 

 

 

 

 

B- 1




 

d.

BOP Principal Receivables

 

 

 

 

e.

BOP Finance Charge Receivables

 

 

 

 

f.

BOP Total Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

g.

Increase in Principal Receivables from Additional Accounts

 

 

 

 

h.

Increase in Principal Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts

 

 

 

 

i.

Increase in Finance Charge Receivables from Additional Accounts

 

 

 

 

j.

Increase in Finance Charge Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts

 

 

 

 

k.

Increase in Total Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

l.

Decrease in Principal Receivables due to Account Removal

 

 

 

 

m.

Decrease in Principal Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts

 

 

 

 

n.

Decrease in Finance Charge Receivables due to Account Removal

 

 

 

 

o.

Decrease in Finance Charge Activity on Existing Securitized Accounts

 

 

 

 

p.

Decrease in Total Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

q.

EOP Aggregate Principal Receivables

 

 

 

 

r.

EOP Finance Charge Receivables

 

 

 

 

s.

EOP Total Receivables

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

t.

Excess Funding Account Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

u.

Required Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

v.

Minimum Free Equity Amount (EOP Aggregate Principal Receivables * 4.0%)

 

 

 

 

w.

Free Equity Amount (EOP Principal Receivables - EOP Collateral Amount
(II.c.ii+II.a.ii+II.b.iii))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II.

Investor Information (Trust Level)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Note Principal Balance (Sum of all Series)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Increase in Note Principal Balance due to New Issuance

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Decrease in Note Principal Balance due to Principal Paid

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Excess Collateral Amount (Sum of all Series)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Additional Enhancement Amount

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Increase in Excess Collateral Amount due to New Issuance

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Reductions in Required Excess Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

 

v.

Increase in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Off

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

Decrease in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Off

 

 

 

 

 

vii.

Increase in Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

B- 2




 

 

viii.

Decrease in Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

ix.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Collateral Amount (Sum of all Series)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

End of Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Beginning of Interest Period (a.i + b.i)

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Increase in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Off

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Decrease in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Off

 

 

 

 

 

v.

Increase in Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

Decrease in Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

vii.

End of Interest Period (c.ii + a.ii-a.iii + (b.ii through b.iv) - c.iii - c.iv)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III.

Trust Performance Data (Monthly Period)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Gross Trust Yield (Finance Charge Collections + Recoveries / BOP Principal Receivables)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Current

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Two Months Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Three-Month Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Payment Rate (Principal Collections / BOP Principal Receivables)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Current

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Two Months Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Three-Month Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Charge-Off Rate (Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts / BOP Principal Receivables)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Current

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Two Months Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Three-Month Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

Default Amount for Defaulted Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.

Collections

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Total Trust Finance Charge Collections

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Total Trust Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Total Trust Collections

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

f.

Delinquency Data

 

Percentage

 

Amount

 

i.

15-29 Days Delinquent

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

30-59 Days Delinquent

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

60-89 Days Delinquent

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

90-119 Days Delinquent

 

 

 

 

 

v.

120-149 Days Delinquent

 

 

 

 

 

B- 3




 

vi.

150 or Greater Days Delinquent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IV.

Series Performance Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Portfolio Yield (Finance Charge Collections + Recoveries – Aggregate Investor Default Amount + PAA Inv Proceeds / BOP Collateral)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Current

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Two Months Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Three-Month Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Base Rate (Noteholder Servicing Fee + Admin Fee + Monthly Interest + Swap Payments – Swap Receipts / BOP Collateral)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Current

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Two Months Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Three-Month Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Excess Spread Percentage (Portfolio Yield – Base Rate)

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Current

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Two Months Prior Monthly Period

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Quarterly Excess Spread Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

V.

Investor Information Regarding Distributions to Noteholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

The total amount of the distribution to Class A-2 Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

b.

The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph a. above in respect of interest on the Class A-1 Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

c.

The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph a. above in respect of principal on the Class A-1 Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

d.

The total amount of the distribution to Class A-2 Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

e.

The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph a. above in respect of interest on the Class A-2 Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

f.

The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph a. above in respect of principal on the Class A-2 Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

g.

The total amount of the distribution to Class B Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

B- 4




 

h.

The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph d. above in respect of interest on the Class B Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph d. above in respect of principal on the Class B Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

j.

The total amount of the distribution to Class C Noteholders per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

k.

The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph g. above in respect of interest on the Class C Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

l.

The amount of the distribution set forth in paragraph g. above in respect of principal on the Class C Notes, per $1000 Note Initial Principal Balance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VI.

Investor Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Class A-1 Note Initial Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

b.

Class A-2 Note Initial Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

c.

Class B Note Initial Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

d.

Class C Note Initial Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

e.

Initial Excess Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

f.

Initial Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

g.

Class A-1 Note Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Principal Payment

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

h.

Class A-2 Note Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Principal Payment

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Class B Note Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Principal Payment

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

j.

Class C Note Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Principal Payment

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

k.

Excess Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Reduction in Excess Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

B- 5




 

iii.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

l.

Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Increase/Decrease in Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Increase/Decrease in Reallocated Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Reduction in Excess Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

 

v.

Principal Accumulation Account Deposit

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

vii.

Collateral Amount as a Percentage of Note Trust Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

 

viii.

Amount by which Note Principal Balance exceeds Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

m.

Required Excess Collateral Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VII.

Investor Charge-Offs and Reallocated Principal Collections (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Beginning Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs

 

 

 

 

b.

Current Unreimbursed Investor Defaults

 

 

 

 

c.

Current Unreimbursed Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount

 

 

 

 

d.

Current Reimbursement of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vii)

 

 

 

 

e.

Ending Unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs

 

 

 

 

f.

Beginning Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

g.

Current Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.7

 

 

 

 

h.

Current Reimbursement of Reallocated Principal Collections pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(vii)

 

 

 

 

i.

Ending Unreimbursed Reallocated Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VIII.

Investor Percentages –BOP Balance and Series Account Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Allocation Percentage Numerator – for Finance Charge Collections and Default Amounts

 

 

 

 

b.

Allocation Percentage Numerator – for Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

c.

Allocation Percentage Denominator

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Aggregate Principal Receivables Balance

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Number of Days at Balance

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Average Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

d.

Sum of Allocation Percentage Numerators for all outstanding Series with respect to Finance Charge Collections and Default Amounts

 

 

 

 

e.

Sum of Allocation Percentage Numerators for all outstanding Series with respect to Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

 

B- 6




 

f.

Allocation Percentage, Finance Charge Collections and Default Amount (a./greater of c.iii. or d.)

 

 

 

 

g.

Allocation Percentage, Principal Collections (b./ greater of c.iii. or e.)

 

 

 

 

h.

Series Allocation Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IX.

Collections and Allocations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust

 

Series

a.

Finance Charge Collections

 

 

 

 

b.

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

c.

Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

d.

Default Amount

 

 

 

 

e.

Dilution

 

 

 

 

f.

Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount

 

 

 

 

g.

Available Finance Charge Collections

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Investor Finance Charge Collections

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Excess Finance Charge Collections allocable to Series 2007-3

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Principal Accumulation Account Investment Proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Investment earnings in the Reserve Account

 

 

 

 

 

v.

Reserve Account Draw Amount

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

Net Swap Receipts

 

 

 

 

 

vii.

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

h.

Available Finance Charge Collections (Sum of g.i through g.vii)

 

 

 

 

i.

Total Collections to Series

 

 

 

 

j.

Total Finance Charge Collections deposited in the Collection Account (net of any amounts distributed to Transferor and owed to Servicer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X.

Application of Available Funds pursuant to Section 4.4(a) of the Indenture Supplement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Available Finance Charge Collections

 

 

 

 

 

i.

On a pari passu basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Payment to the Indenture Trustee, to a maximum of $25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Payment to the Trustee, to a maximum of $25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Payment to the Administrator, to a maximum of $25,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

To the Servicer:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Noteholder Servicing Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Noteholder Servicing Fee previously due but not paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Total Noteholder Servicing Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

On a pari passu basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Class A-1

 

 

 

 

 

B- 7




 

 

 

I.

Class A-1 Monthly Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II.

Class A-1 Deficiency Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III.

Class A-1 Additional Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IV.

Class A-1 Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

V.

Class A-1 Senior Swap Payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VI.

Class A-1 Senior Swap Payments not paid on a prior Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Class A-2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I.

Class A-2 Monthly Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II.

Class A-2 Deficiency Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III.

Class A-2 Additional Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IV.

Class A-2 Additional Interest not paid on priorPayment Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

On a pari passu basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Class B Monthly Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Class B Deficiency Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Class B Additional Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

Class B Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

v.

On a pari passu basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Class C Monthly Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Class C Deficiency Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Class C Additional Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

Class C Additional Interest not paid on prior Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.

Class C Senior Swap Payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

f.

Class C Senior Swap Payments not paid on a prior Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

To be treated as Available Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Aggregate Investor Default Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Aggregate Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount

 

 

 

 

 

vii.

To be treated as Available Principal Collections, to the extent not previously reimbursed

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Investor Charge-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Reallocated Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

viii.

Excess of Required Reserve Account Amount Over Available Reserve Account Amount

 

 

 

 

 

ix.

Amounts required to be deposited to the Spread Account

 

 

 

 

 

x.

To be treated as Available Principal Collections: Series Allocation Percentage of Minimum Free Equity Shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

xi.

Subordinated Termination Payments and other additional amount owed to Class A-1 Swap Counterparty

 

 

 

 

 

B- 8




 

 

xii.

Subordinated Termination Payments and other additional amount owed to Class C Swap Counterparty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xiii.

Unless an Early Amortization Event has occurred, amounts that have not been paid pursuant to (a)(i) above

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xiv.

The balance, if any, will constitute a portion of Excess Finance Charge Collections for such Payment Date and first will be available for allocation to other Series in Group One and, second, paid to the Transferor, to be applied in accordance with Section 8.6 of the Indenture unless:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

There is an Early Amortization Period, in which case Excess Finance Charge Collections will be used to pay Monthly Principal; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

GE Capital’s long-term unsecured debt rating is Aa2 or lower by Moody’s or AA or lower by S&P and the Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount, in which case Excess Finance Charge Collections will be deposited to the Excess Funding Account up to such shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XI.

Excess Finance Charge Collections (Group One)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Total Excess Finance Charge Collections in Group One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Finance Charge Shortfall for Series 2007–3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Finance Charge Shortfall for all Series in Group One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

Excess Finance Charges Collections Allocated to Series 2007–3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XII.

Available Principal Collections and Distributions (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Investor Principal Collections

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Less: Reallocated Principal Collections for the Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Plus: Shared Principal Collections allocated to this Series

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

Plus: Aggregate amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to
Section 4.4(a)(vi)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.

Plus: Aggregate amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to
Section 4.4(a)(vii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

f.

Plus: Unless there is an Early Amortization Period, the amount of Available Finance Charge Collections used to pay principal on the Notes pursuant to Section 4.4(a)(xv)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

g.

Available Principal Collections (Deposited to Principal Account)

 

 

 

 

 

B- 9




 

i.

During the Revolving Period, Available Principal Collections treated as Shared Principal Collections Pursuant to Section 4.4(b)

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

During the Controlled Accumulation Period, Available Principal Collections deposited to the Principal Accumulation Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(i), (ii)

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

During the Early Amortization Period, Available Principal Collections deposited to the Distribution Account pursuant to Section 4.4(c)

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

Series Shared Principal Collections available to Group One pursuant to Section 4.4(c)(iii)

 

 

 

 

 

v.

Principal Distributions pursuant to Section 4.4(e) in order of priority

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Principal paid to Class A Noteholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Principal paid to Class B Noteholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Principal paid to class C Noteholders

 

 

 

 

 

vi.

Total Principal Collections Available to Share (Inclusive of Series 2007—3)

 

 

 

 

 

vii.

Series Principal Shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

viii.

Shared Principal Collections allocated to this Series from other Series

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XIII.

Series 2007-3 Accumulation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Controlled Accumulation Period Length in months (scheduled)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Controlled Accumulation Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Controlled Deposit Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

Accumulation Shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.

Principal Accumulation Account Balance

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Beginning of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Controlled Deposit Amount

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Withdrawal for Principal Payment

 

 

 

 

 

iv.

End of Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XIV.

Reserve Account Funding (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Reserve Account Funding Date (scheduled)

 

 

 

 

b.

Required Reserve Account Amount (.50% of Note Principal Balance beginning on Reserve Account Funding Date)

 

 

 

 

c.

Beginning Available Reserve Account Amount

 

 

 

 

d.

Reserve Draw Amount

 

 

 

 

e.

Deposit pursuant to 4.4(a)(viii) the excess of b. over c.

 

 

 

 

 

B- 10




 

f.

Withdrawal for Reserve Account Surplus paid to Transferor pursuant to Section 4.10(d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

g.

Withdrawal for Reserve Account Surplus paid to Transferor pursuant to Section 4.10(e)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

h.

Ending Available Reserve Account Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XV.

Spread Account Funding (Section references relate to Indenture Supplement)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Spread Account Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Required Spread Account Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Beginning Available Spread Account Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

d.

Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(a) – Section 4.4(a)(v) Shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

e.

Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(b) – Class C Expected Principal Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

f.

Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(c) – Early Amortization Event

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

g.

Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(d) – Event of Default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

h.

Deposit pursuant to 4.4(a)(ix) – Spread Account Deficiency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Withdrawal pursuant to 4.11(f) – Spread Account Surplus Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

j.

Ending Available Spread Account Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

XVI.

Series Early Amortization Events

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

The Free Equity Amount is less than the Minimum Free Equity Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Free Equity Amount

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Minimum Free Equity Amount

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Excess Free Equity Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

The Note Trust Principal Balance is less than the Required Principal Balance Note Trust Principal Balance:

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Note Trust Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Required Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Excess Principal Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

The three-month average Portfolio Yield is less than three-month average Base Rate Portfolio Yield:

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Three month Average Portfolio Yield

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Three month Average Base Rate

 

 

 

 

 

iii.

Excess Spread over Base Rate

 

 

 

 

 

B- 11




 

d.

The Note Principal Balance is outstanding beyond the Expected Principal Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

i.

Expected Principal Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

ii.

Current Payment Date

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Monthly Noteholder’s Statement as of the       day of                       .

 

GE MONEY BANK, as Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

B- 12




EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF CLASS A-1 SWAP

[See Exhibits 4.3, 4.5, 4.7 and 4.9]

C-1- 1




EXHIBIT C-2

[Reserved]

C-2- 1




EXHIBIT C-3

FORM OF CLASS C SWAP

[See Exhibits 4.4, 4.6, 4.8, and 4.10]

C-3- 1




SCHEDULE I

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES
AND COVENANTS (WITH RESPECT TO NET SWAP RECEIPTS)

(a)           In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Indenture, the Issuer hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Indenture Trustee as follows as of the Closing Date:

(1)           The Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Net Swap Receipts in favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from Issuer.

(2)           The Net Swap Receipts constitute “general intangibles” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

(3)           The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Net Swap Receipts free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person.

(4)           There are no consents or approvals required by the terms of the Class A-1 Swap or Class C Swap for the pledge of the Net Swap Receipts to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

(5)           The Issuer (or the Administrator on behalf of the Issuer) has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture in the Net Swap Receipts.

(6)           Other than the pledge of the Net Swap Receipts to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed the Net Swap Receipts.  The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of the Net Swap Receipts, except for the financing statement filed pursuant to the Indenture.

(7)           Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the representations and warranties set forth in this Schedule I shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect, until such time as the Series 2007-3 Notes are retired.

(b)           The Indenture Trustee covenants that it shall not, without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, waive a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in this Schedule I .

(c)           The Issuer covenants that in order to evidence the interests of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, the Issuer shall take such action, or execute and deliver such instruments as may be necessary or advisable (including, without limitation, such actions as are requested by the Indenture Trustee) to maintain and perfect, as a first priority interest, the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Net Swap Receipts.

I- 1




SCHEDULE II

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES
AND COVENANTS (WITH RESPECT TO RECEIVABLES)

(a)           In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Indenture, the Issuer hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Indenture Trustee as follows as of the Closing Date:

(1)           The Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

(2)           The Receivables constitute either “accounts” or “general intangibles” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

(3)           The Issuer owns and has good and marketable title to the Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person.

(4)           There are no consents or approvals required for the pledge of the Receivables to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

(5)           The Issuer (or the Administrator on behalf of the Issuer) has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture in the Receivables.

(6)           Other than the pledge of the Receivables to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed the Receivables.  The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of the Receivables, except for the financing statement filed pursuant to the Indenture.

(7)           Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture, the representations and warranties set forth in this
Schedule II shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect, until such time as the Series 2007-3 Notes are retired.

(b)           The Indenture Trustee covenants that it shall not, without satisfying the Rating Agency Condition, waive a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in this Schedule II .

(c)           The Issuer covenants that in order to evidence the interests of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, the Issuer shall take such action, or execute and deliver such instruments as may be necessary or advisable (including, without limitation, such actions as are requested by the Indenture Trustee) to maintain and perfect, as a first priority interest, the Indenture Trustee’s security interest in the Receivables.

II- 1



Exhibit 4.2

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO MASTER INDENTURE

This FOURTH AMENDMENT TO MASTER INDENTURE, dated as of June 28, 2007 (this “ Amendment ”), is entered into between:  (i) GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Issuer ”); and (ii) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as indenture trustee under the Indenture referred to below (in such capacity, the “ Indenture Trustee ”).

BACKGROUND

1.             The Indenture Trustee and the Issuer are parties to the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, and as amended by the Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to Securitization Documents, dated as of February 9, 2004, among the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and certain other parties, the Second Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2004, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and the Third Amendment to Master Indenture, dated as of August 31, 2006, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee (the “ Indenture ”).

2.             The Indenture Trustee and the Issuer desire to amend the Indenture as set forth herein.

AMENDMENTS

The parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS .  As used herein, (a) capitalized terms which are defined in the preamble hereto shall have the meanings as so defined and (b) capitalized terms not so defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture as amended hereby.

SECTION 2.  AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE .  The Indenture shall be amended as set forth below:

(a)           Clause (c) of the Granting Clause is amended in its entirety as follows:

“(c)         Collections related to and all money, instruments, investment property and other property distributed or distributable in respect of (together with all earnings, dividends, distributions, income, issues, and profits relating to) the Transferred Receivables pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any Indenture Supplement, including any payments received by the Issuer on account of Interchange (if any);”

(b)           The definition of “Collections” is amended by adding the following at the end of the definition:

Collections with respect to any Monthly Period shall include the amount of any payments received by Issuer on account of Interchange (if any) with respect to such Monthly Period (to the extent received by Issuer and deposited on the Payment Date following such Monthly Period), to be applied as if such Interchange were Collections of Finance Charge Receivables for all purposes.”




(c)           Section 1.1 shall be amended by adding the following definition in appropriate alphabetical order:

““ Interchange ” means interchange fees payable to GE Money Bank or the Originator, in its capacity as credit card issuer, through VISA, USA, Inc., MasterCard International Incorporated, Discover Bank or American Express Co. or any similar entity or organization with respect to any type of credit accounts included as Accounts.”

(d)           Article X of the Indenture is hereby amended by adding the following new section at the end thereof:

“SECTION 10.21.  Compliance with Applicable Anti-Terrorism and Anti-Money Laundering Regulations .  In order to comply with laws, rules and regulations applicable to banking institutions, including those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, the Indenture Trustee is required to obtain, verify and record certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Indenture Trustee.  Accordingly, each of the parties hereto agrees to provide to the Indenture Trustee upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Indenture Trustee to comply with applicable law.”

SECTION 3.  EFFECTIVENESS .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first written above; provided that (i) each of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer shall have executed a counterpart of this Amendment, (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied, and (iii) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee (x) an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that all requirements for such Amendment contained in the Indenture have been met and the Issuer reasonably believes that such action will not result in an Adverse Effect and (y) a Tax Opinion.

SECTION 4.  BINDING EFFECT; RATIFICATION .  (a)  On and after the execution and delivery hereof, (i) this Amendment shall be a part of the Indenture and (ii) each reference in the Indenture to “this Agreement”, “this Indenture”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import, and each reference in any other Related Document to the Indenture, shall mean and be a reference to such Indenture as amended hereby.

(b)            Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto.

SECTION 5.  MISCELLANEOUS .  (a) THIS AMENDMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY, AND PERFORMANCE, BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARDING TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

2




(b)            Headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of this Amendment.

(c)            This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Executed counterparts may be delivered electronically.

*     *     *     *     *     *

3




IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST

 

 

 

By: The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in its individual capacity but solely on behalf of the Issuer

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

 

 

Name: Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

S-1




 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Indenture Trustee

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michele Hy Voon

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Michele Hy Voon

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dorit Ritter Haddad

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

  Dorit Ritter Haddad

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Attorney in Fact

 

 

S-2



Exhibit 4.3

Series 2007-3 (Class A-1)

International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

2002 MASTER AGREEMENT

dated as of June 28, 2007

ABN AMRO BANK N.V. and GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that are or will be governed by this 2002 Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the “Schedule”), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a “Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties or otherwise effective for the purpose of confirming or evidencing those Transactions. This 2002 Master Agreement and the Schedule are together referred to as this “Master Agreement”.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:-

1.                                       Interpretation

(a)                                   Definitions . The terms defined in Section 14 and elsewhere in this Master Agreement will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b)                                   Inconsistency. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement, such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c)                                   Single Agreement . All Transaction are entered into the reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this “Agreement”), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

2.                                       Obligations

(a)                                   General Conditions .

(i)                                      Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii)                                   Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

Copyright © 2002 by International Swaps and Derivative Association, Inc.

 




(iii)                                Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other condition specified in this Agreement to be a condition precedent for the purpose of this Section 2(a)(iii).

(b)                                   Change of Account. Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the Scheduled Settlement Date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c)                                   Netting of Payments . If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable: —

(i)                                      in the same currency; and

(ii)                                   in respect of the same Transaction,

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by which the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount and payment obligation will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of those Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction. The election may be made in the Schedule or any Confirmation by specifying that “Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” applies to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election (in which case clause (ii) above will not apply to such Transactions). If Multiple Transaction Payment Netting is applicable to Transactions, it will apply to those Transactions with effect from the starting date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation, or, if a starting date is not specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation, the starting date otherwise agreed by the parties in writing. This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.

(d)                                   Deduction or Withholding for Tax .

(i)                                      Gross-Up . All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party (“X”) will: —

(1)                                   promptly notify the other party (“Y”) of such requirement;

(2)                                   pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Y;

(3)                                   promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such payment to such authorities; and

2




(4)                                   if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to which Y is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. However, X will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would not be required to be paid but for: —

(A)                               the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d); or

(B)                                 the failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be accurate and true unless such failure would not have occurred but for (I) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, after a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law.

(ii)                                   Liability . If:—

(1)                                   X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding in respect of which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under Section 2(d)(i)(4);

(2)                                   X does not so deduct or withhold; and

(3)                                   a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X.

then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has failed to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)).

3.                                       Representations

Each party makes the representations contained in Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(d), 3(e) and 3(f) and, if specified in the Schedule as applying, 3(g) to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Section 3(f), at all times until the termination of this Agreement). If any “Additional Representation” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the party or parties specified for such Additional Representation will make and, if applicable, be deemed to repeat such Additional Representation at the time or times specified for such Additional Representation.

(a)                                   Basic Representations.

(i)                                      Status . It is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii)                                   Powers . It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution, delivery and performance;

3




(iii)                                No Violation or Conflict. Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

(iv)                               Consents. All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and

(v)                                  Obligations Binding. Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

(b)                                   Absence of Certain Events. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(c)                                   Absence of Litigation. There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it, any of its Credit Support Providers or any of its applicable Specified Entities any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.

(d)                                   Accuracy of Specified Information. All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

(e)                                   Payer Tax Representation. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(e) is accurate and true.

(f)                                     Payee Tax Representations. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true.

(g)                                  No Agency. It is entering into this Agreement, including each Transaction, as principal and not as agent of any person or entity.

4.                                       Agreements

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party: —

(a)                                   Furnish Specified Information. It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases under clause (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably directs: —

(i)                                      any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation;

(ii)                                   any other documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and

4




(iii)                                upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the party in receipt of such demand), with any such form or document to be accurate and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to be delivered with any reasonably required certification,

in each case by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b)                                   Maintain Authorisations. It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c)                                   Comply With Laws. It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(d)                                   Tax Agreement. It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section 3(f) to be accurate and true promptly upon learning of such failure.

(e)                                   Payment of Stamp Tax. Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, or where an Office through which it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located (“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”), and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or in respect of the other party’s execution or performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party.

5.                                       Events of Default and Termination Events

(a)                                   Events of Default. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes (subject to Sections 5(c) and 6(e)iv)) an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party: —

(i)                                      Failure to Pay or Deliver. Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2 (a) (i) or 9(h)(i)(2) or (4) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the first Local Business Day in the case of any such payment or the first Local Delivery Day in the case of any such delivery after, in each case, notice of such failure is given to the party;

(ii)                                   Breach of Agreement; Repudiation of Agreement.

(1)                                   Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2 (a) (i) or 9(h)(i)(2) or (4) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4 (a) (i), 4 (a) (iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied within 30 days after notice of such failure is given to the party; or

(2)                                   the party disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, this Master Agreement, any Confirmation executed and delivered by that party or any

5




Transaction evidenced by such a Confirmation (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

( iii)                                Credit Support Default.

(1)                                   Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed;

(2)                                   the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document, or any security interest granted by such party or such Credit Support Provider to the other party pursuant to any such Credit Support Document, to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in each case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or

(3)                                   the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

(iv)                               Misrepresentation. A representation (other than a representation under Section 3(e) or 3(f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(v)                                  Default Under Specified Transaction. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party: —

(1)                                   defaults (other than by failing to make a delivery) under a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default results in a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction;

(2)                                   defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment due on the last payment or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or, if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default continues for at least one Local Business Day);

(3)                                   defaults in making any delivery due under (including any delivery due on the last delivery or exchange date of) a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default results in a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, all transactions outstanding under the documentation applicable to that Specified Transaction; or

(4)                                   disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction that is, in either case, confirmed or evidenced by a document or other confirming evidence executed and delivered by that party, Credit Support Provider or Specified Entity (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

6




(vi)                               Cross-Default. If “Cross-Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of: —

(1)                                   a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) where the aggregate principal amount of such agreements or instruments, either alone or together with the amount, if any, referred to in clause (2) below, is not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments before it would otherwise have been due and payable; or

(2)                                   a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments under such agreements or instruments on the due date for payment (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period) in an aggregate amount, either alone or together with the amount, if any, referred to in clause (1) above, of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount;

(vii)                            Bankruptcy . The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party: —

(1)                                   is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) (a) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official, or (B) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in clause (a) above and either (I) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (II) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 15 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 15 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) above (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

7




(viii)                                      Merger Without Assumption . The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, or reorganises, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer, reorganisation, reincorporation or reconstitution: —

(1)                                   the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party; or

(2)                                   the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)                                   Termination Events . The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified below constitutes (subject to Section 5(c)) an Illegality if the event is specified in clause (i) below, a Force Majeure Event if the event is specified in clause (ii) below, a Tax Event if the event is specified in clause (iii) below, a Tax Event Upon Merger if the event is specified in clause (iv) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant to clause (v) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to clause (vi) below:—

(i)                                      Illegality . After giving effect to any applicable provision, disruption fallback or remedy specified in, or pursuant to, the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, due to an event or circumstance (other than any action taken by a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party) occurring after a Transaction is entered into, it becomes unlawful under any applicable law (including without limitation the laws of any country in which payment, delivery or compliance is required by either party or any Credit Support Provider, as the case may be), on any day, or it would be unlawful if the relevant payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day (in each case, other than as a result of a breach by the party of Section 4(b)): —

(1)                                   for the Office through which such party (which will be the Affected Party) makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to such Transaction to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction, to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2)                                   for such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party (which will be the Affected Party) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery which such party or Credit Support Provider has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction, to receive a payment or delivery under such Credit Support Document or to comply with any other material provision of such Credit Support Document;

(ii)                                   Force Majeure Event. After giving effect to any applicable provision, disruption fallback or remedy specified in, or pursuant to, the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, by reason of force majeure or act of state occurring after a Transaction is entered into, on any day: —

(1)                                   the Office through which such party (which will be the Affected Party) makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to such Transaction is prevented from performing any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction, from receiving a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or from complying with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction (or would be so prevented if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day), or it becomes impossible or

8




impracticable for such Office so to perform, receive or comply (or it would be impossible or impracticable for such Office so to perform, receive or comply if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day); or

(2)                                   such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party (which will be the Affected Party) is prevented from performing any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery which such party or Credit Support Provider has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction, from receiving a payment or delivery under such Credit Support Document or from complying with any other material provision of such Credit Support Document (or would be so prevented if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day), or it becomes impossible or impracticable for such party or Credit Support Provider so to perform, receive or comply (or it would be impossible or impracticable for such party or Credit Support Provider so to perform, receive or comply if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day),

so long as the force majeure or act of state is beyond the control of such Office, such party or such Credit Support Provider, as appropriate, and such Office, party or Credit Support Provider could not, after using all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party or Credit Support Provider to incur a loss, other than immaterial, incidental expenses), overcome such prevention, impossibility or impracticability;

(iii)                                Tax Event. Due to (1) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, after a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (2) a Change in Tax Law, the party (which will be the Affected Party) will, or there is a substantial likelihood that it will, on the next succeeding Scheduled Settlement Date (a) be required to pay to the other party an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) or (B) receive a payment from which an amount is required to be deducted or withheld for or on account of a Tax (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) and no additional amount is required to be paid in respect of such Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4) (a) or (B));

(iv)                               Tax Event Upon Merger . The party (the “Burdened Party”) on the next succeeding Scheduled Settlement Date will either (1) be required to pay an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount has been deducted or withheld for or on account of any Tax in respect of which the other party is not required to pay an additional amount (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4) (a) or (B)), in either case as a result of a party consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, or transferring all or substantially all its assets (or any substantial part of the assets comprising the business conducted by it as of the date of this Master Agreement) to, or reorganising, reincorporating or reconstituting into or as, another entity (which will be the Affected Party) where such action does not constitute a Merger Without Assumption;

(v)                                  Credit Event Upon Merger . If “Credit Event Upon Merger” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, a Designated Event (as defined below) occurs with respect to such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (in each case, “X”) and such Designated Event does not constitute a Merger Without Assumption, and the creditworthiness of X or, if applicable, the successor, surviving or transferee entity of X, after taking into account any applicable Credit Support Document, is materially weaker immediately after the occurrence of such Designated Event than that of X immediately prior to the occurrence of such Designated Event (and, in any such event, such party or its successor, surviving or transferee entity, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party). A “Designated Event” with respect to X means that: —

(1)                                   X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets (or any substantial part of the assets comprising the business conducted by X as of the

9




date of this Master Agreement) to, or reorganises, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity;

(2)                                   any person, related group of persons or entity acquires directly or indirectly the beneficial ownership of (a) equity securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or its equivalent) of X or (B) any other ownership interest enabling it to exercise control of X; or

(3)                                   X effects any substantial change in its capital structure by means of the issuance, incurrence or guarantee of debt or the issuance of (a) preferred stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for debt or preferred stock or (B) in the case of entities other than corporations, any other form of ownership interest; or

(vi)                               Additional Termination Event. If any “Additional Termination Event” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the Affected Party or Affected Parties will be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c)                                   Hierarchy of Events.

(i)                                      An event or circumstance that constitutes or gives rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event will not, for so long as that is the case, also constitute or give rise to an Event of Default under Section 5 (a) (i), 5 (a) (ii)(l) or 5 (a) (iii)(l) insofar as such event or circumstance relates to the failure to make any payment or delivery or a failure to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement or a Credit Support Document, as the case may be.

(ii)                                   Except in circumstances contemplated by clause (i) above, if an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event also constitutes an Event of Default or any other Termination Event, it will be treated as an Event of Default or such other Termination Event, as the case may be, and will not constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event.

(iii)                                If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to a Force Majeure Event also constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an Illegality, except as described in clause (ii) above, and not a Force Majeure Event.

(d)                                   Deferral of Payments and Deliveries During Waiting Period. If an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to a Transaction, each payment or delivery which would otherwise be required to be made under that Transaction will be deferred to, and will not be due until: —

(i)                                      the first Local Business Day or, in the case of a delivery, the first Local Delivery Day (or the first day that would have been a Local Business Day or Local Delivery Day, as appropriate, but for the occurrence of the event or circumstance constituting or giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event) following the end of any applicable Waiting Period in respect of that Illegality or Force Majeure Event, as the case may be; or

(ii)                                   if earlier, the date on which the event or circumstance constituting or giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event ceases to exist or, if such date is not a Local Business Day or, in the case of a delivery, a Local Delivery Day, the first following day that is a Local Business Day or Local Delivery Day, as appropriate.

(e)                                   Inability of Head or Home Office to Perform Obligations of Branch. If (i) an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event occurs under Section 5(b)(i )(1) or 5(b)(ii)(l) and the relevant Office is not the Affected Party’s head or home office, (ii) Section 10(a) applies, (iii) the other party seeks performance of the relevant obligation or

10




compliance with the relevant provision by the Affected Party’s head or home office and (iv) the Affected Party’s head or home office fails so to perform or comply due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if that head or home office were the Office through which the Affected Party makes and receives payments and deliveries with respect to the relevant Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, and such failure would otherwise constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(l) with respect to such party, then, for so long as the relevant event or circumstance continues to exist with respect to both the Office referred to in Section 5(b)(i)(l) or 5(b)(ii)(l), as the case may be, and the Affected Party’s head or home office, such failure will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(l).

6.                                       Early Termination; Close-Out Netting

(a)                                   Right to Terminate Following Event of Default. If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the “Defaulting Party”) has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the “Non-defaulting Party”) may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions. If, however, “Automatic Early Termination” is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a) (vii)(l), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b)                                   Right to Terminate Following Termination Event.

(i)                                      Notice. If a Termination Event other than a Force Majeure Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction, and will also give the other party such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require. If a Force Majeure Event occurs, each party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, use all reasonable efforts to notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Force Majeure Event, and will also give the other party such other information about that Force Majeure Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii)                                   Transfer to Avoid Termination Event. If a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party, the Affected Party will, as a condition to its right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv), use all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, other than immaterial, incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i) all its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Affected Transactions to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist.

If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other party to that effect within such 20 day period, whereupon the other party may effect such a transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i).

Any such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if such other party’s policies in effect at such time would permit it to enter into transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed.

(iii)                                Two Affected Parties. If a Tax Event occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice of such occurrence is given under Section 6(b)(i) to avoid that Termination Event.

11




(iv)                               Right to Terminate.

(1)                                   If: —

(a)                                   a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as the case may be, has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or

(B)                                 a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is not the Affected Party.

the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event Upon Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a Tax Event or an Additional Termination Event if there are two Affected Parties, or the Non-affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, if the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

(2)                                   If at any time an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event has occurred and is then continuing and any applicable Waiting Period has expired: —

(a)                                   Subject to clause (B) below, either party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party, designate (I) a day not earlier than the day on which such notice becomes effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions or (II) by specifying in that notice the Affected Transactions in respect of which it is designating the relevant day as an Early Termination Date, a day not earlier than two Local Business Days following the day on which such notice becomes effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of less than all Affected Transactions. Upon receipt of a notice designating an Early Termination Date in respect of less than all Affected Transactions, the other party may, by notice to the designating party, if such notice is effective on or before the day so designated, designate that same day as an Early Termination Date in respect of any or all other Affected Transactions.

(B)                                 An Affected Party (if the Illegality or Force Majeure Event relates to performance by such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party of an obligation to make any payment or delivery under, or to compliance with any other material provision of, the relevant Credit Support Document) will only have the right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv)(2)(a) as a result of an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2) or a Force Majeure Event under Section 5(b)(ii)(2) following the prior designation by the other party of an Early Termination Date, pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv)(2)(a), in respect of less than all Affected Transactions.

(c)                                   Effect of Designation.

(i)                                      If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or 6(b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

(ii)                                   Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 9(h)(i) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date will be determined pursuant to Sections 6(e) and 9(h)(ii).

12




(d)                                   Calculations; Payment Date .

(i)                                      Statement. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including any quotations, market data or information from internal sources used in making such calculations), (2) specifying (except where there are two Affected Parties) any Early Termination Amount payable and (3) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation or market data obtained in determining a Close-out Amount, the records of the party obtaining such quotation or market data will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation or market data.

(ii)                                   Payment Date . An Early Termination Amount due in respect of any Early Termination Date will, together with any amount of interest payable pursuant to Section 9(h)(ii)(2), be payable (1) on the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default and (2) on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (or, if there are two Affected Parties, after the day on which the statement provided pursuant to clause (i) above by the second party to provide such a statement is effective) in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event.

(e)                                   Payments on Early Termination . If an Early Termination Date occurs, the amount, if any, payable in respect of that Early Termination Date (the “Early Termination Amount”) will be determined pursuant to this Section 6(e) and will be subject to Section 6(f).

(i)                                      Events of Default . If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, the Early Termination Amount will be an amount equal to (1) the sum of (a) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts (whether positive or negative) determined by the Non-defaulting Party for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (2) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If the Early Termination Amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of the Early Termination Amount to the Defaulting Party.

(ii)                                   Termination Events . If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event: —

(1)                                   One Affected Party . Subject to clause (3) below, if there is one Affected Party, the Early Termination Amount will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i), except that references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and to the Non-affected Party, respectively.

(2)                                   Two Affected Parties . Subject to clause (3) below, if there are two Affected Parties, each party will determine an amount equal to the Termination Currency Equivalent of the sum of the Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and the Early Termination Amount will be an amount equal to (a) the sum of (I) one-half of the difference between the higher amount so determined (by party “X”) and the lower amount so determined (by party “Y”) and (II) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y. If the Early Termination Amount is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number, X will pay the absolute value of the Early Termination Amount to Y.

13




(3)                                   Mid-Market Events . If that Termination Event is an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, then the Early Termination Amount will be determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) above, as appropriate, except that, for the purpose of determining a Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts, the Determining Party will: —

(a)                                   if obtaining quotations from one or more third parties (or from any of the Determining Party’s Affiliates), ask each third party or Affiliate (I) not to take account of the current creditworthiness of the Determining Party or any existing Credit Support Document and (II) to provide mid-market quotations; and

(B)                                 in any other case, use mid-market values without regard to the creditworthiness of the Determining Party.

(iii)                                Adjustment for Bankruptcy . In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because Automatic Early Termination applies in respect of a party, the Early Termination Amount will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by applicable taw to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv)                               Adjustment for Illegality or Force Majeure Event. The failure by a party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to pay, when due, any Early Termination Amount will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(I) if such failure is due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to payment, delivery or compliance related to a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event. Such amount will (1) accrue interest and otherwise be treated as an Unpaid Amount owing to the other party if subsequently an Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions and (2) otherwise accrue interest in accordance with Section 9(h)(ii)(2).

(v)                                  Pre-Estimate . The parties agree that an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks, and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of the termination of the Terminated Transactions.

(f)                                     Set-Off. Any Early Termination Amount payable to one party (the “Payee”) by the other party (the “Payer”), in circumstances where there is a Defaulting Party or where there is one Affected Party in the case where either a Credit Event Upon Merger has occurred or any other Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions has occurred, will, at the option of the Non-defaulting Party or the Non-affected Party, as the case may be (“X”) (and without prior notice to the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, as the case may be), be reduced by its set-off against any other amounts (“Other Amounts”) payable by the Payee to the Payer (whether or not arising under this Agreement, matured or contingent and irrespective of the currency, place of payment or place of booking of the obligation). To the extent that any Other Amounts are so set off, those Other Amounts will be discharged promptly and in all respects. X will give notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Section 6(f).

For this purpose, either the Early Termination Amount or the Other Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) may be converted by X into the currency in which the other is denominated at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency.

14




If an obligation is unascertained, X may in good faith estimate that obligation and set off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.

Nothing in this Section 6(f) will be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This Section 6(f) will be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, offset, combination of accounts, lien, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled or subject (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

7.                                       Transfer

Subject to Section 6(b)(ii) and to the extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that: —

(a)                                   a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b)                                   a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any Early Termination Amount payable to it by a Defaulting Party, together with any amounts payable on or with respect to that interest and any other rights associated with that interest pursuant to Sections 8.9(h) and 11.

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section 7 will be void.

8.                                       Contractual Currency

(a)                                   Payment in the Contractual Currency . Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the “Contractual Currency”). To the extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender results in the actual receipt by the party to which payment is owed, acting in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency of all amounts payable in respect of this Agreement. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess.

(b)                                   Judgments . To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, (ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in respect of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order, will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Contractual Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purpose of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in good faith and using

15




commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency received into the Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by such party.

(c)                                   Separate Indemnities . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the indemnities in this Section 8 constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement.

(d)                                   Evidence of Loss . For the purpose of this Section 8, it will he sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.

9.                                       Miscellaneous

(a)                                   Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. Each of the parties acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it has not relied on any oral or written representation, warranty or other assurance (except as provided for or referred to in this Agreement) and waives all rights and remedies which might otherwise be available to it in respect thereof, except that nothing in this Agreement will limit or exclude any liability of a party for fraud.

(b)                                   Amendments . An amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will only be effective if in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.

(c)                                   Survival of Obligations . Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d)                                   Remedies Cumulative . Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

(e)                                   Counterparts and Confirmations .

(i)                                      This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission and by electronic messaging system), each of which will be deemed an original.

(ii)                                   The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation will be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes, by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system or by an exchange of e-mails, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex, electronic message or e-mail constitutes a Confirmation.

(f)                                     No Waiver of Rights . A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g)                                  Headings . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

16




(h)                                  Interest and Compensation .

(i)                                      Prior to Early Termination . Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction: —

(1)                                   Interest on Defaulted Payments . If a party defaults in the performance of any payment obligation, it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as the overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of the over due amount is due pursuant to clause (3)(B) or (C) below), at the Default Rate.

(2)                                   Compensation for Defaulted Deliveries . If a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will on demand (A) compensate the other party to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement and (B) unless otherwise provided in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), pay to the other party interest (before as well as after judgment) on an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was required to be delivered in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the originally scheduled date for delivery to (but excluding) the date of actual delivery (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of that amount is due pursuant to clause (4) below), at the Default Rate. The fair market value of any obligation referred to above will be determined as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, by the party that was entitled to take delivery.

(3)                                   Interest on Deferred Payments . If:—

(A)                               a party does not pay any amount that, but for Section 2(a)(iii), would have been payable, it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c) and clauses (B) and (C) below, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on that amount to the other party on demand (after such amount becomes payable) in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the date the amount would, but for Section 2(a)(iii), have been payable to (but excluding) the date the amount actually becomes payable, at the Applicable Deferral Rate;

(B)                                 a payment is deferred pursuant to Section 5(d), the party which would otherwise have been required to make that payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to Section 6(c) and for so long as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party has occurred and is continuing, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the amount of the deferred payment to the other party on demand (after such amount becomes payable) in the same currency as the deferred payment, for the period from (and including) the date the amount would, but for Section 5(d), have been payable to (but excluding) the earlier of the date the payment is no longer deferred pursuant to Section 5(d) and the date during the deferral period upon which an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party occurs, at the Applicable Deferral Rate; or

(C)                                 a party fails to make any payment due to the occurrence of an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event (after giving effect to any deferral period contemplated by clause (B) above), it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to Section 6(c) and for so long as the event or circumstance giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event

17




continues and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party has occurred and is continuing, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as the overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the date the party fails to make the payment due to the occurrence of the relevant Illegality or Force Majeure Event (or, if later, the date the payment is no longer deferred pursuant to Section 5(d)) to (but excluding) the earlier of the date the event or circumstance giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event ceases to exist and the date during the period upon which an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party occurs (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of the overdue amount is due pursuant to clause (B) above), at the Applicable Deferral Rate.

(4)                                   Compensation for Deferred Deliveries . If:—

(A)                               a party does not perform any obligation that, but for Section 2(a)(iii), would have been required to be settled by delivery;

(B)                                 a delivery is deferred pursuant to Section 5(d); or

(C)                                 a party fails to make a delivery due to the occurrence of an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event at a time when any applicable Waiting Period has expired,

the party required (or that would otherwise have been required) to make the delivery will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), compensate and pay interest to the other party on demand (after, in the case of clauses (A) and (B) above, such delivery is required) if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

(ii)                                   Early Termination . Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of a Transaction: —

(1)                                   Unpaid Amounts . For the purpose of determining an Unpaid Amount in respect of the relevant Transaction, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, interest will accrue on the amount of any payment obligation or the amount equal to the fair market value of any obligation required to be settled by delivery included in such determination in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the date the relevant obligation was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) or 5(d)) required to have been performed to (but excluding) the relevant Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Close-out Rate.

(2)                                   Interest on Early Termination Amounts . If an Early Termination Amount is due in respect of such Early Termination Date, that amount will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be paid together with interest (before as well as after judgment) on that amount in the Termination Currency, for the period from (and including) such Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date the amount is paid, at the Applicable Close-out Rate.

(iii)                                Interest Calculation . Any interest pursuant to this Section 9(h) will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

18




10.                                Offices; Multibranch Parties

(a)                                   If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a Transaction through an Office other than its head or home office represents to and agrees with the other party that, notwithstanding the place of booking or its jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation, its obligations are the same in terms of recourse against it as if it had entered into the Transaction through its head or home office, except that a party will not have recourse to the head or home office of the other party in respect of any payment or delivery deferred pursuant to Section 5(d) for so long as the payment or delivery is so deferred. This representation and agreement will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which the parties enter into a Transaction.

(b)                                   If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such party may, subject to clause (c) below, enter into a Transaction through, book a Transaction in and make and receive payments and deliveries with respect to a Transaction through any Office listed in respect of that party in the Schedule (but not any other Office unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing).

(c)                                   The Office through which a party enters into a Transaction will be the Office specified for that party in the relevant Confirmation or as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, and, if an Office for that party is not specified in the Confirmation or otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, its head or home office. Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, the Office through which a party enters into a Transaction will also be the Office in which it books the Transaction and the Office through which it makes and receives payments and deliveries with respect to the Transaction. Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither party may change the Office in which it books the Transaction or the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a Transaction without the prior written consent of the other party.

11.                                Expenses

A Defaulting Party will on demand indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees, execution fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

12.                                Notices

(a)                                   Effectiveness. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner described below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by electronic messaging system or e-mail) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system or e-mail details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated: —

(i)                                      if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii)                                   if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received;

(iii)                                if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date it is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine);

(iv)                               if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date it is delivered or its delivery is attempted;

(v)                                  if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date it is received; or

19




(vi)                               if sent by e-mail, on the date it is delivered,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication will be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b)                                   Change of Details. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system or e-mail details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it.

13.                                Governing Law and Jurisdiction

(a)                                   Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

(b)                                   Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably: —

(i)                                      submits: —

(1)                                   if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, to (A) the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts if the Proceedings do not involve a Convention Court and (B) the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts if the Proceedings do involve a Convention Court; or

(2)                                   if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City;

(ii)                                   waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party; and

(iii)                                agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions will not preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c)                                   Service of Process. Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent, if any, specified opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings. If for any reason any party’s Process Agent is unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the other party and within 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party. The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for notices in Section 12(a)(i), 12(a)(iii) or 12(a)(iv). Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

(d)                                   Waiver of Immunities. Each party irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

20




14.                                Definitions

As used in this Agreement: —

“Additional Representation” has the meaning specified in Section 3.

“Additional Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Transactions” means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, Force Majeure Event, Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event (which, in the case of an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2) or a Force Majeure Event under Section 5(b)(ii)(2), means all Transactions unless the relevant Credit Support Document references only certain Transactions, in which case those Transactions and, if the relevant Credit Support Document constitutes a Confirmation for a Transaction, that Transaction) and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

“Affiliate” means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 1(c).

“Applicable Close-out Rate” means: —

(a)                                   in respect of the determination of an Unpaid Amount: —

(i)                                      in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(ii)                                   in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate;

(iii)                                in respect of obligations deferred pursuant to Section 5(d), if there is no Defaulting Party and for so long as the deferral period continues, the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

(iv)                               in all other cases following the occurrence of a Termination Event (except where interest accrues pursuant to clause (iii) above), the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

(b)                                   in respect of an Early Termination Amount: —

(i)                                      for the period from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d) (ii)) on which that amount is payable: —

(1)                                   if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(2)                                   if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(3)                                   in all other cases, the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

21




(ii)                                   for the period from (and including) the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable to (but excluding) the date of actual payment: —

(1)                                   if a party fails to pay the Early Termination Amount due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to a payment or delivery under a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, and for so long as the Early Termination Amount remains unpaid due to the continuing existence of such event or circumstance, the Applicable Deferral Rate;

(2)                                   if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Defaulting Party (but excluding any period in respect of which clause (1) above applies), the Default Rate;

(3)                                   if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Non-defaulting Party (but excluding any period in respect of which clause (1) above applies), the Non-default Rate; and

(4)                                   in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

“Applicable Deferral Rate” means:—

(a)                                   for the purpose of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(A), the rate certified by the relevant payer to be a rate offered to the payer by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the payer for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market;

(b)                                   for purposes of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(B) and clause (a)(iii) of the definition of Applicable Close-out Rate, the rate certified by the relevant payer to be a rate offered to prime banks by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the payer after consultation with the other party, if practicable, for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market; and

(c)                                   for purposes of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(C) and clauses (a)(iv), (b)(i)(3) and (b)(ii)(1) of the definition of Applicable Close-out Rate, a rate equal to the arithmetic mean of the rate determined pursuant to clause (a) above and a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount.

“Automatic Early Termination” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Burdened Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(iv).

“Change in Tax Law” means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law (or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that occurs after the parties enter into the relevant Transaction.

“Close-out Amount” means, with respect to each Terminated Transaction or each group of Terminated Transactions and a Determining Party, the amount of the losses or costs of the Determining Party that are or would be incurred under then prevailing circumstances (expressed as a positive number) or gains of the Determining Party that are or would be realised under then prevailing circumstances (expressed as a negative number) in replacing, or in providing for the Determining Party the economic equivalent of, (a) the material terms of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, including the payments and deliveries by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date (assuming satisfaction of the conditions precedent in

22




Section 2(a)(iii)) and (b) the option rights of the parties in respect of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.

Any Close-out Amount will be determined by the Determining Party (or its agent), which will act in good faith and use commercially reasonable procedures in order to produce a commercially reasonable result. The Determining Party may determine a Close-out Amount for any group of Terminated Transactions or any individual Terminated Transaction but, in the aggregate, for not less than all Terminated Transactions. Each Close-out Amount will be determined as of the Early Termination Date or, if that would not be commercially reasonable, as of the date or dates following the Early Termination Date as would be commercially reasonable.

Unpaid Amounts in respect of a Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions and legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to in Section 11 are to be excluded in all determinations of Close-out Amounts.

In determining a Close-out Amount, the Determining Party may consider any relevant information, including, without limitation, one or more of the following types of information: —

(i)                                      quotations (either firm or indicative) for replacement transactions supplied by one or more third parties that may take into account the creditworthiness of the Determining Party at the time the quotation is provided and the terms of any relevant documentation, including credit support documentation, between the Determining Party and the third party providing the quotation;

(ii)                                   information consisting of relevant market data in the relevant market supplied by one or more third parties including, without limitation, relevant rates, prices, yields, yield curves, volatilities, spreads, correlations or other relevant market data in the relevant market; or

(iii)                                information of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above from internal sources (including any of the Determining Party’s Affiliates) if that information is of the same type used by the Determining Party in the regular course of its business for the valuation of similar transactions.

The Determining Party will consider, taking into account the standards and procedures described in this definition, quotations pursuant to clause (i) above or relevant market data pursuant to clause (ii) above unless the Determining Party reasonably believes in good faith that such quotations or relevant market data are not readily available or would produce a result that would not satisfy those standards. When considering information described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Determining Party may include costs of funding, to the extent costs of funding are not and would not be a component of the other information being utilised. Third parties supplying quotations pursuant to clause (i) above or market data pursuant to clause (ii) above may include, without limitation, dealers in the relevant markets, end-users of the relevant product, information vendors, brokers and other sources of market information.

Without duplication of amounts calculated based on information described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or other relevant information, and when it is commercially reasonable to do so, the Determining Party may in addition consider in calculating a Close-out Amount any loss or cost incurred in connection with its terminating, liquidating or re-establishing any hedge related to a Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions (or any gain resulting from any of them).

Commercially reasonable procedures used in determining a Close-out Amount may include the following: —

(1)                                   application to relevant market data from third parties pursuant to clause (ii) above or information from internal sources pursuant to clause (iii) above of pricing or other valuation models that are, at the time of the determination of the Close-out Amount, used by the Determining Party in the regular course of its business in pricing or valuing transactions between the Determining Party and unrelated third parties that are similar to the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions; and

23




(2)                                   application of different valuation methods to Terminated Transactions or groups of Terminated Transactions depending on the type, complexity, size or number of the Terminated Transactions or group of Terminated Transactions.

“Confirmation” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“consent” includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.

“Contractual Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 8(a).

“Convention Court” means any court which is bound to apply to the Proceedings either Article 17 of the 1968 Brussels Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters or Article 17 of the 1988 Lugano Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters.

“Credit Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Credit Support Document” means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.

“Credit Support Provider” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Cross-Default” means the event specified in Section 5(a)(vi).

“Default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.

“Defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Designated Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(v).

“Determining Party” means the party determining a Close-out Amount.

“Early Termination Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 6(e).

“Early Termination Date” means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv).

“electronic messages” does not include e-mails but does include documents expressed in markup languages, and “electronic messaging system” will be construed accordingly.

“English law” means the law of England and Wales, and English will be construed accordingly.

Event of Default has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

Force Majeure Event has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“General Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits).

“Illegality” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

24




“Indemnifiable Tax” means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement but for a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a person related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or being or having been organised, present or engaged in a trade or business in such jurisdiction, or having or having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction, but excluding a connection arising solely from such recipient or related person having executed, delivered, performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit Support Document).

“law” includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority), and “unlawful” will be construed accordingly.

“Local Business Day” means (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), a General Business Day in the place or places specified in the relevant Confirmation and a day on which a relevant settlement system is open or operating as specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if a place or a settlement system is not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) for the purpose of determining when a Waiting Period expires, a General Business Day in the place where the event or circumstance that constitutes or gives rise to the Illegality or Force Majeure Event, as the case may be, occurs, (c) in relation to any other payment, a General Business Day in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different, in the principal financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment and, if that currency does not have a single recognised principal financial centre, a day on which the settlement system necessary to accomplish such payment is open, (d) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a) (i), a General Business Day (or a day that would have been a General Business Day but for the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to payment, delivery or compliance related to a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event) in the place specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (e) in relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), a General Business Day in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

“Local Delivery Day” means, for purposes of Sections 5(a)(i) and 5(d), a day on which settlement systems necessary to accomplish the relevant delivery are generally open for business so that the delivery is capable of being accomplished in accordance with customary market practice, in the place specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, in a location as determined in accordance with customary market practice for the relevant delivery.

“Master Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Merger Without Assumption” means the event specified in Section 5(a)(viii).

“Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c).

“Non-affected Party” means, so long as there is only one Affected Party, the other party.

“Non-default Rate” means the rate certified by the Non-defaulting Party to be a rate offered to the Non-defaulting Party by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the Non-defaulting Party for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market.

“Non-defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Office” means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party’s head or home office.

“Other Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

25




“Payee” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

“Payer” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

“Potential Event of Default” means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Proceedings” has the meaning specified in Section 13(b).

“Process Agent” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“rate of exchange” includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency.

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means, with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, (b) where an Office through which the party is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, (c) in which the party executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is made.

“Schedule” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Scheduled Settlement Date” means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

“Specified Entity” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Specified Indebtedness” means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

“Specified Transaction” means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect to any such transaction) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is not a Transaction under this Agreement but (i) which is a rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction or forward purchase or sale of a security, commodity or other financial instrument or interest (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or (ii) which is a type of transaction that is similar to any transaction referred to in clause (i) above that is currently, or in the future becomes, recurrently entered into in the financial markets (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference in such agreement) and which is a forward, swap, future, option or other derivative on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity securities or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, economic indices or measures of economic risk or value, or other benchmarks against which payments or deliveries are to be made, (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

“Stamp Tax” means any stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction” has the meaning specified in Section 4(e).

26




“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other than a stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Tax Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Terminated Transactions” means, with respect to any Early Termination Date, (a) if resulting from an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, all Affected Transactions specified in the notice given pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv), (b) if resulting from any other Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (c) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions in effect either immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date or, if Automatic Early Termination applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date.

“Termination Currency” means (a) if a Termination Currency is specified in the Schedule and that currency is freely available, that currency, and (b) otherwise, euro if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law or United States Dollars if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

“Termination Currency Equivalent” means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination Currency, such Termination Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency other than the Termination Currency (the “Other Currency”), the amount in the Termination Currency determined by the party making the relevant determination as being required to purchase such amount of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if the relevant Close-out Amount is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the Termination Currency at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent (selected as provided below) for the purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) on such date as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for the purchase of such Other Currency for value on the relevant Early Termination Date or that later date. The foreign exchange agent will, if only one party is obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties.

“Termination Event” means an Illegality, a Force Majeure Event, a Tax Event, a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

“Termination Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.

“Threshold Amount” means the amount, if any, specified as such in the Schedule.

“Transaction” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Unpaid Amounts” owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii) or due but for Section 5(d)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d)(i)(4) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date, (b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) or 5(d)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered and (c) if the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions, any Early Termination Amount due prior to such Early Termination Date and which remains unpaid as of such Early Termination Date, in each case together with any amount of interest accrued or other

27




compensation in respect of that obligation or deferred obligation, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 9(h)(ii)(1) or (2), as appropriate. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above will be determined as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it will be the average of the Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values so determined by both parties.

“Waiting Period” means:-

(a)                                   in respect of an event or circumstance under Section 5(b)(i), other than in the case of Section 5(b)(i)(2) where the relevant payment, delivery or compliance is actually required on the relevant day (in which case no Waiting Period will apply), a period of three Local Business Days (or days that would have been Local Business Days but for the occurrence of that event or circumstance) following the occurrence of that event or circumstance; and

(b)                                   in respect of an event or circumstance under Section 5(b)(ii), other than in the case of Section 5(b)(ii)(2) where the relevant payment, delivery or compliance is actually required on the relevant day (in which case no Waiting Period will apply), a period of eight Local Business Days (or days that would have been Local Business Days but for the occurrence of that event or circumstance) following the occurrence of that event or circumstance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dated specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE
TRUST

 

By: The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in its
individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

 

 

By: 

/s/ Frederick P. Engler

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

 

Name:

 FREDERICK P. ENGLER

 

 

Name:

 Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

Title:

 Regional Manager Documentation
North America

 

 

Title:
Date:

 Vice President
 6/28/07

 

 

Date:

 6/28/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: 

/s/ Christopher Fain

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 CHRISTOPHER FAIN

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 6/28/07

 

 

 

 

 

28



Exhibit 4.4

Series 2007-3 (Class C)

International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.

2002 MASTER AGREEMENT

dated as of June 28, 2007

ABN AMRO BANK N.V. and GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST have entered and/or anticipate entering into one or more transactions (each a “Transaction”) that are or will be governed by this 2002 Master Agreement, which includes the schedule (the “Schedule”), and the documents and other confirming evidence (each a “Confirmation”) exchanged between the parties or otherwise effective for the purpose of confirming or evidencing those Transactions. This 2002 Master Agreement and the Schedule are together referred to as this “Master Agreement”.

Accordingly, the parties agree as follows:-

1.                                       Interpretation

(a)                                   Definitions . The terms defined in Section 14 and elsewhere in this Master Agreement will have the meanings therein specified for the purpose of this Master Agreement.

(b)                                   Inconsistency. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Schedule and the other provisions of this Master Agreement, the Schedule will prevail. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of any Confirmation and this Master Agreement, such Confirmation will prevail for the purpose of the relevant Transaction.

(c)                                   Single Agreement . All Transaction are entered into the reliance on the fact that this Master Agreement and all Confirmations form a single agreement between the parties (collectively referred to as this “Agreement”), and the parties would not otherwise enter into any Transactions.

2.                                       Obligations

(a)                                   General Conditions .

(i)                                      Each party will make each payment or delivery specified in each Confirmation to be made by it, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement.

(ii)                                   Payments under this Agreement will be made on the due date for value on that date in the place of the account specified in the relevant Confirmation or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, in freely transferable funds and in the manner customary for payments in the required currency. Where settlement is by delivery (that is, other than by payment), such delivery will be made for receipt on the due date in the manner customary for the relevant obligation unless otherwise specified in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

Copyright © 2002 by International Swaps and Derivative Association, Inc.

 




(iii)                                Each obligation of each party under Section 2(a)(i) is subject to (1) the condition precedent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to the other party has occurred and is continuing, (2) the condition precedent that no Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction has occurred or been effectively designated and (3) each other condition specified in this Agreement to be a condition precedent for the purpose of this Section 2(a)(iii).

(b)                                   Change of Account. Either party may change its account for receiving a payment or delivery by giving notice to the other party at least five Local Business Days prior to the Scheduled Settlement Date for the payment or delivery to which such change applies unless such other party gives timely notice of a reasonable objection to such change.

(c)                                   Netting of Payments . If on any date amounts would otherwise be payable: —

(i)                                      in the same currency; and

(ii)                                   in respect of the same Transaction,

by each party to the other, then, on such date, each party’s obligation to make payment of any such amount will be automatically satisfied and discharged and, if the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by one party exceeds the aggregate amount that would otherwise have been payable by the other party, replaced by an obligation upon the party by which the larger aggregate amount would have been payable to pay to the other party the excess of the larger aggregate amount over the smaller aggregate amount.

The parties may elect in respect of two or more Transactions that a net amount and payment obligation will be determined in respect of all amounts payable on the same date in the same currency in respect of those Transactions, regardless of whether such amounts are payable in respect of the same Transaction. The election may be made in the Schedule or any Confirmation by specifying that “Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” applies to the Transactions identified as being subject to the election (in which case clause (ii) above will not apply to such Transactions). If Multiple Transaction Payment Netting is applicable to Transactions, it will apply to those Transactions with effect from the starting date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation, or, if a starting date is not specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation, the starting date otherwise agreed by the parties in writing. This election may be made separately for different groups of Transactions and will apply separately to each pairing of Offices through which the parties make and receive payments or deliveries.

(d)                                   Deduction or Withholding for Tax .

(i)                                      Gross-Up . All payments under this Agreement will be made without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax unless such deduction or withholding is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, then in effect. If a party is so required to deduct or withhold, then that party (“X”) will: —

(1)                                   promptly notify the other party (“Y”) of such requirement;

(2)                                   pay to the relevant authorities the full amount required to be deducted or withheld (including the full amount required to be deducted or withheld from any additional amount paid by X to Y under this Section 2(d)) promptly upon the earlier of determining that such deduction or withholding is required or receiving notice that such amount has been assessed against Y;

(3)                                   promptly forward to Y an official receipt (or a certified copy), or other documentation reasonably acceptable to Y, evidencing such payment to such authorities; and

2




(4)                                   if such Tax is an Indemnifiable Tax, pay to Y, in addition to the payment to which Y is otherwise entitled under this Agreement, such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Y (free and clear of Indemnifiable Taxes, whether assessed against X or Y) will equal the full amount Y would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required. However, X will not be required to pay any additional amount to Y to the extent that it would not be required to be paid but for: —

(A)                               the failure by Y to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d); or

(B)                                 the failure of a representation made by Y pursuant to Section 3(f) to be accurate and true unless such failure would not have occurred but for (I) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, after a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (II) a Change in Tax Law.

(ii)                                   Liability . If:—

(1)                                   X is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, to make any deduction or withholding in respect of which X would not be required to pay an additional amount to Y under Section 2(d)(i)(4);

(2)                                   X does not so deduct or withhold; and

(3)                                   a liability resulting from such Tax is assessed directly against X.

then, except to the extent Y has satisfied or then satisfies the liability resulting from such Tax, Y will promptly pay to X the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest, but including any related liability for penalties only if Y has failed to comply with or perform any agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i), 4(a)(iii) or 4(d)).

3.                                       Representations

Each party makes the representations contained in Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(d), 3(e) and 3(f) and, if specified in the Schedule as applying, 3(g) to the other party (which representations will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which a Transaction is entered into and, in the case of the representations in Section 3(f), at all times until the termination of this Agreement). If any “Additional Representation” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the party or parties specified for such Additional Representation will make and, if applicable, be deemed to repeat such Additional Representation at the time or times specified for such Additional Representation.

(a)                                   Basic Representations.

(i)                                      Status . It is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organisation or incorporation and, if relevant under such laws, in good standing;

(ii)                                   Powers . It has the power to execute this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement to which it is a party, to deliver this Agreement and any other documentation relating to this Agreement that it is required by this Agreement to deliver and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any obligations it has under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorise such execution, delivery and performance;

3




(iii)                                No Violation or Conflict. Such execution, delivery and performance do not violate or conflict with any law applicable to it, any provision of its constitutional documents, any order or judgment of any court or other agency of government applicable to it or any of its assets or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets;

(iv)                               Consents. All governmental and other consents that are required to have been obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party have been obtained and are in full force and effect and all conditions of any such consents have been complied with; and

(v)                                  Obligations Binding. Its obligations under this Agreement and any Credit Support Document to which it is a party constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, reorganisation, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to equitable principles of general application (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law)).

(b)                                   Absence of Certain Events. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default or, to its knowledge, Termination Event with respect to it has occurred and is continuing and no such event or circumstance would occur as a result of its entering into or performing its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(c)                                   Absence of Litigation. There is not pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against it, any of its Credit Support Providers or any of its applicable Specified Entities any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or before any court, tribunal, governmental body, agency or official or any arbitrator that is likely to affect the legality, validity or enforceability against it of this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party or its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or such Credit Support Document.

(d)                                   Accuracy of Specified Information. All applicable information that is furnished in writing by or on behalf of it to the other party and is identified for the purpose of this Section 3(d) in the Schedule is, as of the date of the information, true, accurate and complete in every material respect.

(e)                                   Payer Tax Representation. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(e) is accurate and true.

(f)                                     Payee Tax Representations. Each representation specified in the Schedule as being made by it for the purpose of this Section 3(f) is accurate and true.

(g)                                  No Agency. It is entering into this Agreement, including each Transaction, as principal and not as agent of any person or entity.

4.                                       Agreements

Each party agrees with the other that, so long as either party has or may have any obligation under this Agreement or under any Credit Support Document to which it is a party: —

(a)                                   Furnish Specified Information. It will deliver to the other party or, in certain cases under clause (iii) below, to such government or taxing authority as the other party reasonably directs: —

(i)                                      any forms, documents or certificates relating to taxation specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation;

(ii)                                   any other documents specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation; and

4




(iii)                                upon reasonable demand by such other party, any form or document that may be required or reasonably requested in writing in order to allow such other party or its Credit Support Provider to make a payment under this Agreement or any applicable Credit Support Document without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction or withholding at a reduced rate (so long as the completion, execution or submission of such form or document would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of the party in receipt of such demand), with any such form or document to be accurate and completed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such other party and to be executed and to be delivered with any reasonably required certification,

in each case by the date specified in the Schedule or such Confirmation or, if none is specified, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(b)                                   Maintain Authorisations. It will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect all consents of any governmental or other authority that are required to be obtained by it with respect to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party and will use all reasonable efforts to obtain any that may become necessary in the future.

(c)                                   Comply With Laws. It will comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and orders to which it may be subject if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it is a party.

(d)                                   Tax Agreement. It will give notice of any failure of a representation made by it under Section 3(f) to be accurate and true promptly upon learning of such failure.

(e)                                   Payment of Stamp Tax. Subject to Section 11, it will pay any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon it or in respect of its execution or performance of this Agreement by a jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, or where an Office through which it is acting for the purpose of this Agreement is located (“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction”), and will indemnify the other party against any Stamp Tax levied or imposed upon the other party or in respect of the other party’s execution or performance of this Agreement by any such Stamp Tax Jurisdiction which is not also a Stamp Tax Jurisdiction with respect to the other party.

5.                                       Events of Default and Termination Events

(a)                                   Events of Default. The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any of the following events constitutes (subject to Sections 5(c) and 6(e)iv)) an event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to such party: —

(i)                                      Failure to Pay or Deliver. Failure by the party to make, when due, any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2 (a) (i) or 9(h)(i)(2) or (4) required to be made by it if such failure is not remedied on or before the first Local Business Day in the case of any such payment or the first Local Delivery Day in the case of any such delivery after, in each case, notice of such failure is given to the party;

(ii)                                   Breach of Agreement; Repudiation of Agreement.

(1)                                   Failure by the party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation (other than an obligation to make any payment under this Agreement or delivery under Section 2 (a) (i) or 9(h)(i)(2) or (4) or to give notice of a Termination Event or any agreement or obligation under Section 4 (a) (i), 4 (a) (iii) or 4(d)) to be complied with or performed by the party in accordance with this Agreement if such failure is not remedied within 30 days after notice of such failure is given to the party; or

(2)                                   the party disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, this Master Agreement, any Confirmation executed and delivered by that party or any

5




Transaction evidenced by such a Confirmation (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

( iii)                                Credit Support Default.

(1)                                   Failure by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation to be complied with or performed by it in accordance with any Credit Support Document if such failure is continuing after any applicable grace period has elapsed;

(2)                                   the expiration or termination of such Credit Support Document or the failing or ceasing of such Credit Support Document, or any security interest granted by such party or such Credit Support Provider to the other party pursuant to any such Credit Support Document, to be in full force and effect for the purpose of this Agreement (in each case other than in accordance with its terms) prior to the satisfaction of all obligations of such party under each Transaction to which such Credit Support Document relates without the written consent of the other party; or

(3)                                   the party or such Credit Support Provider disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, such Credit Support Document (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

(iv)                               Misrepresentation. A representation (other than a representation under Section 3(e) or 3(f)) made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated by the party or any Credit Support Provider of such party in this Agreement or any Credit Support Document proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated;

(v)                                  Default Under Specified Transaction. The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party: —

(1)                                   defaults (other than by failing to make a delivery) under a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default results in a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, that Specified Transaction;

(2)                                   defaults, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, in making any payment due on the last payment or exchange date of, or any payment on early termination of, a Specified Transaction (or, if there is no applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default continues for at least one Local Business Day);

(3)                                   defaults in making any delivery due under (including any delivery due on the last delivery or exchange date of) a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction and, after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period, such default results in a liquidation of, an acceleration of obligations under, or an early termination of, all transactions outstanding under the documentation applicable to that Specified Transaction; or

(4)                                   disaffirms, disclaims, repudiates or rejects, in whole or in part, or challenges the validity of, a Specified Transaction or any credit support arrangement relating to a Specified Transaction that is, in either case, confirmed or evidenced by a document or other confirming evidence executed and delivered by that party, Credit Support Provider or Specified Entity (or such action is taken by any person or entity appointed or empowered to operate it or act on its behalf);

6




(vi)                               Cross-Default. If “Cross-Default” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, the occurrence or existence of: —

(1)                                   a default, event of default or other similar condition or event (however described) in respect of such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party under one or more agreements or instruments relating to Specified Indebtedness of any of them (individually or collectively) where the aggregate principal amount of such agreements or instruments, either alone or together with the amount, if any, referred to in clause (2) below, is not less than the applicable Threshold Amount (as specified in the Schedule) which has resulted in such Specified Indebtedness becoming, or becoming capable at such time of being declared, due and payable under such agreements or instruments before it would otherwise have been due and payable; or

(2)                                   a default by such party, such Credit Support Provider or such Specified Entity (individually or collectively) in making one or more payments under such agreements or instruments on the due date for payment (after giving effect to any applicable notice requirement or grace period) in an aggregate amount, either alone or together with the amount, if any, referred to in clause (1) above, of not less than the applicable Threshold Amount;

(vii)                            Bankruptcy . The party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party: —

(1)                                   is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (2) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due; (3) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors; (4) (a) institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official, or (B) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in clause (a) above and either (I) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation or (II) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 15 days of the institution or presentation thereof; (5) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger); (6) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets; (7) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 15 days thereafter; (8) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in clauses (1) to (7) above (inclusive); or (9) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts; or

7




(viii)                                      Merger Without Assumption . The party or any Credit Support Provider of such party consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, or reorganises, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, transfer, reorganisation, reincorporation or reconstitution: —

(1)                                   the resulting, surviving or transferee entity fails to assume all the obligations of such party or such Credit Support Provider under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which it or its predecessor was a party; or

(2)                                   the benefits of any Credit Support Document fail to extend (without the consent of the other party) to the performance by such resulting, surviving or transferee entity of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)                                   Termination Events . The occurrence at any time with respect to a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any Specified Entity of such party of any event specified below constitutes (subject to Section 5(c)) an Illegality if the event is specified in clause (i) below, a Force Majeure Event if the event is specified in clause (ii) below, a Tax Event if the event is specified in clause (iii) below, a Tax Event Upon Merger if the event is specified in clause (iv) below, and, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger if the event is specified pursuant to clause (v) below or an Additional Termination Event if the event is specified pursuant to clause (vi) below:—

(i)                                      Illegality . After giving effect to any applicable provision, disruption fallback or remedy specified in, or pursuant to, the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, due to an event or circumstance (other than any action taken by a party or, if applicable, any Credit Support Provider of such party) occurring after a Transaction is entered into, it becomes unlawful under any applicable law (including without limitation the laws of any country in which payment, delivery or compliance is required by either party or any Credit Support Provider, as the case may be), on any day, or it would be unlawful if the relevant payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day (in each case, other than as a result of a breach by the party of Section 4(b)): —

(1)                                   for the Office through which such party (which will be the Affected Party) makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to such Transaction to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction, to receive a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction; or

(2)                                   for such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party (which will be the Affected Party) to perform any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery which such party or Credit Support Provider has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction, to receive a payment or delivery under such Credit Support Document or to comply with any other material provision of such Credit Support Document;

(ii)                                   Force Majeure Event. After giving effect to any applicable provision, disruption fallback or remedy specified in, or pursuant to, the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, by reason of force majeure or act of state occurring after a Transaction is entered into, on any day: —

(1)                                   the Office through which such party (which will be the Affected Party) makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to such Transaction is prevented from performing any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction, from receiving a payment or delivery in respect of such Transaction or from complying with any other material provision of this Agreement relating to such Transaction (or would be so prevented if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day), or it becomes impossible or

8




impracticable for such Office so to perform, receive or comply (or it would be impossible or impracticable for such Office so to perform, receive or comply if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day); or

(2)                                   such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party (which will be the Affected Party) is prevented from performing any absolute or contingent obligation to make a payment or delivery which such party or Credit Support Provider has under any Credit Support Document relating to such Transaction, from receiving a payment or delivery under such Credit Support Document or from complying with any other material provision of such Credit Support Document (or would be so prevented if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day), or it becomes impossible or impracticable for such party or Credit Support Provider so to perform, receive or comply (or it would be impossible or impracticable for such party or Credit Support Provider so to perform, receive or comply if such payment, delivery or compliance were required on that day),

so long as the force majeure or act of state is beyond the control of such Office, such party or such Credit Support Provider, as appropriate, and such Office, party or Credit Support Provider could not, after using all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party or Credit Support Provider to incur a loss, other than immaterial, incidental expenses), overcome such prevention, impossibility or impracticability;

(iii)                                Tax Event. Due to (1) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, after a Transaction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (2) a Change in Tax Law, the party (which will be the Affected Party) will, or there is a substantial likelihood that it will, on the next succeeding Scheduled Settlement Date (a) be required to pay to the other party an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) or (B) receive a payment from which an amount is required to be deducted or withheld for or on account of a Tax (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) and no additional amount is required to be paid in respect of such Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4) (a) or (B));

(iv)                               Tax Event Upon Merger . The party (the “Burdened Party”) on the next succeeding Scheduled Settlement Date will either (1) be required to pay an additional amount in respect of an Indemnifiable Tax under Section 2(d)(i)(4) (except in respect of interest under Section 9(h)) or (2) receive a payment from which an amount has been deducted or withheld for or on account of any Tax in respect of which the other party is not required to pay an additional amount (other than by reason of Section 2(d)(i)(4) (a) or (B)), in either case as a result of a party consolidating or amalgamating with, or merging with or into, or transferring all or substantially all its assets (or any substantial part of the assets comprising the business conducted by it as of the date of this Master Agreement) to, or reorganising, reincorporating or reconstituting into or as, another entity (which will be the Affected Party) where such action does not constitute a Merger Without Assumption;

(v)                                  Credit Event Upon Merger . If “Credit Event Upon Merger” is specified in the Schedule as applying to the party, a Designated Event (as defined below) occurs with respect to such party, any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party (in each case, “X”) and such Designated Event does not constitute a Merger Without Assumption, and the creditworthiness of X or, if applicable, the successor, surviving or transferee entity of X, after taking into account any applicable Credit Support Document, is materially weaker immediately after the occurrence of such Designated Event than that of X immediately prior to the occurrence of such Designated Event (and, in any such event, such party or its successor, surviving or transferee entity, as appropriate, will be the Affected Party). A “Designated Event” with respect to X means that: —

(1)                                   X consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges with or into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets (or any substantial part of the assets comprising the business conducted by X as of the

9




date of this Master Agreement) to, or reorganises, reincorporates or reconstitutes into or as, another entity;

(2)                                   any person, related group of persons or entity acquires directly or indirectly the beneficial ownership of (a) equity securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or its equivalent) of X or (B) any other ownership interest enabling it to exercise control of X; or

(3)                                   X effects any substantial change in its capital structure by means of the issuance, incurrence or guarantee of debt or the issuance of (a) preferred stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for debt or preferred stock or (B) in the case of entities other than corporations, any other form of ownership interest; or

(vi)                               Additional Termination Event. If any “Additional Termination Event” is specified in the Schedule or any Confirmation as applying, the occurrence of such event (and, in such event, the Affected Party or Affected Parties will be as specified for such Additional Termination Event in the Schedule or such Confirmation).

(c)                                   Hierarchy of Events.

(i)                                      An event or circumstance that constitutes or gives rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event will not, for so long as that is the case, also constitute or give rise to an Event of Default under Section 5 (a) (i), 5 (a) (ii)(l) or 5 (a) (iii)(l) insofar as such event or circumstance relates to the failure to make any payment or delivery or a failure to comply with any other material provision of this Agreement or a Credit Support Document, as the case may be.

(ii)                                   Except in circumstances contemplated by clause (i) above, if an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event also constitutes an Event of Default or any other Termination Event, it will be treated as an Event of Default or such other Termination Event, as the case may be, and will not constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event.

(iii)                                If an event or circumstance which would otherwise constitute or give rise to a Force Majeure Event also constitutes an Illegality, it will be treated as an Illegality, except as described in clause (ii) above, and not a Force Majeure Event.

(d)                                   Deferral of Payments and Deliveries During Waiting Period. If an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to a Transaction, each payment or delivery which would otherwise be required to be made under that Transaction will be deferred to, and will not be due until: —

(i)                                      the first Local Business Day or, in the case of a delivery, the first Local Delivery Day (or the first day that would have been a Local Business Day or Local Delivery Day, as appropriate, but for the occurrence of the event or circumstance constituting or giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event) following the end of any applicable Waiting Period in respect of that Illegality or Force Majeure Event, as the case may be; or

(ii)                                   if earlier, the date on which the event or circumstance constituting or giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event ceases to exist or, if such date is not a Local Business Day or, in the case of a delivery, a Local Delivery Day, the first following day that is a Local Business Day or Local Delivery Day, as appropriate.

(e)                                   Inability of Head or Home Office to Perform Obligations of Branch. If (i) an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event occurs under Section 5(b)(i )(1) or 5(b)(ii)(l) and the relevant Office is not the Affected Party’s head or home office, (ii) Section 10(a) applies, (iii) the other party seeks performance of the relevant obligation or

10




compliance with the relevant provision by the Affected Party’s head or home office and (iv) the Affected Party’s head or home office fails so to perform or comply due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if that head or home office were the Office through which the Affected Party makes and receives payments and deliveries with respect to the relevant Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, and such failure would otherwise constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(l) with respect to such party, then, for so long as the relevant event or circumstance continues to exist with respect to both the Office referred to in Section 5(b)(i)(l) or 5(b)(ii)(l), as the case may be, and the Affected Party’s head or home office, such failure will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(l).

6.                                       Early Termination; Close-Out Netting

(a)                                   Right to Terminate Following Event of Default. If at any time an Event of Default with respect to a party (the “Defaulting Party”) has occurred and is then continuing, the other party (the “Non-defaulting Party”) may, by not more than 20 days notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the relevant Event of Default, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions. If, however, “Automatic Early Termination” is specified in the Schedule as applying to a party, then an Early Termination Date in respect of all outstanding Transactions will occur immediately upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a) (vii)(l), (3), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8), and as of the time immediately preceding the institution of the relevant proceeding or the presentation of the relevant petition upon the occurrence with respect to such party of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8).

(b)                                   Right to Terminate Following Termination Event.

(i)                                      Notice. If a Termination Event other than a Force Majeure Event occurs, an Affected Party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Termination Event and each Affected Transaction, and will also give the other party such other information about that Termination Event as the other party may reasonably require. If a Force Majeure Event occurs, each party will, promptly upon becoming aware of it, use all reasonable efforts to notify the other party, specifying the nature of that Force Majeure Event, and will also give the other party such other information about that Force Majeure Event as the other party may reasonably require.

(ii)                                   Transfer to Avoid Termination Event. If a Tax Event occurs and there is only one Affected Party, or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party, the Affected Party will, as a condition to its right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv), use all reasonable efforts (which will not require such party to incur a loss, other than immaterial, incidental expenses) to transfer within 20 days after it gives notice under Section 6(b)(i) all its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of the Affected Transactions to another of its Offices or Affiliates so that such Termination Event ceases to exist.

If the Affected Party is not able to make such a transfer it will give notice to the other party to that effect within such 20 day period, whereupon the other party may effect such a transfer within 30 days after the notice is given under Section 6(b)(i).

Any such transfer by a party under this Section 6(b)(ii) will be subject to and conditional upon the prior written consent of the other party, which consent will not be withheld if such other party’s policies in effect at such time would permit it to enter into transactions with the transferee on the terms proposed.

(iii)                                Two Affected Parties. If a Tax Event occurs and there are two Affected Parties, each party will use all reasonable efforts to reach agreement within 30 days after notice of such occurrence is given under Section 6(b)(i) to avoid that Termination Event.

11




(iv)                               Right to Terminate.

(1)                                   If: —

(a)                                   a transfer under Section 6(b)(ii) or an agreement under Section 6(b)(iii), as the case may be, has not been effected with respect to all Affected Transactions within 30 days after an Affected Party gives notice under Section 6(b)(i); or

(B)                                 a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event occurs, or a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is not the Affected Party.

the Burdened Party in the case of a Tax Event Upon Merger, any Affected Party in the case of a Tax Event or an Additional Termination Event if there are two Affected Parties, or the Non-affected Party in the case of a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event if there is only one Affected Party may, if the relevant Termination Event is then continuing, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party, designate a day not earlier than the day such notice is effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions.

(2)                                   If at any time an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event has occurred and is then continuing and any applicable Waiting Period has expired: —

(a)                                   Subject to clause (B) below, either party may, by not more than 20 days notice to the other party, designate (I) a day not earlier than the day on which such notice becomes effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of all Affected Transactions or (II) by specifying in that notice the Affected Transactions in respect of which it is designating the relevant day as an Early Termination Date, a day not earlier than two Local Business Days following the day on which such notice becomes effective as an Early Termination Date in respect of less than all Affected Transactions. Upon receipt of a notice designating an Early Termination Date in respect of less than all Affected Transactions, the other party may, by notice to the designating party, if such notice is effective on or before the day so designated, designate that same day as an Early Termination Date in respect of any or all other Affected Transactions.

(B)                                 An Affected Party (if the Illegality or Force Majeure Event relates to performance by such party or any Credit Support Provider of such party of an obligation to make any payment or delivery under, or to compliance with any other material provision of, the relevant Credit Support Document) will only have the right to designate an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv)(2)(a) as a result of an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2) or a Force Majeure Event under Section 5(b)(ii)(2) following the prior designation by the other party of an Early Termination Date, pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv)(2)(a), in respect of less than all Affected Transactions.

(c)                                   Effect of Designation.

(i)                                      If notice designating an Early Termination Date is given under Section 6(a) or 6(b), the Early Termination Date will occur on the date so designated, whether or not the relevant Event of Default or Termination Event is then continuing.

(ii)                                   Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date, no further payments or deliveries under Section 2(a)(i) or 9(h)(i) in respect of the Terminated Transactions will be required to be made, but without prejudice to the other provisions of this Agreement. The amount, if any, payable in respect of an Early Termination Date will be determined pursuant to Sections 6(e) and 9(h)(ii).

12




(d)                                   Calculations; Payment Date .

(i)                                      Statement. On or as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, each party will make the calculations on its part, if any, contemplated by Section 6(e) and will provide to the other party a statement (1) showing, in reasonable detail, such calculations (including any quotations, market data or information from internal sources used in making such calculations), (2) specifying (except where there are two Affected Parties) any Early Termination Amount payable and (3) giving details of the relevant account to which any amount payable to it is to be paid. In the absence of written confirmation from the source of a quotation or market data obtained in determining a Close-out Amount, the records of the party obtaining such quotation or market data will be conclusive evidence of the existence and accuracy of such quotation or market data.

(ii)                                   Payment Date . An Early Termination Amount due in respect of any Early Termination Date will, together with any amount of interest payable pursuant to Section 9(h)(ii)(2), be payable (1) on the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated or occurs as a result of an Event of Default and (2) on the day which is two Local Business Days after the day on which notice of the amount payable is effective (or, if there are two Affected Parties, after the day on which the statement provided pursuant to clause (i) above by the second party to provide such a statement is effective) in the case of an Early Termination Date which is designated as a result of a Termination Event.

(e)                                   Payments on Early Termination . If an Early Termination Date occurs, the amount, if any, payable in respect of that Early Termination Date (the “Early Termination Amount”) will be determined pursuant to this Section 6(e) and will be subject to Section 6(f).

(i)                                      Events of Default . If the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, the Early Termination Amount will be an amount equal to (1) the sum of (a) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts (whether positive or negative) determined by the Non-defaulting Party for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Non-defaulting Party less (2) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to the Defaulting Party. If the Early Termination Amount is a positive number, the Defaulting Party will pay it to the Non-defaulting Party; if it is a negative number, the Non-defaulting Party will pay the absolute value of the Early Termination Amount to the Defaulting Party.

(ii)                                   Termination Events . If the Early Termination Date results from a Termination Event: —

(1)                                   One Affected Party . Subject to clause (3) below, if there is one Affected Party, the Early Termination Amount will be determined in accordance with Section 6(e)(i), except that references to the Defaulting Party and to the Non-defaulting Party will be deemed to be references to the Affected Party and to the Non-affected Party, respectively.

(2)                                   Two Affected Parties . Subject to clause (3) below, if there are two Affected Parties, each party will determine an amount equal to the Termination Currency Equivalent of the sum of the Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts (whether positive or negative) for each Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, as the case may be, and the Early Termination Amount will be an amount equal to (a) the sum of (I) one-half of the difference between the higher amount so determined (by party “X”) and the lower amount so determined (by party “Y”) and (II) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to X less (B) the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Y. If the Early Termination Amount is a positive number, Y will pay it to X; if it is a negative number, X will pay the absolute value of the Early Termination Amount to Y.

13




(3)                                   Mid-Market Events . If that Termination Event is an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, then the Early Termination Amount will be determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) above, as appropriate, except that, for the purpose of determining a Close-out Amount or Close-out Amounts, the Determining Party will: —

(a)                                   if obtaining quotations from one or more third parties (or from any of the Determining Party’s Affiliates), ask each third party or Affiliate (I) not to take account of the current creditworthiness of the Determining Party or any existing Credit Support Document and (II) to provide mid-market quotations; and

(B)                                 in any other case, use mid-market values without regard to the creditworthiness of the Determining Party.

(iii)                                Adjustment for Bankruptcy . In circumstances where an Early Termination Date occurs because Automatic Early Termination applies in respect of a party, the Early Termination Amount will be subject to such adjustments as are appropriate and permitted by applicable taw to reflect any payments or deliveries made by one party to the other under this Agreement (and retained by such other party) during the period from the relevant Early Termination Date to the date for payment determined under Section 6(d)(ii).

(iv)                               Adjustment for Illegality or Force Majeure Event. The failure by a party or any Credit Support Provider of such party to pay, when due, any Early Termination Amount will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(iii)(I) if such failure is due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to payment, delivery or compliance related to a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event. Such amount will (1) accrue interest and otherwise be treated as an Unpaid Amount owing to the other party if subsequently an Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions and (2) otherwise accrue interest in accordance with Section 9(h)(ii)(2).

(v)                                  Pre-Estimate . The parties agree that an amount recoverable under this Section 6(e) is a reasonable pre-estimate of loss and not a penalty. Such amount is payable for the loss of bargain and the loss of protection against future risks, and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party will be entitled to recover any additional damages as a consequence of the termination of the Terminated Transactions.

(f)                                     Set-Off. Any Early Termination Amount payable to one party (the “Payee”) by the other party (the “Payer”), in circumstances where there is a Defaulting Party or where there is one Affected Party in the case where either a Credit Event Upon Merger has occurred or any other Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions has occurred, will, at the option of the Non-defaulting Party or the Non-affected Party, as the case may be (“X”) (and without prior notice to the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party, as the case may be), be reduced by its set-off against any other amounts (“Other Amounts”) payable by the Payee to the Payer (whether or not arising under this Agreement, matured or contingent and irrespective of the currency, place of payment or place of booking of the obligation). To the extent that any Other Amounts are so set off, those Other Amounts will be discharged promptly and in all respects. X will give notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Section 6(f).

For this purpose, either the Early Termination Amount or the Other Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) may be converted by X into the currency in which the other is denominated at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency.

14




If an obligation is unascertained, X may in good faith estimate that obligation and set off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained.

Nothing in this Section 6(f) will be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This Section 6(f) will be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, offset, combination of accounts, lien, right of retention or withholding or similar right or requirement to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled or subject (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).

7.                                       Transfer

Subject to Section 6(b)(ii) and to the extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Agreement nor any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement may be transferred (whether by way of security or otherwise) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, except that: —

(a)                                   a party may make such a transfer of this Agreement pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to, another entity (but without prejudice to any other right or remedy under this Agreement); and

(b)                                   a party may make such a transfer of all or any part of its interest in any Early Termination Amount payable to it by a Defaulting Party, together with any amounts payable on or with respect to that interest and any other rights associated with that interest pursuant to Sections 8.9(h) and 11.

Any purported transfer that is not in compliance with this Section 7 will be void.

8.                                       Contractual Currency

(a)                                   Payment in the Contractual Currency . Each payment under this Agreement will be made in the relevant currency specified in this Agreement for that payment (the “Contractual Currency”). To the extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation to make payments under this Agreement in the Contractual Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Contractual Currency, except to the extent such tender results in the actual receipt by the party to which payment is owed, acting in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency so tendered into the Contractual Currency, of the full amount in the Contractual Currency of all amounts payable in respect of this Agreement. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency so received exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency payable in respect of this Agreement, the party receiving the payment will refund promptly the amount of such excess.

(b)                                   Judgments . To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency is rendered (i) for the payment of any amount owing in respect of this Agreement, (ii) for the payment of any amount relating to any early termination in respect of this Agreement or (iii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the party seeking recovery, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which such party is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order, will be entitled to receive immediately from the other party the amount of any shortfall of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency and will refund promptly to the other party any excess of the Contractual Currency received by such party as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between the rate of exchange at which the Contractual Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purpose of such judgment or order and the rate of exchange at which such party is able, acting in good faith and using

15




commercially reasonable procedures in converting the currency received into the Contractual Currency, to purchase the Contractual Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order actually received by such party.

(c)                                   Separate Indemnities . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the indemnities in this Section 8 constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the party to which any payment is owed and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums payable in respect of this Agreement.

(d)                                   Evidence of Loss . For the purpose of this Section 8, it will he sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.

9.                                       Miscellaneous

(a)                                   Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. Each of the parties acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it has not relied on any oral or written representation, warranty or other assurance (except as provided for or referred to in this Agreement) and waives all rights and remedies which might otherwise be available to it in respect thereof, except that nothing in this Agreement will limit or exclude any liability of a party for fraud.

(b)                                   Amendments . An amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will only be effective if in writing (including a writing evidenced by a facsimile transmission) and executed by each of the parties or confirmed by an exchange of telexes or by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system.

(c)                                   Survival of Obligations . Without prejudice to Sections 2(a)(iii) and 6(c)(ii), the obligations of the parties under this Agreement will survive the termination of any Transaction.

(d)                                   Remedies Cumulative . Except as provided in this Agreement, the rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, remedies and privileges provided by law.

(e)                                   Counterparts and Confirmations .

(i)                                      This Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission and by electronic messaging system), each of which will be deemed an original.

(ii)                                   The parties intend that they are legally bound by the terms of each Transaction from the moment they agree to those terms (whether orally or otherwise). A Confirmation will be entered into as soon as practicable and may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission) or be created by an exchange of telexes, by an exchange of electronic messages on an electronic messaging system or by an exchange of e-mails, which in each case will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a binding supplement to this Agreement. The parties will specify therein or through another effective means that any such counterpart, telex, electronic message or e-mail constitutes a Confirmation.

(f)                                     No Waiver of Rights . A failure or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege in respect of this Agreement will not be presumed to operate as a waiver, and a single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege will not be presumed to preclude any subsequent or further exercise, of that right, power or privilege or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

(g)                                  Headings . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

16




(h)                                  Interest and Compensation .

(i)                                      Prior to Early Termination . Prior to the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of the relevant Transaction: —

(1)                                   Interest on Defaulted Payments . If a party defaults in the performance of any payment obligation, it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as the overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the original due date for payment to (but excluding) the date of actual payment (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of the over due amount is due pursuant to clause (3)(B) or (C) below), at the Default Rate.

(2)                                   Compensation for Defaulted Deliveries . If a party defaults in the performance of any obligation required to be settled by delivery, it will on demand (A) compensate the other party to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement and (B) unless otherwise provided in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), pay to the other party interest (before as well as after judgment) on an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was required to be delivered in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the originally scheduled date for delivery to (but excluding) the date of actual delivery (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of that amount is due pursuant to clause (4) below), at the Default Rate. The fair market value of any obligation referred to above will be determined as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, by the party that was entitled to take delivery.

(3)                                   Interest on Deferred Payments . If:—

(A)                               a party does not pay any amount that, but for Section 2(a)(iii), would have been payable, it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c) and clauses (B) and (C) below, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on that amount to the other party on demand (after such amount becomes payable) in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the date the amount would, but for Section 2(a)(iii), have been payable to (but excluding) the date the amount actually becomes payable, at the Applicable Deferral Rate;

(B)                                 a payment is deferred pursuant to Section 5(d), the party which would otherwise have been required to make that payment will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to Section 6(c) and for so long as no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party has occurred and is continuing, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the amount of the deferred payment to the other party on demand (after such amount becomes payable) in the same currency as the deferred payment, for the period from (and including) the date the amount would, but for Section 5(d), have been payable to (but excluding) the earlier of the date the payment is no longer deferred pursuant to Section 5(d) and the date during the deferral period upon which an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party occurs, at the Applicable Deferral Rate; or

(C)                                 a party fails to make any payment due to the occurrence of an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event (after giving effect to any deferral period contemplated by clause (B) above), it will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, subject to Section 6(c) and for so long as the event or circumstance giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event

17




continues and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party has occurred and is continuing, pay interest (before as well as after judgment) on the overdue amount to the other party on demand in the same currency as the overdue amount, for the period from (and including) the date the party fails to make the payment due to the occurrence of the relevant Illegality or Force Majeure Event (or, if later, the date the payment is no longer deferred pursuant to Section 5(d)) to (but excluding) the earlier of the date the event or circumstance giving rise to that Illegality or Force Majeure Event ceases to exist and the date during the period upon which an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default with respect to that party occurs (and excluding any period in respect of which interest or compensation in respect of the overdue amount is due pursuant to clause (B) above), at the Applicable Deferral Rate.

(4)                                   Compensation for Deferred Deliveries . If:—

(A)                               a party does not perform any obligation that, but for Section 2(a)(iii), would have been required to be settled by delivery;

(B)                                 a delivery is deferred pursuant to Section 5(d); or

(C)                                 a party fails to make a delivery due to the occurrence of an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event at a time when any applicable Waiting Period has expired,

the party required (or that would otherwise have been required) to make the delivery will, to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to Section 6(c), compensate and pay interest to the other party on demand (after, in the case of clauses (A) and (B) above, such delivery is required) if and to the extent provided for in the relevant Confirmation or elsewhere in this Agreement.

(ii)                                   Early Termination . Upon the occurrence or effective designation of an Early Termination Date in respect of a Transaction: —

(1)                                   Unpaid Amounts . For the purpose of determining an Unpaid Amount in respect of the relevant Transaction, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, interest will accrue on the amount of any payment obligation or the amount equal to the fair market value of any obligation required to be settled by delivery included in such determination in the same currency as that amount, for the period from (and including) the date the relevant obligation was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) or 5(d)) required to have been performed to (but excluding) the relevant Early Termination Date, at the Applicable Close-out Rate.

(2)                                   Interest on Early Termination Amounts . If an Early Termination Amount is due in respect of such Early Termination Date, that amount will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be paid together with interest (before as well as after judgment) on that amount in the Termination Currency, for the period from (and including) such Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date the amount is paid, at the Applicable Close-out Rate.

(iii)                                Interest Calculation . Any interest pursuant to this Section 9(h) will be calculated on the basis of daily compounding and the actual number of days elapsed.

18




10.                                Offices; Multibranch Parties

(a)                                   If Section 10(a) is specified in the Schedule as applying, each party that enters into a Transaction through an Office other than its head or home office represents to and agrees with the other party that, notwithstanding the place of booking or its jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation, its obligations are the same in terms of recourse against it as if it had entered into the Transaction through its head or home office, except that a party will not have recourse to the head or home office of the other party in respect of any payment or delivery deferred pursuant to Section 5(d) for so long as the payment or delivery is so deferred. This representation and agreement will be deemed to be repeated by each party on each date on which the parties enter into a Transaction.

(b)                                   If a party is specified as a Multibranch Party in the Schedule, such party may, subject to clause (c) below, enter into a Transaction through, book a Transaction in and make and receive payments and deliveries with respect to a Transaction through any Office listed in respect of that party in the Schedule (but not any other Office unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing).

(c)                                   The Office through which a party enters into a Transaction will be the Office specified for that party in the relevant Confirmation or as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, and, if an Office for that party is not specified in the Confirmation or otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, its head or home office. Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, the Office through which a party enters into a Transaction will also be the Office in which it books the Transaction and the Office through which it makes and receives payments and deliveries with respect to the Transaction. Subject to Section 6(b)(ii), neither party may change the Office in which it books the Transaction or the Office through which it makes and receives payments or deliveries with respect to a Transaction without the prior written consent of the other party.

11.                                Expenses

A Defaulting Party will on demand indemnify and hold harmless the other party for and against all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees, execution fees and Stamp Tax, incurred by such other party by reason of the enforcement and protection of its rights under this Agreement or any Credit Support Document to which the Defaulting Party is a party or by reason of the early termination of any Transaction, including, but not limited to, costs of collection.

12.                                Notices

(a)                                   Effectiveness. Any notice or other communication in respect of this Agreement may be given in any manner described below (except that a notice or other communication under Section 5 or 6 may not be given by electronic messaging system or e-mail) to the address or number or in accordance with the electronic messaging system or e-mail details provided (see the Schedule) and will be deemed effective as indicated: —

(i)                                      if in writing and delivered in person or by courier, on the date it is delivered;

(ii)                                   if sent by telex, on the date the recipient’s answerback is received;

(iii)                                if sent by facsimile transmission, on the date it is received by a responsible employee of the recipient in legible form (it being agreed that the burden of proving receipt will be on the sender and will not be met by a transmission report generated by the sender’s facsimile machine);

(iv)                               if sent by certified or registered mail (airmail, if overseas) or the equivalent (return receipt requested), on the date it is delivered or its delivery is attempted;

(v)                                  if sent by electronic messaging system, on the date it is received; or

19




(vi)                               if sent by e-mail, on the date it is delivered,

unless the date of that delivery (or attempted delivery) or that receipt, as applicable, is not a Local Business Day or that communication is delivered (or attempted) or received, as applicable, after the close of business on a Local Business Day, in which case that communication will be deemed given and effective on the first following day that is a Local Business Day.

(b)                                   Change of Details. Either party may by notice to the other change the address, telex or facsimile number or electronic messaging system or e-mail details at which notices or other communications are to be given to it.

13.                                Governing Law and Jurisdiction

(a)                                   Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the law specified in the Schedule.

(b)                                   Jurisdiction. With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (“Proceedings”), each party irrevocably: —

(i)                                      submits: —

(1)                                   if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law, to (A) the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts if the Proceedings do not involve a Convention Court and (B) the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts if the Proceedings do involve a Convention Court; or

(2)                                   if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City;

(ii)                                   waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party; and

(iii)                                agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions will not preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

(c)                                   Service of Process. Each party irrevocably appoints the Process Agent, if any, specified opposite its name in the Schedule to receive, for it and on its behalf, service of process in any Proceedings. If for any reason any party’s Process Agent is unable to act as such, such party will promptly notify the other party and within 30 days appoint a substitute process agent acceptable to the other party. The parties irrevocably consent to service of process given in the manner provided for notices in Section 12(a)(i), 12(a)(iii) or 12(a)(iv). Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of either party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

(d)                                   Waiver of Immunities. Each party irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to itself and its revenues and assets (irrespective of their use or intended use), all immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or other similar grounds from (i) suit, (ii) jurisdiction of any court, (iii) relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or recovery of property, (iv) attachment of its assets (whether before or after judgment) and (v) execution or enforcement of any judgment to which it or its revenues or assets might otherwise be entitled in any Proceedings in the courts of any jurisdiction and irrevocably agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that it will not claim any such immunity in any Proceedings.

20




14.                                Definitions

As used in this Agreement: —

“Additional Representation” has the meaning specified in Section 3.

“Additional Termination Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Affected Transactions” means (a) with respect to any Termination Event consisting of an Illegality, Force Majeure Event, Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger, all Transactions affected by the occurrence of such Termination Event (which, in the case of an Illegality under Section 5(b)(i)(2) or a Force Majeure Event under Section 5(b)(ii)(2), means all Transactions unless the relevant Credit Support Document references only certain Transactions, in which case those Transactions and, if the relevant Credit Support Document constitutes a Confirmation for a Transaction, that Transaction) and (b) with respect to any other Termination Event, all Transactions.

“Affiliate” means, subject to the Schedule, in relation to any person, any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the person, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the person or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the person. For this purpose, “control” of any entity or person means ownership of a majority of the voting power of the entity or person.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 1(c).

“Applicable Close-out Rate” means: —

(a)                                   in respect of the determination of an Unpaid Amount: —

(i)                                      in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(ii)                                   in respect of obligations payable or deliverable (or which would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii)) by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate;

(iii)                                in respect of obligations deferred pursuant to Section 5(d), if there is no Defaulting Party and for so long as the deferral period continues, the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

(iv)                               in all other cases following the occurrence of a Termination Event (except where interest accrues pursuant to clause (iii) above), the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

(b)                                   in respect of an Early Termination Amount: —

(i)                                      for the period from (and including) the relevant Early Termination Date to (but excluding) the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d) (ii)) on which that amount is payable: —

(1)                                   if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Defaulting Party, the Default Rate;

(2)                                   if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Non-defaulting Party, the Non-default Rate; and

(3)                                   in all other cases, the Applicable Deferral Rate; and

21




(ii)                                   for the period from (and including) the date (determined in accordance with Section 6(d)(ii)) on which that amount is payable to (but excluding) the date of actual payment: —

(1)                                   if a party fails to pay the Early Termination Amount due to the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to a payment or delivery under a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, and for so long as the Early Termination Amount remains unpaid due to the continuing existence of such event or circumstance, the Applicable Deferral Rate;

(2)                                   if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Defaulting Party (but excluding any period in respect of which clause (1) above applies), the Default Rate;

(3)                                   if the Early Termination Amount is payable by a Non-defaulting Party (but excluding any period in respect of which clause (1) above applies), the Non-default Rate; and

(4)                                   in all other cases, the Termination Rate.

“Applicable Deferral Rate” means:—

(a)                                   for the purpose of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(A), the rate certified by the relevant payer to be a rate offered to the payer by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the payer for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market;

(b)                                   for purposes of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(B) and clause (a)(iii) of the definition of Applicable Close-out Rate, the rate certified by the relevant payer to be a rate offered to prime banks by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the payer after consultation with the other party, if practicable, for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market; and

(c)                                   for purposes of Section 9(h)(i)(3)(C) and clauses (a)(iv), (b)(i)(3) and (b)(ii)(1) of the definition of Applicable Close-out Rate, a rate equal to the arithmetic mean of the rate determined pursuant to clause (a) above and a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount.

“Automatic Early Termination” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Burdened Party” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(iv).

“Change in Tax Law” means the enactment, promulgation, execution or ratification of, or any change in or amendment to, any law (or in the application or official interpretation of any law) that occurs after the parties enter into the relevant Transaction.

“Close-out Amount” means, with respect to each Terminated Transaction or each group of Terminated Transactions and a Determining Party, the amount of the losses or costs of the Determining Party that are or would be incurred under then prevailing circumstances (expressed as a positive number) or gains of the Determining Party that are or would be realised under then prevailing circumstances (expressed as a negative number) in replacing, or in providing for the Determining Party the economic equivalent of, (a) the material terms of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions, including the payments and deliveries by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date (assuming satisfaction of the conditions precedent in

22




Section 2(a)(iii)) and (b) the option rights of the parties in respect of that Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.

Any Close-out Amount will be determined by the Determining Party (or its agent), which will act in good faith and use commercially reasonable procedures in order to produce a commercially reasonable result. The Determining Party may determine a Close-out Amount for any group of Terminated Transactions or any individual Terminated Transaction but, in the aggregate, for not less than all Terminated Transactions. Each Close-out Amount will be determined as of the Early Termination Date or, if that would not be commercially reasonable, as of the date or dates following the Early Termination Date as would be commercially reasonable.

Unpaid Amounts in respect of a Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions and legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses referred to in Section 11 are to be excluded in all determinations of Close-out Amounts.

In determining a Close-out Amount, the Determining Party may consider any relevant information, including, without limitation, one or more of the following types of information: —

(i)                                      quotations (either firm or indicative) for replacement transactions supplied by one or more third parties that may take into account the creditworthiness of the Determining Party at the time the quotation is provided and the terms of any relevant documentation, including credit support documentation, between the Determining Party and the third party providing the quotation;

(ii)                                   information consisting of relevant market data in the relevant market supplied by one or more third parties including, without limitation, relevant rates, prices, yields, yield curves, volatilities, spreads, correlations or other relevant market data in the relevant market; or

(iii)                                information of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above from internal sources (including any of the Determining Party’s Affiliates) if that information is of the same type used by the Determining Party in the regular course of its business for the valuation of similar transactions.

The Determining Party will consider, taking into account the standards and procedures described in this definition, quotations pursuant to clause (i) above or relevant market data pursuant to clause (ii) above unless the Determining Party reasonably believes in good faith that such quotations or relevant market data are not readily available or would produce a result that would not satisfy those standards. When considering information described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Determining Party may include costs of funding, to the extent costs of funding are not and would not be a component of the other information being utilised. Third parties supplying quotations pursuant to clause (i) above or market data pursuant to clause (ii) above may include, without limitation, dealers in the relevant markets, end-users of the relevant product, information vendors, brokers and other sources of market information.

Without duplication of amounts calculated based on information described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, or other relevant information, and when it is commercially reasonable to do so, the Determining Party may in addition consider in calculating a Close-out Amount any loss or cost incurred in connection with its terminating, liquidating or re-establishing any hedge related to a Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions (or any gain resulting from any of them).

Commercially reasonable procedures used in determining a Close-out Amount may include the following: —

(1)                                   application to relevant market data from third parties pursuant to clause (ii) above or information from internal sources pursuant to clause (iii) above of pricing or other valuation models that are, at the time of the determination of the Close-out Amount, used by the Determining Party in the regular course of its business in pricing or valuing transactions between the Determining Party and unrelated third parties that are similar to the Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions; and

23




(2)                                   application of different valuation methods to Terminated Transactions or groups of Terminated Transactions depending on the type, complexity, size or number of the Terminated Transactions or group of Terminated Transactions.

“Confirmation” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“consent” includes a consent, approval, action, authorisation, exemption, notice, filing, registration or exchange control consent.

“Contractual Currency” has the meaning specified in Section 8(a).

“Convention Court” means any court which is bound to apply to the Proceedings either Article 17 of the 1968 Brussels Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters or Article 17 of the 1988 Lugano Convention on Jurisdiction and the Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters.

“Credit Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Credit Support Document” means any agreement or instrument that is specified as such in this Agreement.

“Credit Support Provider” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Cross-Default” means the event specified in Section 5(a)(vi).

“Default Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to the relevant payee (as certified by it) if it were to fund or of funding the relevant amount plus 1% per annum.

“Defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Designated Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b)(v).

“Determining Party” means the party determining a Close-out Amount.

“Early Termination Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 6(e).

“Early Termination Date” means the date determined in accordance with Section 6(a) or 6(b)(iv).

“electronic messages” does not include e-mails but does include documents expressed in markup languages, and “electronic messaging system” will be construed accordingly.

“English law” means the law of England and Wales, and English will be construed accordingly.

Event of Default has the meaning specified in Section 5(a) and, if applicable, in the Schedule.

Force Majeure Event has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“General Business Day” means a day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits).

“Illegality” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

24




“Indemnifiable Tax” means any Tax other than a Tax that would not be imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement but for a present or former connection between the jurisdiction of the government or taxation authority imposing such Tax and the recipient of such payment or a person related to such recipient (including, without limitation, a connection arising from such recipient or related person being or having been a citizen or resident of such jurisdiction, or being or having been organised, present or engaged in a trade or business in such jurisdiction, or having or having had a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in such jurisdiction, but excluding a connection arising solely from such recipient or related person having executed, delivered, performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or a Credit Support Document).

“law” includes any treaty, law, rule or regulation (as modified, in the case of tax matters, by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority), and “unlawful” will be construed accordingly.

“Local Business Day” means (a) in relation to any obligation under Section 2(a)(i), a General Business Day in the place or places specified in the relevant Confirmation and a day on which a relevant settlement system is open or operating as specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if a place or a settlement system is not so specified, as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or determined pursuant to provisions contained, or incorporated by reference, in this Agreement, (b) for the purpose of determining when a Waiting Period expires, a General Business Day in the place where the event or circumstance that constitutes or gives rise to the Illegality or Force Majeure Event, as the case may be, occurs, (c) in relation to any other payment, a General Business Day in the place where the relevant account is located and, if different, in the principal financial centre, if any, of the currency of such payment and, if that currency does not have a single recognised principal financial centre, a day on which the settlement system necessary to accomplish such payment is open, (d) in relation to any notice or other communication, including notice contemplated under Section 5(a) (i), a General Business Day (or a day that would have been a General Business Day but for the occurrence of an event or circumstance which would, if it occurred with respect to payment, delivery or compliance related to a Transaction, constitute or give rise to an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event) in the place specified in the address for notice provided by the recipient and, in the case of a notice contemplated by Section 2(b), in the place where the relevant new account is to be located and (e) in relation to Section 5(a)(v)(2), a General Business Day in the relevant locations for performance with respect to such Specified Transaction.

“Local Delivery Day” means, for purposes of Sections 5(a)(i) and 5(d), a day on which settlement systems necessary to accomplish the relevant delivery are generally open for business so that the delivery is capable of being accomplished in accordance with customary market practice, in the place specified in the relevant Confirmation or, if not so specified, in a location as determined in accordance with customary market practice for the relevant delivery.

“Master Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Merger Without Assumption” means the event specified in Section 5(a)(viii).

“Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” has the meaning specified in Section 2(c).

“Non-affected Party” means, so long as there is only one Affected Party, the other party.

“Non-default Rate” means the rate certified by the Non-defaulting Party to be a rate offered to the Non-defaulting Party by a major bank in a relevant interbank market for overnight deposits in the applicable currency, such bank to be selected in good faith by the Non-defaulting Party for the purpose of obtaining a representative rate that will reasonably reflect conditions prevailing at the time in that relevant market.

“Non-defaulting Party” has the meaning specified in Section 6(a).

“Office” means a branch or office of a party, which may be such party’s head or home office.

“Other Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

25




“Payee” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

“Payer” has the meaning specified in Section 6(f).

“Potential Event of Default” means any event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Proceedings” has the meaning specified in Section 13(b).

“Process Agent” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“rate of exchange” includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Contractual Currency.

“Relevant Jurisdiction” means, with respect to a party, the jurisdictions (a) in which the party is incorporated, organised, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat, (b) where an Office through which the party is acting for purposes of this Agreement is located, (c) in which the party executes this Agreement and (d) in relation to any payment, from or through which such payment is made.

“Schedule” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Scheduled Settlement Date” means a date on which a payment or delivery is to be made under Section 2(a)(i) with respect to a Transaction.

“Specified Entity” has the meaning specified in the Schedule.

“Specified Indebtedness” means, subject to the Schedule, any obligation (whether present or future, contingent or otherwise, as principal or surety or otherwise) in respect of borrowed money.

“Specified Transaction” means, subject to the Schedule, (a) any transaction (including an agreement with respect to any such transaction) now existing or hereafter entered into between one party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such party or any applicable Specified Entity of such party) and the other party to this Agreement (or any Credit Support Provider of such other party or any applicable Specified Entity of such other party) which is not a Transaction under this Agreement but (i) which is a rate swap transaction, swap option, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap, equity or equity index option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option, credit protection transaction, credit swap, credit default swap, credit default option, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction or forward purchase or sale of a security, commodity or other financial instrument or interest (including any option with respect to any of these transactions) or (ii) which is a type of transaction that is similar to any transaction referred to in clause (i) above that is currently, or in the future becomes, recurrently entered into in the financial markets (including terms and conditions incorporated by reference in such agreement) and which is a forward, swap, future, option or other derivative on one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity securities or other equity instruments, debt securities or other debt instruments, economic indices or measures of economic risk or value, or other benchmarks against which payments or deliveries are to be made, (b) any combination of these transactions and (c) any other transaction identified as a Specified Transaction in this Agreement or the relevant confirmation.

“Stamp Tax” means any stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Stamp Tax Jurisdiction” has the meaning specified in Section 4(e).

26




“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that is imposed by any government or other taxing authority in respect of any payment under this Agreement other than a stamp, registration, documentation or similar tax.

“Tax Event” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Tax Event Upon Merger” has the meaning specified in Section 5(b).

“Terminated Transactions” means, with respect to any Early Termination Date, (a) if resulting from an Illegality or a Force Majeure Event, all Affected Transactions specified in the notice given pursuant to Section 6(b)(iv), (b) if resulting from any other Termination Event, all Affected Transactions and (c) if resulting from an Event of Default, all Transactions in effect either immediately before the effectiveness of the notice designating that Early Termination Date or, if Automatic Early Termination applies, immediately before that Early Termination Date.

“Termination Currency” means (a) if a Termination Currency is specified in the Schedule and that currency is freely available, that currency, and (b) otherwise, euro if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by English law or United States Dollars if this Agreement is expressed to be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

“Termination Currency Equivalent” means, in respect of any amount denominated in the Termination Currency, such Termination Currency amount and, in respect of any amount denominated in a currency other than the Termination Currency (the “Other Currency”), the amount in the Termination Currency determined by the party making the relevant determination as being required to purchase such amount of such Other Currency as at the relevant Early Termination Date, or, if the relevant Close-out Amount is determined as of a later date, that later date, with the Termination Currency at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of the foreign exchange agent (selected as provided below) for the purchase of such Other Currency with the Termination Currency at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) on such date as would be customary for the determination of such a rate for the purchase of such Other Currency for value on the relevant Early Termination Date or that later date. The foreign exchange agent will, if only one party is obliged to make a determination under Section 6(e), be selected in good faith by that party and otherwise will be agreed by the parties.

“Termination Event” means an Illegality, a Force Majeure Event, a Tax Event, a Tax Event Upon Merger or, if specified to be applicable, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event.

“Termination Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the arithmetic mean of the cost (without proof or evidence of any actual cost) to each party (as certified by such party) if it were to fund or of funding such amounts.

“Threshold Amount” means the amount, if any, specified as such in the Schedule.

“Transaction” has the meaning specified in the preamble.

“Unpaid Amounts” owing to any party means, with respect to an Early Termination Date, the aggregate of (a) in respect of all Terminated Transactions, the amounts that became payable (or that would have become payable but for Section 2(a)(iii) or due but for Section 5(d)) to such party under Section 2(a)(i) or 2(d)(i)(4) on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which remain unpaid as at such Early Termination Date, (b) in respect of each Terminated Transaction, for each obligation under Section 2(a)(i) which was (or would have been but for Section 2(a)(iii) or 5(d)) required to be settled by delivery to such party on or prior to such Early Termination Date and which has not been so settled as at such Early Termination Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of that which was (or would have been) required to be delivered and (c) if the Early Termination Date results from an Event of Default, a Credit Event Upon Merger or an Additional Termination Event in respect of which all outstanding Transactions are Affected Transactions, any Early Termination Amount due prior to such Early Termination Date and which remains unpaid as of such Early Termination Date, in each case together with any amount of interest accrued or other

27




compensation in respect of that obligation or deferred obligation, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 9(h)(ii)(1) or (2), as appropriate. The fair market value of any obligation referred to in clause (b) above will be determined as of the originally scheduled date for delivery, in good faith and using commercially reasonable procedures, by the party obliged to make the determination under Section 6(e) or, if each party is so obliged, it will be the average of the Termination Currency Equivalents of the fair market values so determined by both parties.

“Waiting Period” means:-

(a)                                   in respect of an event or circumstance under Section 5(b)(i), other than in the case of Section 5(b)(i)(2) where the relevant payment, delivery or compliance is actually required on the relevant day (in which case no Waiting Period will apply), a period of three Local Business Days (or days that would have been Local Business Days but for the occurrence of that event or circumstance) following the occurrence of that event or circumstance; and

(b)                                   in respect of an event or circumstance under Section 5(b)(ii), other than in the case of Section 5(b)(ii)(2) where the relevant payment, delivery or compliance is actually required on the relevant day (in which case no Waiting Period will apply), a period of eight Local Business Days (or days that would have been Local Business Days but for the occurrence of that event or circumstance) following the occurrence of that event or circumstance.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this document on the respective dated specified below with effect from the date specified on the first page of this document.

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE
TRUST

 

By: The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in its
individual capacity, but solely as Trustee

 

 

By: 

/s/ Frederick P. Engler

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

 

Name:

 FREDERICK P. ENGLER

 

 

Name:

 Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

Title:

 Regional Manager Documentation
North America

 

 

Title:
Date:

 Vice President
 6/28/07

 

 

Date:

 6/28/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: 

/s/ Christopher Fain

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 CHRISTOPHER FAIN

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 6/28/07

 

 

 

 

 

28



Exhibit 4.5

SCHEDULE

to the

2002

Master Agreement

dated as of June 28, 2007

between ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,

(“Party A”)

and

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST,

 a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware

(“Party B”)

Part 1

Termination Provisions

The only Transaction that will be governed by the terms of this Agreement will be the Class A-1 Swap (as defined in the Indenture Supplement) as documented in the Confirmation, dated as of the date hereof.  Reference to “Transactions” or “Transaction” shall be deemed to be reference to the Class A-1 Swap.

In this Agreement —

(a)                                   Specified Entity ” means in relation to Party A and Party B for the purpose of Sections 5(a)(v), (vi), (vii) and Section 5(b)(v): Not applicable.

(b)                                  Specified Transaction ” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.

(c)                                   The Breach of Agreement provision of Section 5(a)(ii) will not apply to Party B.

(d)            The Credit Support Default provision of Section 5(a)(iii) will not apply to Party B.

(e)                                   The “ Misrepresentation ” provision of Section 5(a)(iv) will not apply to Party B.

(f)                                     The “ Default Under Specified Transactions ” provision of Section 5(a)(v) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.




(g)                                  The “ Cross Default ” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

“Specified Indebtedness ” will have the meaning specified in Section 14, provided that Specified Indebtedness shall not include deposits received in the course of a party’s ordinary banking business.

“Threshold Amount” means, with respect to Party A (or its Credit Support Provider), 3% of of its total shareholders equity as specified from time  to time in the most recent Annual Report of ABN AMRO Holding N.V. containing consolidated financial statements, prepared in  accordance with accounting principles that are generally accepted for  institutions of its type in the jurisdiction of its organization and certified by independent public accountants, or its equivalent in any other currency.

(h)                                  The “ Bankruptcy ” provision of Section 5(a)(vii) will apply; provided that with respect to Party B the provisions of Section 5(a)(vii) clauses (2), (7) and (9) will not be applicable as an Event of Default; clause (3) will not apply to Party B to the extent it refers to any assignment, arrangement or composition that is effected by or pursuant to the Indenture; clause (4) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it refers to proceedings or petitions instituted or presented by Party A or any of its Affiliates; clause(6) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it refers to (i) any appointment that is contemplated or effected by the Indenture (as defined herein) or (ii) any appointment that Party B has not become subject to); clause (8) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it applies to Section 5(a)(vii)(2), (4), (6), and (7) (except to the extent that such provisions are not disapplied with respect to Party B).

(i)                                      The “ Force Majeure Event ” provision of Section 5(b)(ii) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

(j)                                      The “ Credit Event Upon Merger ” provisions of Section 5(b)(v) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

(k)                                   Tax Event Upon Merger does not apply to Party A but does apply to Party B as Burdened Party.  Section 6(b)(ii) will apply, provided that the words “or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party” shall be deleted.

(l)                                      The “ Tax Event ” provisions of Section 5(b)(iii) will apply, provided that the words “(x) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Trasanction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (y)” shall be deleted.

(m)                                The “ Automatic Early Termination ” provisions of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

(n)                                  Termination Currency ” means United States Dollars.

(o)                                  Additional Termination Event will apply.  Each of the following shall constitute an Additional Termination Event:

(i)              Fitch Credit Downgrade If at any time the unsecured debt rating of Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, is withdrawn by or reduced below “A” (long term) or “F1” (short term) if Party A is rated by Fitch Ratings (“ Fitch ”); (a “ Fitch Downgrade ”); then

2




Party A shall promptly notify Party B by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing), and Party B then shall notify the Rating Agencies.  Party A shall then, at its own expense, within 30 days of the date of the Fitch Downgrade, subject to Part 5(r), enter into a “Qualifying Substitute Arrangement” (as defined below) to assure performance by Party A of its obligations under the Transactions.  If Party A fails to enter into a Qualifying Substitute Arrangement pursuant to this provision, it shall be an Additional Termination Event in which Party A is the sole Affected Party.

(ii)            S&P Credit Downgrade .

(A)  With respect to Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, if such entity is a Financial Institution, if at any time the unsecured debt ratings of such entity, are reduced below “A+” (long term) or, if a short term rating is in effect for such party, below “A-1” (short term) by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“ S&P ”) (an “ S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade ”); then Party A shall promptly notify Party B by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing), and Party B then shall notify the Rating Agencies.  Party A shall then, at its own expense, comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A in accordance with the Credit Support Annex.  At any time during the continuance of an S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade , in addition to complying with the Credit Support Annex, Party A may, at its own expense , subject to Part 5(r), enter into any other “Qualifying Substitute Arrangement” (as defined below) to assure performance by Party A of its obligations under the Transactions and upon procurement of such Qualifying Substitute Arrangement, Party A will no longer have to post any collateral.  If Party A fails to enter into a Qualifying Substitute Arrangement within 10 Business Days pursuant to this provision, it shall be an Additional Termination Event in which Party A is the sole Affected Party.

(B)  In addition, (i) with respect to Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, if such entity is a Financial Institution, if at any time the unsecured debt rating of such entity is withdrawn or reduced below “BBB+” (long term) or “A-2” (short term) by S&P or (ii) with respect to such party, that is not a Financial Institution, if at any time the unsecured debt rating of Party A is withdrawn or reduced below “A+” (long term) or “A-1” (short term) by S&P (an “ S&P Required Ratings Downgrade ”); then Party A shall promptly notify Party B by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing), and Party B then shall notify the Rating Agencies.  Party A shall then, at its own expense, (x) comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A in accordance with the Credit Support Annex and (y) within 60 days of the date of the S&P Required Ratings Downgrade subject to Part 5(r), enter into a Qualifying Substitute Arrangement to assure performance by Party A of its obligations under the Transactions or otherwise procure the Ratings Reaffirmation.  If Party A fails to comply with the Credit Support Annex or fails to enter into any other Qualifying Substitute Arrangement pursuant to this provision, it shall be an Additional Termination Event in which Party A is the sole Affected Party.

Credit Support ” shall mean (i) collateral posted pursuant to the Credit Support Annex or (ii) an unconditional letter of credit, guaranty, surety bond or insurance policy providing for prompt payment of the obligations of Party A and its successors under this Agreement, as amended from time to time, and all Transactions hereunder for their duration from a Credit Support Provider meeting the Counterparty Ratings Requirements, that is valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms Notwithstanding the forgoing sentence, posting collateral pursuant the Credit Support Annex shall not be sufficient “Credit Support” for Party A if at any time the unsecured debt rating of Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, that is a

3




Financial Institution is withdrawn or reduced below “BBB+” (long term) or “A-2” (short term) by S&P and if Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, is not a Financial Institution; the unsecured debt rating is withdrawn or reduced below “A+” (long term) or “A-1” (short term) by S&P as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph.

Counterparty Ratings Requirement ” means with respect to any entity, that either such entity or the Credit Support Provider, has (i) (a) a Moody’s long-term unsecured debt rating or counterparty rating of at least “Aa3”, and if a short term rating has been provided, such rating shall be at least “P-1”, and (ii) an S&P long-term unsecured debt rating or counterparty rating of at least “A+”, and if a short term rating has been provided, such rating shall be at least “A-1”; and, notwithstanding the foregoing, if such entity or its Credit Support Provider, has a Fitch short-term unsecured debt rating, such rating shall be at least “F1” and if such entity or its Credit Support Provider has a Fitch long-term unsecured debt rating, such rating shall be at least “A”.

Financial Institution ” means a bank, broker/dealer, insurance company, structured investment vehicle or derivative product company.

Qualifying Substitute Arrangement ” shall mean one of the following arrangements satisfactory to Party B:  (i) providing Credit Support to Party B and procure a Ratings Reaffirmation or (ii) procuring a Replacement Transaction and a Ratings Reaffirmation or (iii) satisfying any other remedy permitted by the applicable Rating Agency and procure a Ratings Reaffirmation.

Ratings Reaffirmation ” means a written acknowledgement from each Rating Agency (with the exception of Moody’s who shall be notified in writing on any Qualifying Substitute Arrangement), (i) the then current rating of the Notes will not be reduced or withdrawn notwithstanding the applicable downgrade or applicable assignments, amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement, or (ii) the rating of the Notes in effect prior to a downgrade will be reinstated to the rating in effect prior to the downgrade.

Replacement Transaction ” means a transaction, with a replacement counterparty meeting the Counterparty Rating Requirement who, at no cost to Party B, shall assume Party A’s position under this Agreement and all Transactions hereunder or replace all Transactions outstanding under this Agreement with Transactions between said replacement counterparty and Party B on identical terms.

(iii)           Moody’s First Rating Trigger Collateral .  Party A has failed to comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A in accordance with the Credit Support Annex entered into between Party A and Party B in relation to this Agreement and either (x) the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements do not apply or (y) less than 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply.

(ivi)          Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Replacement .  (x) The Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply and 30 or more Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply and (y) at least one Eligible Replacement has made a Firm Offer that would, assuming the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, qualify as an Eligible Firm Offer (on the basis that paragraphs (ii) and (iii) in Part 5(s) below apply) and which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance.

4




Eligible Guarantee ” means an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that is provided by a guarantor as principal debtor rather than surety and is directly enforceable by Party B, where either (A) a law firm has given a legal opinion confirming that none of the guarantor’s payments to Party B under such guarantee will be subject to withholding for Tax and such opinion has been delivered to Moody’s, (B) such guarantee provides that, in the event that any of such guarantor’s payments to Party B are subject to withholding for Tax, such guarantor is required to pay such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Party B (free and clear of any withholding tax) will equal the full amount Party B would have received had no such withholding been required or (C) in the even that any payment under such guarantee is made net of deduction or withholding for Tax, Party A is required, under Section 2(a)(i), to make such additional payment as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Party B from the guarantor will equal the full amount Party B would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.

Eligible Replacement ” means an entity (A) with the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings or (B) whose present and future obligations owing to Party B are guaranteed pursuant to an Eligible Guarantee provided by a guarantor with the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings.

Firm Offer ” means an offer which, when made, was capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance.

Moody’s Short-term Rating ” means a rating assigned by Moody’s under its short-term rating scale in respect of an entity’s short-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations.

Relevant Entities ” means Party A and any guarantor under an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement.

(A)           The “Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements” shall apply so long as no Relevant Entity has the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings.

An entity shall have the “ Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings ” (x) where such entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if such rating is “Prime-1” and its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A2” or above by Moody’s and (y) where such entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A1” or above by Moody’s.

(B)            So long as the Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements apply, Party A will at its own cost use commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as reasonably practicable, (x) procure an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor with the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings, (y) transfer to Party B the amount of Eligible Collateral required under the Credit Support Annex or (y) transfer this Agreement in accordance with Part 5(r) below.

5




(C)            The “Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements” shall apply so long as no Relevant Entity has the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings.

An entity shall have the “ Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings ” (x) where such entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if such rating is “Prime-2” or above and its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s and (y) where such entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s.

(D)           So long as the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply, Party A will at its own cost use commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as reasonably practicable, either (x) procure an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor with the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings or (y) transfer this Agreement in accordance with Part 5(r) below.

In the event of an Early Termination Date in respect of a Party A Downgrade, a Moody’s First Rating Trigger Replacement or a Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Replacement and the entering into by Party B of alternative swap arrangements, Party A shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and stamp taxes, relating to the entering into of such alternative swap arrangements.

(iv)          Failure by Party A to comply with or perform in all material respects any agreement or undertaking to be complied with or performed by the Swap Provider in accordance with the Indemnification and Disclosure Agreement dated as of March 29, 2007 between Party A and RFS Holding, L.L.C., with Party A as the sole Affected Party.

 (p)           Discontinued Agency .  If one of the foregoing credit rating agencies ceases to be in the business of rating Debt Securities and such business is not continued by a successor or assign of such agency (“Discontinued Agency”) ratings shall not be deemed withdrawn hereunder, and Party A and Party B shall use their best efforts to  jointly (i) select a nationally-recognized credit rating agency in substitution thereof and (ii) agree on the rating level issued by such substitute agency that is equivalent to the ratings specified herein of the Discontinued Agency, whereupon such substitute agency and equivalent rating shall replace the Discontinued Agency and the rating level thereof for the purposes of this Agreement. If at any time all of the agencies specified herein with respect to a party have become Discontinued Agencies and Party A and Party B have not previously agreed in good faith on at least one agency and equivalent rating in substitution for each Discontinued Agency and the applicable rating thereof, the downgrade provisions of Part 1(m)(i) shall cease to apply to the parties until a substitute agency is agreed upon as described above.

Part 2

Tax Representations

(a)                                   Payer Tax Representation .  For the purpose of Section 3(e) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B make the following representation:

It is not required by applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding for or on

6




account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Section9(h) of this Agreement) to be made by it to the other party under this Agreement.  In making this representation, it may rely on:

(i)             the accuracy of any representations made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Agreement;

(ii)            the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement; and

(iii)           the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d) of this Agreement;

except that it will not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (ii) above and the other party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement by reason of prejudice to its legal or commercial position.

(b)                                  Payee Tax Representations .  For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this Agreement, Party A and/or Party B make the representations specified below:

(i)             Party A makes the following representation when any office other than an office located in the United States is party to the trade:

(a)            It is fully eligible for the benefits of the “Business Profits” or “Industrial and Commercial Profits” provision, as the case may be, the “Interest” provision and/or the “Other Income” provision (if any) of the Specified Treaty with respect to any payment described in such provision and received or to be received by it in connection with this Agreement and no such payment is attributable to a trade or business carried on by it through a permanent establishment in the Specified Jurisdiction.

If such representation applies, then:

Specified Treaty ” means The Income Tax Convention between the United States of America and the Netherlands.

Specified Jurisdiction ” means the United States of America.

(b)            It is a “non-U.S. branch of a foreign person” (as that term is used in section 1.1441-4(a)(3)(ii) of United States Treasury Regulations) for United States federal income tax purposes

(ii)            Party A makes the following representations when an office in the United States is a party to the transaction:

(a)            It is a “foreign person” (as that term is used in section 1.6041-4(a)(4) of United States Treasury Regulations) for United States federal income tax purposes.

(b)            Each payment received or to be received by it in connection with this Agreement will be effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

7




(iii)           Party B will makes the following representations:

(a)            It is fully eligible for the benefits of the “Business Profits” or “Industrial and Commercial Profits” provision, as the case may be, the “Interest” provision and/or the “Other Income” provision (if any) of the Specified Treaty with respect to any payment described in such provision and received or to be received by it in connection with this Agreement and no such payment is attributable to a trade or business carried on by it through a permanent establishment in the Specified Jurisdiction.

If such representation applies, then:

Specified Treaty ” means The Income Tax Convention between the Netherlands and the United States of America.

Specified Jurisdiction ” means the Netherlands.

(b)            It is a “U.S. person” (as that term is used in section 1.1441-4(a)(3)(ii) of United States Treasury Regulations) for United States federal income tax purposes and an “Exempt recipient” within the meaning of section 1.6049-4(c)(1)(ii) of United States Treasury Regulations.

(c)                                   Modified Tax Provisions .  Party B’s obligations under Section 2(d)(i) of this Agreement shall be limited to complying with clauses (1), (2) and (3) thereof and Party B shall not be obligated to pay any amount that would otherwise be owing by it under clause (4).  Notwithstanding the definition of “Indemnifiable Tax” in Section 14 of this Agreement, in relation to Payments by Party A, any Tax shall be an Indemnifiable Tax and, in relation to payments by Party B, no Tax shall be an Indemnifiable Tax.

Part 3

Agreement to Deliver Documents

For the purpose of Sections 4(a)(i) and (ii) of this Agreement, each Party agrees to deliver the following documents, as applicable:

(a)                                   Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are:

Party Required
to Deliver
Documents

 

Form/Document/
Certificate

 

Date by
which to be
delivered

 

Covered by
§(3)(d)
Representation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and Party B

 

IRS Form W-8BEN and IRS Form W-8ECI (with respect to Party A) and Form W-9 (with respect to Party B)

 

(i) Upon execution of the Agreement, (ii) every three years thereafter with respect to Form W-8BEN and Form W-8ECI, (iii) upon knowledge that such document is obsolete or inaccurate and (iv) thereafter, upon request of the other party.

 

N/A

 

8




(b)                                  Other documents to be delivered are:

Party
Required
to Deliver
Documents

 

Form/Document/
Certificate

 

Date by
which to be
delivered

 

Covered by
§(3)(d)
Representation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A

 

A copy of the most recent annual report (which shall be the Annual Report of ABN AMRO Holding N.V). containing audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year certified by independent certified public accountants and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the party’s country of organization, or, in lieu thereof, a copy of such party’s most recent Form 20-F as filed by ABN AMRO Holding N.V with the Securities and Exchange Commission (if any such statement is produced).

 

Upon request by Party B after publicly available.

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and
Party B

 

Incumbency certificate or other documents evidencing the authority of the party entering into this Agreement or any other document executed in connection with this Agreement.

 

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement or of any other documents executed in connection with this Agreement.

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and
Party B

 

Legal opinion in a form satisfactory to the other party.

 

Upon or promptly following execution of the Agreement.

 

No

 

Part 4

Miscellaneous

(a)                                   Addresses for Notices .  For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement:
Address for notices or communications to Party A:

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Chicago Branch

Global Documentation Unit

540 W. Madison Street, 22nd Floor

9




 

Chicago, IL   60661

Attention:

Treasury Documentation

Telephone:

312-904-5214

 

Fax:     312-904-0392

 

With a copy to the Office through which Party A is acting for the purposes of the relevant Transactions:

 

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Amsterdam Head Office

P.O. Box 283

1000 AE Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Attention:

Operations Derivatives Markets

 

 

Forex Options

Telephone:

31-20-6292654

Telefax:

31-20-6284832

 

 

Swaps

Telephone:

31-20-6284448

Telefax:

31-20-6281679

 

 

Interest Related Products

Telephone

31-20-3831226

Telefax:

31-20-6282462

 

 

Credit Derivatives

Telephone:

31-20-3831230

Telefax:

31-20-3832299

 

 

Telex:

16021     Answerback: ABAM NL

 

Electronic Messaging System Details: Swift ABNA NL 2A

 

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Chicago Branch

540 West Madison Avenue, Suite 2132

Chicago, IL 60661

Attention:Treasury Operations

Telefax: 312-855-5852

Telephone: 312-992-5816

Electronic Messaging System Details: ABNA US 33a XXX

 

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., London Branch

199 Bishopsgate,

London EC2M 3XW,

United Kingdom

 

 

Attention:

Fixed Income Derivatives Documentation

 

 

Telex:

887366 Answerback: ABNALN G

 

 

Telefax:

44 20 7857 9428

 

 

Telephone:

44 20 7678 3311

 

Electronic Messaging System Details: Swift ABNA GB 2L

10




(For all purposes).

Address for notices or communications to Party B:

 

Address:

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrator

 

777 Long Ridge Road, Building B

 

Stamford, CT 06927

 

 

Attention:

Manager Operations - Securitization

Telephone:

203-585-6838

Facsimile:

203-585-6564

 

Address for notices or communications to Fitch:

Fitch Ratings

Attn:  Cynthia Ullrich

1 State Street Plaza 32 FL

New York, NY 10004

cynthia.ullrich@fitchratings.com

cc:  surveillance-abs-consumer@fitchratings.com

Fax:212-514-9879

Telephone:212-908-0609

(b)                                  Process Agent .  For the purpose of Section 13(c) of this Agreement:

Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable.

Party B appoints as its Process Agent:  Not applicable.

(c)                                   Offices .  The provisions of Section 10(a) shall apply to this Agreement.

(d)                                  Multibranch Party .  For the purpose of Section 10(b), Party A is a Multibranch Party and may act through its Amsterdam, Chicago and London Office.  Party B is not a Multibranch Party.

(e)                                   Calculation Agent .  The Calculation Agent shall be Party A.

(f)                                     Credit Support Document .  Details of any Credit Support Document:

Party A:               The Credit Support Annex, annexed hereto and any Eligible Guarantee, if any.

Party B:                Not applicable.

(g)                                  Credit Support Provider .

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party A:  Any guarantor under the Eligible Guarantee, if any.

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party B:  Not applicable.

11




(h)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to choice of law doctrine.

(i)                                      Netting of Payments .  “Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” will not apply for the purpose of Section 2(c) of this Agreement to all Transactions (in each case starting from the date of this Agreement).

(j)                                      Affiliate ” will have the meaning specified in Section 14; provided that Party B is deemed to have no Affiliates.

(k)                                   Absence of Litigation . For the purpose of Section 3(c):—

“Specified Entity” means in relation to Party A: Not applicable.

“Specified Entity” means in relation to Party B:  Not applicable.

(l)                                      No Agency .  The provisions of Section 3(g) will apply to this Agreement.

(m)                                Additional Representations will apply.  For the purpose of Section 3 of this Agreement, the following will constitute an Additional Representation:—

(i)             Non-Reliance .  It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary.  It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) or the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction, it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction will not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction.  No communication (written or oral) received from the other party will be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.

(ii)            Assessment and Understanding .  It is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction.  It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of that Transaction.

(iii)           Status of Parties . The other party is not acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to it in respect of that Transaction.

(iv)           Eligible Contract Participant . It is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in Section la(12) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.

12




(n)                                  Consent to Recording .  Each party (i) consents to the recording of the telephone conversations of trading and marketing personnel of the parties in connection with this Agreement or any potential Transaction, (ii) agrees to obtain any necessary consent of, and give notice of such recording to, such personnel and (iii) agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that recordings may be submitted in evidence in any Proceedings.

Part 5

Other Provisions

(a)                             Recourse and Ranking .  The obligations of Party B under this Agreement, and under any Transaction executed hereunder, are solely the obligations of Party B.  No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of any Transaction or any other obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement against any member, employee, officer, director or agent of Party B.  Any accrued obligations owing by Party B under this Agreement and any Transaction shall be payable by Party B solely to the extent that funds are available therefor from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; and, following realization of the Trust Estate, any claims of Party A against Party B shall be extinguished.  Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Party B shall not be obligated to pay any amount pursuant to this Agreement unless Party B has received funds which may be used to make such payment in accordance with the Indenture.  Any amount which Party B does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim (as defined in §101 of the Bankruptcy Code) against or corporate obligation of Party B for any such insufficiency unless and until such payment is permitted under such preceding sentence.

(b)                                  Limitation of Defaults and Termination .   Notwithstanding the terms of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement, Party A shall be entitled to designate an Early Termination Date pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement only as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default set forth in Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(vii)(4) with respect to Party B as the Defaulting Party or a Termination Event set forth in Sections 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(iii) of this Agreement with respect to Party A as the Affected Party.

(c)                                   No Bankruptcy Petition Against Party B .  Party A hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day (or, if longer, the applicable preference period) after all the Notes (or any rated securities) issued by Party B under the Indenture have been paid in full it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, Party B any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.  The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(d)                                  Transfers .   Party A consents to the pledge and assignment by Party B of its rights hereunder and under any Transaction to the Indenture Trustee.

(e)                                   Additional Tax Provisions .  The definition of “Indemnifiable Tax” in Section 14 of this Agreement is modified by adding the following at the end thereof:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indemnifiable Tax” also means any Tax imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement by reason of a Change in Tax Law by a government or taxing authority of a Relevant Jurisdiction of the party making such payment, unless the other party is

13




incorporated, organized, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat in such jurisdiction, or is acting for purposes of this Agreement through a branch or office located in such jurisdiction.

(f)                                     Definitions .  Reference is hereby made to the 2000 ISDA Definitions (the “2000 Definitions”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”), which are hereby incorporated by reference herein and shall be deemed to be incorporated in each Confirmation hereunder, unless otherwise specified in a Confirmation. Any terms used and not otherwise defined herein which are contained in the 2000 Definitions shall have the meaning set forth therein.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein or in the Agreement or the 2000 Definitions shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, among Party B, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Indenture Trustee, as supplemented by the Series 2007-3 Indenture Supplement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended or supplemented from time to time (collectively, the “ Indenture ”).

(g)                                  Jurisdiction .  Section 13(b) of this Agreement is hereby amended by: (i) deleting the word “non-“ in the second line of subparagraph (i)(2) thereof; (ii) adding the words “except as necessary to pursue enforcement of the judgment of any such court in other jurisdictions” to the last line of subparagraph (i)(2) thereof and (iii), deleting paragraph (iii) thereof.

(h)                                  Waiver of Contractual Right of Setoff .  Without affecting the provisions of this Agreement requiring the calculation of certain net payment or closeout amounts, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other existing or future agreement, each party irrevocably waives any and all contractual rights it may have to set off, recoup or otherwise withhold or suspend or condition payment or performance of any obligation between the two parties hereunder against any obligations between the two parties under any other agreements.

(i)                                      Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury .  Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to trial by jury of any claim, demand or cause of action relating in any way to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document, whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise, and agrees that either party may file a copy of this section with any court as evidence of the waiver of its jury trial rights.

(j)                                      Conditions Precedent .  Section 2(a)(iii)(1) of the Agreement shall not apply to the obligations of Party A unless an Event of Default set forth in Sections 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(vii)(4) with respect to Party B has occurred and is continuing.

(k)                                   Amendment to Indenture .  Party B agrees that it shall not amend, modify or waive any provisions in the Indenture (or the Servicing Agreement) without the consent of Party A if such amendment, modification or waiver would materially adversely affect the value of any Transactions to Party A or any of Party A’s rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Transaction, modify the obligations of Party B under this Agreement or any Transaction, or impair the ability of Party B to fully perform any of Party B’s obligations, under this Agreement or any Transaction.

(l)                                      Method of Notice .  Section 12(a)(ii) of this Agreement is deleted in its entirety.

(m)                                Limitation on Liability of Trustee .  It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement is executed and delivered by The Bank of New York (Delaware), not individually or personally but solely as trustee of GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (the

14




“Trust”), in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) each of the representations, under­takings and agreements herein made on the part of the Trust is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agree­ments by The Bank of New York (Delaware) but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on The Bank of New York (Delaware), individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto and (d) under no circumstances shall The Bank of New York (Delaware) be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this Master Agreement or any other related documents.

(n)                                  Payment and Consent Notices .  Party B shall provide Party A with copies of all notices given under the Indenture (i) pertaining to payment(s) that relate to or mention Party A and/or (ii) concerning matters requiring the consent of Party A.  Additionally, upon request, Party B shall provide Party A with any other notices which could be requested by the holders of any Note.

(o)                                  Part 1(o) .  Party A acknowledges the various provisions set forth in Part 1(o) hereof in connection with a downgrade (as set forth therein).  Party A agrees to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner in complying with the requirements therein.

(p)                                  Notice .  Party B agrees to provide notice to S&P of any transfers or amendments to this Agreement.  This Agreement shall not be amended, no Early Termination Date shall be effectively designated by Party B, and no transfer of any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be made (other than a transfer of all of Party A’s rights and obligations pursuant to Part 5(r) below unless Moody’s has been given prior written notice of such amendment, designation or transfer.

(q)                                  Rating Agency Condition No transfers, assignments, amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless, in addition to meeting the requirements otherwise set forth herein, a Ratings Reaffirmation has been obtained.

(r)             Transfers .

(i)             Subject to Section 6(b)(ii) and Part 5(r)(ii) below, Party A may not transfer (whether by way of security or otherwise) any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Party B except that Party A may make such transfer pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to another entity.

(ii)            Subject to giving prior written notification to Party B, if the Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements apply, Party A may (at its own cost) transfer its rights and obligations with respect to this Agreement to any other entity (a “Transferee”) that is an Eligible Replacement such that the Transferee contracts with Party B on terms that:

(x)             have the effect of preserving for Party B the economic equivalent of all payment and delivery obligations (whether absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) under this Agreement immediately before such transfer; and

(y)            are, in all material respects, no less beneficial for Party B than the terms of this Agreement immediately before such transfer, as determined by Party B.

15




(iii)           In determining whether or not a transfer satisfies the condition in sub-paragraph (y) of Part 5(j)(ii) above, Party B shall act in a commercially reasonable manner.

(iv)           If an entity has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance) to be the transferee of a transfer to be made in accordance with Part 5(j)(ii) above, Party B shall, at Party A’s written request and cost, take any reasonable steps required to be taken by it to effect such transfer.

(s)                                   (i)             If an Early Termination Date is designated with respect to resulting from an Event of Default or Additional Termination Event in which Party A is the Defaulting Party or sole Affected Party, paragraphs (i) to (iv) below shall apply:

(i)             The definition of “Close-Out Amount” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“”Close-Out Amount” means, with respect to any Early Termination Date:

(1)                                   if, on or prior to such Early Termination Date, an Eligible Firm Offer for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions is accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding, the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of such Eligible Firm Offer;

(2)                                   if, on such Early Termination Date, no Eligible Firm Offer for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions has been accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding and one or more Eligible Firm Offers have been communicated to Party B and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by Party B, the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of the lowest of such Eligible Firm Offers (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) an Eligible Firm Offer expressed as a negative number is lower than a Eligible Firm Offer expressed as a positive number and (ii) the lower of two Eligible Firm Offers expressed as negative numbers is the one with the largest absolute value); or

(3)                                   if, on such Early Termination Date, no Eligible Firm Offer for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions is accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding and no Eligible Firm Offers have been communicated to Party B and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by Party B, Party B’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid amounts) for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.”

(ii)            “Eligible Firm Offer” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions, a Firm Offer which is (1) made by a leading dealer in the relevant market selected by Party B (a “Reference Market-maker” ) that satisfies the Counterparty Ratings Requirement, (2) for an amount that would be paid to Party B (expressed as a negative number) or by Party B (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between Party B and such Reference Market-maker to enter into a Replacement Transaction that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transactions or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that Date, (3) made on the basis that Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Transactions are to be excluded but, without

16




limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included and (4) made in respect of a Replacement Transaction with terms that are, in all material respects, no less beneficial for Party B than those of this Agreement (save for the exclusion of provisions relating to Transactions that are not Terminated Transactions), as determined by Party B.

(ii)            In determining whether or not a Firm Offer satisfies the condition in sub-paragraph (4) of Eligible Firm Offer, Party B shall act in a commercially reasonable manner.

(iii)           At any time on or before the Early Termination Date at which two or more Eligible Firm Offers have been communicated to Party B and remain capable of becoming legally  binding upon acceptance by Party B, Party B shall be entitled to accept only the lowest of such Eligible Firm Offers (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) an Eligible Firm Offer expressed as a negative number is lower than an Eligible Firm Offer expressed as a positive number and (ii) the lower of two Eligible Firm Offers expressed as negative numbers is the one with the largest absolute value).

(iv)           If Party B requests Party A in writing to obtain Eligible Firm Offers, Party A shall use Reasonable efforts to do so before the Early Termination Date.

(v)            If the Close-Out Amount is a negative number, Section 6(e)(i) to (iv) of this Agreement shall be deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“Party B shall pay to Party A an amount equal to the absolute value of the Close-Out Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, (2) Party B shall pay to Party A the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party A and (3) Party A shall pay to Party B the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party B, Provided that, (i) the amounts payable under (2) and (3) shall be subject to netting in accordance with Section 2(c) of this Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any amount payable by Party A under (3) shall not be netted against any amount payable by Party B under (1).”

17




Please confirm your agreement to the terms of the foregoing Schedule by signing below.

 

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederick P. Engler

 

 

 

Name: Frederick P. Engler

 

 

Title: Regional Manager Documentation

 

 

 

North America

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Fain

 

 

 

Name: Christopher Fain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER
NOTE TRUST

 

 

 

By: The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in
its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

 

Name: Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

18



Exhibit 4.6

SCHEDULE

to the

2002

Master Agreement

dated as of June 28, 2007

between ABN AMRO BANK N.V.,

(“Party A”)

and

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST,

 a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware

(“Party B”)

Part 1

Termination Provisions

The only Transaction that will be governed by the terms of this Agreement will be the Class C Swap (as defined in the Indenture Supplement) as documented in the Confirmation, dated as of the date hereof.  Reference to “Transactions” or “Transaction” shall be deemed to be reference to the Class C Swap.

In this Agreement —

(a)                                   Specified Entity ” means in relation to Party A and Party B for the purpose of Sections 5(a)(v), (vi), (vii) and Section 5(b)(v): Not applicable.

(b)                                  Specified Transaction ” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement.

(c)                                   The Breach of Agreement provision of Section 5(a)(ii) will not apply to Party B.

(d)            The Credit Support Default provision of Section 5(a)(iii) will not apply to Party B.

(e)                                   The “ Misrepresentation ” provision of Section 5(a)(iv) will not apply to Party B.

(f)                                     The “ Default Under Specified Transactions ” provision of Section 5(a)(v) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.




(g)                                  The “ Cross Default ” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

“Specified Indebtedness ” will have the meaning specified in Section 14, provided that Specified Indebtedness shall not include deposits received in the course of a party’s ordinary banking business.

“Threshold Amount” means, with respect to Party A (or its Credit Support Provider), 3% of of its total shareholders equity as specified from time  to time in the most recent Annual Report of ABN AMRO Holding N.V. containing consolidated financial statements, prepared in  accordance with accounting principles that are generally accepted for  institutions of its type in the jurisdiction of its organization and certified by independent public accountants, or its equivalent in any other currency.

(h)                                  The “ Bankruptcy ” provision of Section 5(a)(vii) will apply; provided that with respect to Party B the provisions of Section 5(a)(vii) clauses (2), (7) and (9) will not be applicable as an Event of Default; clause (3) will not apply to Party B to the extent it refers to any assignment, arrangement or composition that is effected by or pursuant to the Indenture; clause (4) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it refers to proceedings or petitions instituted or presented by Party A or any of its Affiliates; clause(6) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it refers to (i) any appointment that is contemplated or effected by the Indenture (as defined herein) or (ii) any appointment that Party B has not become subject to); clause (8) will not apply to Party B to the extent that it applies to Section 5(a)(vii)(2), (4), (6), and (7) (except to the extent that such provisions are not disapplied with respect to Party B).

(i)                                      The “ Force Majeure Event ” provision of Section 5(b)(ii) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

(j)                                      The “ Credit Event Upon Merger ” provisions of Section 5(b)(v) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

(k)                                   Tax Event Upon Merger does not apply to Party A but does apply to Party B as Burdened Party.  Section 6(b)(ii) will apply, provided that the words “or if a Tax Event Upon Merger occurs and the Burdened Party is the Affected Party” shall be deleted.

(l)                                      The “ Tax Event ” provisions of Section 5(b)(iii) will apply, provided that the words “(x) any action taken by a taxing authority, or brought in a court of competent jurisdiction, on or after the date on which a Trasanction is entered into (regardless of whether such action is taken or brought with respect to a party to this Agreement) or (y)” shall be deleted.

(m)                                The “ Automatic Early Termination ” provisions of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B.

(n)                                  Termination Currency ” means United States Dollars.

(o)                                  Additional Termination Event will apply.  Each of the following shall constitute an Additional Termination Event:

(i)              Fitch Credit Downgrade If at any time the unsecured debt rating of Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, is withdrawn by or reduced below “A” (long term) or “F1” (short term) if Party A is rated by Fitch Ratings (“ Fitch ”); (a “ Fitch Downgrade ”); then

2




Party A shall promptly notify Party B by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing), and Party B then shall notify the Rating Agencies.  Party A shall then, at its own expense, within 30 days of the date of the Fitch Downgrade, subject to Part 5(r), enter into a “Qualifying Substitute Arrangement” (as defined below) to assure performance by Party A of its obligations under the Transactions.  If Party A fails to enter into a Qualifying Substitute Arrangement pursuant to this provision, it shall be an Additional Termination Event in which Party A is the sole Affected Party.

(ii)            S&P Credit Downgrade .

(A)  With respect to Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, if such entity is a Financial Institution, if at any time the unsecured debt ratings of such entity, are reduced below “A+” (long term) or, if a short term rating is in effect for such party, below “A-1” (short term) by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“ S&P ”) (an “ S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade ”); then Party A shall promptly notify Party B by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing), and Party B then shall notify the Rating Agencies.  Party A shall then, at its own expense, comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A in accordance with the Credit Support Annex.  At any time during the continuance of an S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade , in addition to complying with the Credit Support Annex, Party A may, at its own expense , subject to Part 5(r), enter into any other “Qualifying Substitute Arrangement” (as defined below) to assure performance by Party A of its obligations under the Transactions and upon procurement of such Qualifying Substitute Arrangement, Party A will no longer have to post any collateral.  If Party A fails to enter into a Qualifying Substitute Arrangement within 10 Business Days pursuant to this provision, it shall be an Additional Termination Event in which Party A is the sole Affected Party.

(B)  In addition, (i) with respect to Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, if such entity is a Financial Institution, if at any time the unsecured debt rating of such entity is withdrawn or reduced below “BBB+” (long term) or “A-2” (short term) by S&P or (ii) with respect to such party, that is not a Financial Institution, if at any time the unsecured debt rating of Party A is withdrawn or reduced below “A+” (long term) or “A-1” (short term) by S&P (an “ S&P Required Ratings Downgrade ”); then Party A shall promptly notify Party B by telephone (promptly confirmed in writing), and Party B then shall notify the Rating Agencies.  Party A shall then, at its own expense, (x) comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A in accordance with the Credit Support Annex and (y) within 60 days of the date of the S&P Required Ratings Downgrade subject to Part 5(r), enter into a Qualifying Substitute Arrangement to assure performance by Party A of its obligations under the Transactions or otherwise procure the Ratings Reaffirmation.  If Party A fails to comply with the terms of the Credit Support Annex or fails to enter into any other Qualifying Substitute Arrangement pursuant to this provision, it shall be an Additional Termination Event in which Party A is the sole Affected Party.

Credit Support ” shall mean (i) collateral posted pursuant to the Credit Support Annex or (ii) an unconditional letter of credit, guaranty, surety bond or insurance policy providing for prompt payment of the obligations of Party A and its successors under this Agreement, as amended from time to time, and all Transactions hereunder for their duration from a Credit Support Provider meeting the Counterparty Ratings Requirements, that is valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms Notwithstanding the forgoing sentence, posting collateral pursuant the Credit Support Annex shall not be sufficient “Credit Support” for Party A

3




if at any time the unsecured debt rating of Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, that is a Financial Institution is withdrawn or reduced below “BBB+” (long term) or “A-2” (short term) by S&P and if Party A, or its Credit Support Provider, is not a Financial Institution; the unsecured debt rating is withdrawn or reduced below “A+” (long term) or “A-1” (short term) by S&P as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph.

Counterparty Ratings Requirement ” means with respect to any entity, that either such entity or the Credit Support Provider, has (i) (a) a Moody’s long-term unsecured debt rating or counterparty rating of at least “Aa3”, and if a short term rating has been provided, such rating shall be at least “P-1”, and (ii) an S&P long-term unsecured debt rating or counterparty rating of at least “A+”, and if a short term rating has been provided, such rating shall be at least “A-1”; and, notwithstanding the foregoing, if such entity or its Credit Support Provider, has a Fitch short-term unsecured debt rating, such rating shall be at least “F1” and if such entity or its Credit Support Provider has a Fitch long-term unsecured debt rating, such rating shall be at least “A”.

Financial Institution ” means a bank, broker/dealer, insurance company, structured investment vehicle or derivative product company.

Qualifying Substitute Arrangement ” shall mean one of the following arrangements satisfactory to Party B:  (i) providing Credit Support to Party B and procure a Ratings Reaffirmation or (ii) procuring a Replacement Transaction and a Ratings Reaffirmation or (iii) satisfying any other remedy permitted by the applicable Rating Agency and procure a Ratings Reaffirmation.

Ratings Reaffirmation ” means a written acknowledgement from each Rating Agency (with the exception of Moody’s who shall be notified in writing on any Qualifying Substitute Arrangement), (i) the then current rating of the Notes will not be reduced or withdrawn notwithstanding the applicable downgrade or applicable assignments, amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement, or (ii) the rating of the Notes in effect prior to a downgrade will be reinstated to the rating in effect prior to the downgrade.

Replacement Transaction ” means a transaction, with a replacement counterparty meeting the Counterparty Rating Requirement who, at no cost to Party B, shall assume Party A’s position under this Agreement and all Transactions hereunder or replace all Transactions outstanding under this Agreement with Transactions between said replacement counterparty and Party B on identical terms.

(iii)           Moody’s First Rating Trigger Collateral .  Party A has failed to comply with or perform any obligation to be complied with or performed by Party A in accordance with the Credit Support Annex entered into between Party A and Party B in relation to this Agreement and either (x) the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements do not apply or (y) less than 30 Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply.

(ivi)          Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Replacement .  (x) The Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply and 30 or more Local Business Days have elapsed since the last time the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements did not apply and (y) at least one Eligible Replacement has made a Firm Offer that would, assuming the occurrence of an Early Termination Date, qualify as an Eligible Firm Offer (on the basis

4




that paragraphs (ii) and (iii) in Part 5(s) below apply) and which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance.

Eligible Guarantee ” means an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee that is provided by a guarantor as principal debtor rather than surety and is directly enforceable by Party B, where either (A) a law firm has given a legal opinion confirming that none of the guarantor’s payments to Party B under such guarantee will be subject to withholding for Tax and such opinion has been delivered to Moody’s, (B) such guarantee provides that, in the event that any of such guarantor’s payments to Party B are subject to withholding for Tax, such guarantor is required to pay such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Party B (free and clear of any withholding tax) will equal the full amount Party B would have received had no such withholding been required or (C) in the even that any payment under such guarantee is made net of deduction or withholding for Tax, Party A is required, under Section 2(a)(i), to make such additional payment as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Party B from the guarantor will equal the full amount Party B would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required.

Eligible Replacement ” means an entity (A) with the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings or (B) whose present and future obligations owing to Party B are guaranteed pursuant to an Eligible Guarantee provided by a guarantor with the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings.

Firm Offer ” means an offer which, when made, was capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance.

Moody’s Short-term Rating ” means a rating assigned by Moody’s under its short-term rating scale in respect of an entity’s short-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations.

Relevant Entities ” means Party A and any guarantor under an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement.

(A)           The “Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements” shall apply so long as no Relevant Entity has the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings.

An entity shall have the “ Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings ” (x) where such entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if such rating is “Prime-1” and its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A2” or above by Moody’s and (y) where such entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A1” or above by Moody’s.

(B)            So long as the Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements apply, Party A will at its own cost use commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as reasonably practicable, (x) procure an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor with the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings, (y) transfer to Party B the amount of Eligible Collateral required under the Credit Support Annex or (y) transfer this Agreement in accordance with Part 5(r) below.

5




(C)            The “Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements” shall apply so long as no Relevant Entity has the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings.

An entity shall have the “ Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings ” (x) where such entity is the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if such rating is “Prime-2” or above and its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s and (y) where such entity is not the subject of a Moody’s Short-term Rating, if its long-term, unsecured and unsubordinated debt obligations are rated “A3” or above by Moody’s.

(D)           So long as the Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Requirements apply, Party A will at its own cost use commercially reasonable efforts to, as soon as reasonably practicable, either (x) procure an Eligible Guarantee in respect of all of Party A’s present and future obligations under this Agreement to be provided by a guarantor with the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and/or the Moody’s Second Trigger Required Ratings or (y) transfer this Agreement in accordance with Part 5(r) below.

In the event of an Early Termination Date in respect of a Party A Downgrade, a Moody’s First Rating Trigger Replacement or a Moody’s Second Rating Trigger Replacement and the entering into by Party B of alternative swap arrangements, Party A shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and stamp taxes, relating to the entering into of such alternative swap arrangements.

(iv)           Failure by Party A to comply with or perform in all material respects any agreement or undertaking to be complied with or performed by the Swap Provider in accordance with the Indemnification and Disclosure Agreement dated as of March 29, 2007 between Party A and RFS Holding, L.L.C., with Party A as the sole Affected Party.

 (p)           Discontinued Agency .  If one of the foregoing credit rating agencies ceases to be in the business of rating Debt Securities and such business is not continued by a successor or assign of such agency (“Discontinued Agency”) ratings shall not be deemed withdrawn hereunder, and Party A and Party B shall use their best efforts to  jointly (i) select a nationally-recognized credit rating agency in substitution thereof and (ii) agree on the rating level issued by such substitute agency that is equivalent to the ratings specified herein of the Discontinued Agency, whereupon such substitute agency and equivalent rating shall replace the Discontinued Agency and the rating level thereof for the purposes of this Agreement. If at any time all of the agencies specified herein with respect to a party have become Discontinued Agencies and Party A and Party B have not previously agreed in good faith on at least one agency and equivalent rating in substitution for each Discontinued Agency and the applicable rating thereof, the downgrade provisions of Part 1(m)(i) shall cease to apply to the parties until a substitute agency is agreed upon as described above.

Part 2

Tax Representations

(a)                                   Payer Tax Representation .  For the purpose of Section 3(e) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B make the following representation:

6




It is not required by applicable law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Section9(h) of this Agreement) to be made by it to the other party under this Agreement.  In making this representation, it may rely on:

(i)             the accuracy of any representations made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Agreement;

(ii)            the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement; and

(iii)           the satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d) of this Agreement;

except that it will not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (ii) above and the other party does not deliver a form or document under Section 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement by reason of prejudice to its legal or commercial position.

(b)                                  Payee Tax Representations .  For the purpose of Section 3(f) of this Agreement, Party A and/or Party B make the representations specified below:

(i)             Party A makes the following representation when any office other than an office located in the United States is party to the trade:

(a)            It is fully eligible for the benefits of the “Business Profits” or “Industrial and Commercial Profits” provision, as the case may be, the “Interest” provision and/or the “Other Income” provision (if any) of the Specified Treaty with respect to any payment described in such provision and received or to be received by it in connection with this Agreement and no such payment is attributable to a trade or business carried on by it through a permanent establishment in the Specified Jurisdiction.

If such representation applies, then:

Specified Treaty ” means The Income Tax Convention between the United States of America and the Netherlands.

Specified Jurisdiction ” means the United States of America.

(b)            It is a “non-U.S. branch of a foreign person” (as that term is used in section 1.1441-4(a)(3)(ii) of United States Treasury Regulations) for United States federal income tax purposes

(ii)            Party A makes the following representations when an office in the United States is a party to the transaction:

(a)            It is a “foreign person” (as that term is used in section 1.6041-4(a)(4) of United States Treasury Regulations) for United States federal income tax purposes.

7




(b)            Each payment received or to be received by it in connection with this Agreement will be effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

(iii)           Party B will makes the following representations:

(a)            It is fully eligible for the benefits of the “Business Profits” or “Industrial and Commercial Profits” provision, as the case may be, the “Interest” provision and/or the “Other Income” provision (if any) of the Specified Treaty with respect to any payment described in such provision and received or to be received by it in connection with this Agreement and no such payment is attributable to a trade or business carried on by it through a permanent establishment in the Specified Jurisdiction.

If such representation applies, then:

Specified Treaty ” means The Income Tax Convention between the Netherlands and the United States of America.

Specified Jurisdiction ” means the Netherlands.

(b)            It is a “U.S. person” (as that term is used in section 1.1441-4(a)(3)(ii) of United States Treasury Regulations) for United States federal income tax purposes and an “Exempt recipient” within the meaning of section 1.6049-4(c)(1)(ii) of United States Treasury Regulations.

(c)                                   Modified Tax Provisions .  Party B’s obligations under Section 2(d)(i) of this Agreement shall be limited to complying with clauses (1), (2) and (3) thereof and Party B shall not be obligated to pay any amount that would otherwise be owing by it under clause (4).  Notwithstanding the definition of “Indemnifiable Tax” in Section 14 of this Agreement, in relation to Payments by Party A, any Tax shall be an Indemnifiable Tax and, in relation to payments by Party B, no Tax shall be an Indemnifiable Tax.

Part 3

Agreement to Deliver Documents

For the purpose of Sections 4(a)(i) and (ii) of this Agreement, each Party agrees to deliver the following documents, as applicable:

(a)                                   Tax forms, documents or certificates to be delivered are:

Party Required
to Deliver
Documents

 

Form/Document/
Certificate

 

Date by
which to be
delivered

 

Covered by
§(3)(d)
Representation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and Party B

 

IRS Form W-8BEN and IRS Form W-8ECI (with respect to Party A) and Form W-9 (with respect to Party B)

 

(i) Upon execution of the Agreement, (ii) every three years thereafter with respect to Form W-8BEN and Form W-8ECI, (iii) upon knowledge that such document is obsolete or inaccurate and (iv) thereafter, upon request of the other party.

 

N/A

 

8




(b)                                  Other documents to be delivered are:

Party
Required
to Deliver
Documents

 

Form/Document/
Certificate

 

Date by
which to be
delivered

 

Covered by
§(3)(d)
Representation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A

 

A copy of the most recent annual report (which shall be the Annual Report of ABN AMRO Holding N.V). containing audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year certified by independent certified public accountants and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the party’s country of organization, or, in lieu thereof, a copy of such party’s most recent Form 20-F as filed by ABN AMRO Holding N.V with the Securities and Exchange Commission (if any such statement is produced).

 

Upon request by Party B after publicly available.

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and
Party B

 

Incumbency certificate or other documents evidencing the authority of the party entering into this Agreement or any other document executed in connection with this Agreement.

 

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement or of any other documents executed in connection with this Agreement.

 

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and
Party B

 

Legal opinion in a form satisfactory to the other party.

 

Upon or promptly following execution of the Agreement.

 

No

 

Part 4

Miscellaneous

(a)                                   Addresses for Notices .  For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement:
Address for notices or communications to Party A:

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Chicago Branch

Global Documentation Unit

540 W. Madison Street, 22nd Floor

9




 

Chicago, IL   60661

Attention:

Treasury Documentation

Telephone:

312-904-5214

 

Fax:     312-904-0392

 

With a copy to the Office through which Party A is acting for the purposes of the relevant Transactions:

 

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Amsterdam Head Office

P.O. Box 283

1000 AE Amsterdam

The Netherlands

Attention:

Operations Derivatives Markets

 

 

Forex Options

Telephone:

31-20-6292654

Telefax:

31-20-6284832

 

 

Swaps

Telephone:

31-20-6284448

Telefax:

31-20-6281679

 

 

Interest Related Products

Telephone

31-20-3831226

Telefax:

31-20-6282462

 

 

Credit Derivatives

Telephone:

31-20-3831230

Telefax:

31-20-3832299

 

 

Telex:

16021     Answerback: ABAM NL

 

Electronic Messaging System Details: Swift ABNA NL 2A

 

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Chicago Branch

540 West Madison Avenue, Suite 2132

Chicago, IL 60661

Attention:Treasury Operations

Telefax: 312-855-5852

Telephone: 312-992-5816

Electronic Messaging System Details: ABNA US 33a XXX

 

ABN AMRO Bank N.V., London Branch

199 Bishopsgate,

London EC2M 3XW,

United Kingdom

 

 

Attention:

Fixed Income Derivatives Documentation

 

 

Telex:

887366 Answerback: ABNALN G

 

 

Telefax:

44 20 7857 9428

 

 

Telephone:

44 20 7678 3311

 

Electronic Messaging System Details: Swift ABNA GB 2L

10




(For all purposes).

Address for notices or communications to Party B:

 

Address:

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust

 

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrator

 

777 Long Ridge Road, Building B

 

Stamford, CT 06927

 

 

Attention:

Manager Operations - Securitization

Telephone:

203-585-6838

Facsimile:

203-585-6564

 

Address for notices or communications to Fitch:

Fitch Ratings

Attn:  Cynthia Ullrich

1 State Street Plaza 32 FL

New York, NY 10004

cynthia.ullrich@fitchratings.com

cc:  surveillance-abs-consumer@fitchratings.com

Fax:212-514-9879

Telephone:212-908-0609

(b)                                  Process Agent .  For the purpose of Section 13(c) of this Agreement:

Party A appoints as its Process Agent: Not applicable.

Party B appoints as its Process Agent:  Not applicable.

(c)                                   Offices .  The provisions of Section 10(a) shall apply to this Agreement.

(d)                                  Multibranch Party .  For the purpose of Section 10(b), Party A is a Multibranch Party and may act through its Amsterdam, Chicago and London Office.  Party B is not a Multibranch Party.

(e)                                   Calculation Agent .  The Calculation Agent shall be Party A.

(f)                                     Credit Support Document .  Details of any Credit Support Document:

Party A:               The Credit Support Annex, annexed hereto and any Eligible Guarantee, if any.

Party B:               Not applicable.

(g)                                  Credit Support Provider .

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party A:  Any guarantor under the Eligible Guarantee, if any.

Credit Support Provider means in relation to Party B:  Not applicable.

11




(h)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to choice of law doctrine.

(i)                                      Netting of Payments .  “Multiple Transaction Payment Netting” will not apply for the purpose of Section 2(c) of this Agreement to all Transactions (in each case starting from the date of this Agreement).

(j)                                      Affiliate ” will have the meaning specified in Section 14; provided that Party B is deemed to have no Affiliates.

(k)                                   Absence of Litigation . For the purpose of Section 3(c):—

“Specified Entity” means in relation to Party A: Not applicable.

“Specified Entity” means in relation to Party B:  Not applicable.

(l)                                      No Agency .  The provisions of Section 3(g) will apply to this Agreement.

(m)                                Additional Representations will apply.  For the purpose of Section 3 of this Agreement, the following will constitute an Additional Representation:—

(i)             Non-Reliance .  It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary.  It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) or the other party as investment advice or as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction, it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms and conditions of a Transaction will not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction.  No communication (written or oral) received from the other party will be deemed to be an assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.

(ii)            Assessment and Understanding .  It is capable of assessing the merits of and understanding (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of that Transaction.  It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the risks of that Transaction.

(iii)           Status of Parties . The other party is not acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to it in respect of that Transaction.

(iv)           Eligible Contract Participant . It is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in Section la(12) of the Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.

12




(n)                                  Consent to Recording .  Each party (i) consents to the recording of the telephone conversations of trading and marketing personnel of the parties in connection with this Agreement or any potential Transaction, (ii) agrees to obtain any necessary consent of, and give notice of such recording to, such personnel and (iii) agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that recordings may be submitted in evidence in any Proceedings.

Part 5

Other Provisions

(a)                             Recourse and Ranking .  The obligations of Party B under this Agreement, and under any Transaction executed hereunder, are solely the obligations of Party B.  No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing in respect of any Transaction or any other obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement against any member, employee, officer, director or agent of Party B.  Any accrued obligations owing by Party B under this Agreement and any Transaction shall be payable by Party B solely to the extent that funds are available therefor from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; and, following realization of the Trust Estate, any claims of Party A against Party B shall be extinguished.  Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Party B shall not be obligated to pay any amount pursuant to this Agreement unless Party B has received funds which may be used to make such payment in accordance with the Indenture.  Any amount which Party B does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim (as defined in §101 of the Bankruptcy Code) against or corporate obligation of Party B for any such insufficiency unless and until such payment is permitted under such preceding sentence.

(b)                                  Limitation of Defaults and Termination .   Notwithstanding the terms of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement, Party A shall be entitled to designate an Early Termination Date pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement only as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default set forth in Section 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(vii)(4) with respect to Party B as the Defaulting Party or a Termination Event set forth in Sections 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(iii) of this Agreement with respect to Party A as the Affected Party.

(c)                                   No Bankruptcy Petition Against Party B .  Party A hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day (or, if longer, the applicable preference period) after all the Notes (or any rated securities) issued by Party B under the Indenture have been paid in full it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, Party B any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.  The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(d)                                  Transfers .   Party A consents to the pledge and assignment by Party B of its rights hereunder and under any Transaction to the Indenture Trustee.

(e)                                   Additional Tax Provisions .  The definition of “Indemnifiable Tax” in Section 14 of this Agreement is modified by adding the following at the end thereof:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Indemnifiable Tax” also means any Tax imposed in respect of a payment under this Agreement by reason of a Change in Tax Law by a government or taxing authority of a Relevant Jurisdiction of the party making such payment, unless the other party is

13




incorporated, organized, managed and controlled or considered to have its seat in such jurisdiction, or is acting for purposes of this Agreement through a branch or office located in such jurisdiction.

(f)                                     Definitions .  Reference is hereby made to the 2000 ISDA Definitions (the “2000 Definitions”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”), which are hereby incorporated by reference herein and shall be deemed to be incorporated in each Confirmation hereunder, unless otherwise specified in a Confirmation. Any terms used and not otherwise defined herein which are contained in the 2000 Definitions shall have the meaning set forth therein.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein or in the Agreement or the 2000 Definitions shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, among Party B, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Indenture Trustee, as supplemented by the Series 2007-3 Indenture Supplement, dated as of the date hereof, as amended or supplemented from time to time (collectively, the “ Indenture ”).

(g)                                  Jurisdiction .  Section 13(b) of this Agreement is hereby amended by: (i) deleting the word “non-“ in the second line of subparagraph (i)(2) thereof; (ii) adding the words “except as necessary to pursue enforcement of the judgment of any such court in other jurisdictions” to the last line of subparagraph (i)(2) thereof and (iii), deleting paragraph (iii) thereof.

(h)                                  Waiver of Contractual Right of Setoff .  Without affecting the provisions of this Agreement requiring the calculation of certain net payment or closeout amounts, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other existing or future agreement, each party irrevocably waives any and all contractual rights it may have to set off, recoup or otherwise withhold or suspend or condition payment or performance of any obligation between the two parties hereunder against any obligations between the two parties under any other agreements.

(i)                               Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury .  Each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to trial by jury of any claim, demand or cause of action relating in any way to this Agreement or any Credit Support Document, whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise, and agrees that either party may file a copy of this section with any court as evidence of the waiver of its jury trial rights.

(j)                                      Conditions Precedent .  Section 2(a)(iii)(1) of the Agreement shall not apply to the obligations of Party A unless an Event of Default set forth in Sections 5(a)(i) or 5(a)(vii)(4) with respect to Party B has occurred and is continuing.

(k)                                   Amendment to Indenture .  Party B agrees that it shall not amend, modify or waive any provisions in the Indenture (or the Servicing Agreement) without the consent of Party A if such amendment, modification or waiver would materially adversely affect the value of any Transactions to Party A or any of Party A’s rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Transaction, modify the obligations of Party B under this Agreement or any Transaction, or impair the ability of Party B to fully perform any of Party B’s obligations, under this Agreement or any Transaction.

(l)                                      Method of Notice .  Section 12(a)(ii) of this Agreement is deleted in its entirety.

(m)                                Limitation on Liability of Trustee .  It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement is executed and delivered by The Bank of New York (Delaware), not individually or personally but solely as trustee of GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (the

14




“Trust”), in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) each of the representations, under­takings and agreements herein made on the part of the Trust is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agree­ments by The Bank of New York (Delaware) but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on The Bank of New York (Delaware), individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any Person claiming by, through or under the parties hereto and (d) under no circumstances shall The Bank of New York (Delaware) be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under this Master Agreement or any other related documents.

(n)                                  Payment and Consent Notices .  Party B shall provide Party A with copies of all notices given under the Indenture (i) pertaining to payment(s) that relate to or mention Party A and/or (ii) concerning matters requiring the consent of Party A.  Additionally, upon request, Party B shall provide Party A with any other notices which could be requested by the holders of any Note.

(o)                                  Part 1(o) .  Party A acknowledges the various provisions set forth in Part 1(o) hereof in connection with a downgrade (as set forth therein).  Party A agrees to act in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner in complying with the requirements therein.

(p)                                  Notice .  Party B agrees to provide notice to S&P of any transfers or amendments to this Agreement.  This Agreement shall not be amended, no Early Termination Date shall be effectively designated by Party B, and no transfer of any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be made (other than a transfer of all of Party A’s rights and obligations pursuant to Part 5(r) below unless Moody’s has been given prior written notice of such amendment, designation or transfer.

(q)                                  Rating Agency Condition No transfers, assignments, amendment, modification or waiver in respect of this Agreement will be effective unless, in addition to meeting the requirements otherwise set forth herein, a Ratings Reaffirmation has been obtained.

(r)             Transfers .

(i)             Subject to Section 6(b)(ii) and Part 5(r)(ii) below, Party A may not transfer (whether by way of security or otherwise) any interest or obligation in or under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Party B except that Party A may make such transfer pursuant to a consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all its assets to another entity.

(ii)            Subject to giving prior written notification to Party B, if the Moody’s First Rating Trigger Requirements apply, Party A may (at its own cost) transfer its rights and obligations with respect to this Agreement to any other entity (a “Transferee”) that is an Eligible Replacement such that the Transferee contracts with Party B on terms that:

(x)             have the effect of preserving for Party B the economic equivalent of all payment and delivery obligations (whether absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) under this Agreement immediately before such transfer; and

(y)            are, in all material respects, no less beneficial for Party B than the terms of this Agreement immediately before such transfer, as determined by Party B.

15




(iii)           In determining whether or not a transfer satisfies the condition in sub-paragraph (y) of Part 5(j)(ii) above, Party B shall act in a commercially reasonable manner.

(iv)           If an entity has made a Firm Offer (which remains capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance) to be the transferee of a transfer to be made in accordance with Part 5(j)(ii) above, Party B shall, at Party A’s written request and cost, take any reasonable steps required to be taken by it to effect such transfer.

(s)                                   (i)             If an Early Termination Date is designated with respect to resulting from an Event of Default or Additional Termination Event in which Party A is the Defaulting Party or sole Affected Party, paragraphs (i) to (iv) below shall apply:

(i)             The definition of “Close-Out Amount” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“”Close-Out Amount” means, with respect to any Early Termination Date:

(1)                                   if, on or prior to such Early Termination Date, an Eligible Firm Offer for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions is accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding, the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of such Eligible Firm Offer;

(2)                                   if, on such Early Termination Date, no Eligible Firm Offer for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions has been accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding and one or more Eligible Firm Offers have been communicated to Party B and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by Party B, the Termination Currency Equivalent of the amount (whether positive or negative) of the lowest of such Eligible Firm Offers (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) an Eligible Firm Offer expressed as a negative number is lower than a Eligible Firm Offer expressed as a positive number and (ii) the lower of two Eligible Firm Offers expressed as negative numbers is the one with the largest absolute value); or

(3)                                   if, on such Early Termination Date, no Eligible Firm Offer for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions is accepted by Party B so as to become legally binding and no Eligible Firm Offers have been communicated to Party B and remain capable of becoming legally binding upon acceptance by Party B, Party B’s Loss (whether positive or negative and without reference to any Unpaid amounts) for the relevant Terminated Transaction or group of Terminated Transactions.”

(ii)            “Eligible Firm Offer” means, with respect to one or more Terminated Transactions, a Firm Offer which is (1) made by a leading dealer in the relevant market selected by Party B (a “Reference Market-maker” ) that satisfies the Counterparty Ratings Requirement, (2) for an amount that would be paid to Party B (expressed as a negative number) or by Party B (expressed as a positive number) in consideration of an agreement between Party B and such Reference Market-maker to enter into a Replacement Transaction that would have the effect of preserving for such party the economic equivalent of any payment or delivery (whether the underlying obligation was absolute or contingent and assuming the satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of such Terminated Transactions or group of Terminated Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that Date, (3) made on the basis that Unpaid Amounts in respect of the Terminated Transaction or group of Transactions are to be excluded but, without

16




limitation, any payment or delivery that would, but for the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required (assuming satisfaction of each applicable condition precedent) after that Early Termination Date is to be included and (4) made in respect of a Replacement Transaction with terms that are, in all material respects, no less beneficial for Party B than those of this Agreement (save for the exclusion of provisions relating to Transactions that are not Terminated Transactions), as determined by Party B.

(ii)            In determining whether or not a Firm Offer satisfies the condition in sub-paragraph (4) of Eligible Firm Offer, Party B shall act in a commercially reasonable manner.

(iii)           At any time on or before the Early Termination Date at which two or more Eligible Firm Offers have been communicated to Party B and remain capable of becoming legally  binding upon acceptance by Party B, Party B shall be entitled to accept only the lowest of such Eligible Firm Offers (for the avoidance of doubt, (i) an Eligible Firm Offer expressed as a negative number is lower than an Eligible Firm Offer expressed as a positive number and (ii) the lower of two Eligible Firm Offers expressed as negative numbers is the one with the largest absolute value).

(iv)           If Party B requests Party A in writing to obtain Eligible Firm Offers, Party A shall use Reasonable efforts to do so before the Early Termination Date.

(v)            If the Close-Out Amount is a negative number, Section 6(e)(i) to (iv) of this Agreement shall be deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“Party B shall pay to Party A an amount equal to the absolute value of the Close-Out Amount in respect of the Terminated Transactions, (2) Party B shall pay to Party A the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party A and (3) Party A shall pay to Party B the Termination Currency Equivalent of the Unpaid Amounts owing to Party B, Provided that, (i) the amounts payable under (2) and (3) shall be subject to netting in accordance with Section 2(c) of this Agreement and (ii) notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any amount payable by Party A under (3) shall not be netted against any amount payable by Party B under (1).”

17




Please confirm your agreement to the terms of the foregoing Schedule by signing below.

 

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederick P. Engler

 

 

 

Name: Frederick P. Engler

 

 

Title: Regional Manager Documentation

 

 

 

North America

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Fain

 

 

 

Name: Christopher Fain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER
NOTE TRUST

 

 

 

By: The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in
its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

 

Name: Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

18



Exhibit 4.7

CONFIRMATION

Date:

June 28, 2007

 

 

To:

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (“ Party B ”)

 

 

From:

ABN AMRO Bank N.V. (“ Party A ”)

 

 

Transaction Reference Number:

6702789

 

The purpose of this letter agreement is to set forth the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between us on the Trade Date referred to below.  This letter constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Master Agreement specified below.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2000 ISDA Definitions (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., as such definitions are modified and amended by the Schedule to the Master Agreement) (the “ Definitions ”) are incorporated into this Confirmation.  In the event of any inconsistency between those definitions and provisions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.

This Confirmation supplements, forms a part of, and is subject to, the ISDA Master Agreement dated as of June 28, 2007, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “ Master Agreement ”) between you and us.  All provisions contained in the Master Agreement shall govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

The capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein, in the Master Agreement or in the Definitions shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, between Party B, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Indenture Trustee, as supplemented by the Series 2007-3 Indenture Supplement, dated as of June 28, 2007, between Party B, as Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee, both as amended or supplemented from time to time (collectively, the “ Indenture ”).

The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

Type of Transaction:

Class A-1 Notes Interest Rate Swap

 

 

Notional Amount:

As of any date, USD 949,750,000, minus the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class A-1 Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

 

Trade Date:

June 27, 2007

 

 

Effective Date:

June 28, 2007

 

 

Termination Date:

The earlier of (i) the Payment Date in June 2013; (ii) the date on which the Notional Amount is reduced to zero and (iii) an Early Termination Date.




 

Payment Date:

August 15, 2007 and the 15 th  day of each calendar month thereafter, subject to the Business Day Convention.

 

 

Calculation Period:

Initially, the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding, August 15, 2007, and for each period thereafter, from and including each Payment Date to but excluding the following Payment Date.

 

 

Business Day Convention:

Following

 

 

Business Day:

New York and Connecticut

 

 

Fixed Rate Amounts:

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Payer:

Party B

 

 

Fixed Rate Payer

 

Payment Date:

Each Payment Date

 

 

Fixed Rate Payer

 

Period End Dates:

Last day of each Calculation Period, with No Adjustment to Period End Date.

 

 

Fixed Rate:

5.298% per annum

 

 

Fixed Rate Day

 

Count Fraction:

30/360

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate Amounts:

 

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate Payer:

Party A

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate Payer

 

Payment Dates:

Each Payment Date

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate Payer

 

Period End Dates:

The last day of each Calculation Period, with Business Day Convention applicable.

 

 

Reset Date:

The first day of each Calculation Period

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate:

USD-LIBOR-BBA

 

 

Initial LIBOR Setting:

5.33103%

 

 

Designated Maturity:

One month, except for the first Calculation Period, which shall be determined by Linear Interpolation.

 

 

Spread:

None

2




 

LIBOR Floating Rate Day

 

Count Fraction:

Actual/360

 

 

Compounding:

N/A

 

 

Calculation Agent:

Party A

 

 

Account Details

 

 

Payments to Party A: To be provided in written instructions.

 

Payments to Party B: To be provided in written instructions.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3




Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing the copy of this Confirmation enclosed for that purpose and returning it to us.

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Robert Furlong

 

 

 

Name: Robert Furlong

 

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Stuart Ware-Lane

 

 

 

Name: Stuart Ware-Lane

 

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

S-1




Accepted and confirmed as of
the date first above written:

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST

By: The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in its individual capacity, but solely as
Trustee

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

Name: Kristine K. Gullo

 

Title: Vice President

 

S-2



Exhibit 4.8

CONFIRMATION

Date:

June 28, 2007

 

 

To:

GE Capital Credit Card Master Note Trust (“ Party B ”)

 

 

From:

ABN AMRO Bank N.V. (“ Party A ”)

 

 

Transaction Reference Number:

6702812

 

The purpose of this letter agreement is to set forth the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between us on the Trade Date referred to below.  This letter constitutes a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Master Agreement specified below.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 2000 ISDA Definitions (as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., as such definitions are modified and amended by the Schedule to the Master Agreement) (the “ Definitions ”) are incorporated into this Confirmation.  In the event of any inconsistency between those definitions and provisions and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.

This Confirmation supplements, forms a part of, and is subject to, the ISDA Master Agreement dated as of June 28, 2007, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “ Master Agreement ”) between you and us.  All provisions contained in the Master Agreement shall govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

The capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein, in the Master Agreement or in the Definitions shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Master Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2003, between Party B, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Indenture Trustee, as supplemented by the Series 2007-3 Indenture Supplement, dated as of June 28, 2007, between Party B, as Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee, both as amended or supplemented from time to time (collectively, the “ Indenture ”).

The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

Type of Transaction:

Class C Notes Interest Rate Swap

 

 

Notional Amount:

As of any date, USD 97,500,000, minus the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class C Noteholders on or prior to such date.

 

 

Trade Date:

June 27, 2007

 

 

Effective Date:

June 28, 2007

 

 

Termination Date:

The earlier of (i) the Payment Date in June 2013; (ii) the date on which the Notional Amount is reduced to zero and (iii) an Early Termination Date.




 

Payment Date:

August 15, 2007 and the 15 th  day of each calendar month thereafter, subject to the Business Day Convention.

 

 

Calculation Period:

Initially, the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding, August 15, 2007, and for each period thereafter, from and including each Payment Date to but excluding the following Payment Date.

 

 

Business Day Convention:

Following

 

 

Business Day:

New York and Connecticut

 

 

Fixed Rate Amounts:

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Payer:

Party B

 

 

Fixed Rate Payer

 

Payment Date:

Each Payment Date

 

 

Fixed Rate Payer

 

Period End Dates:

Last day of each Calculation Period, with No Adjustment to Period End Date.

 

 

Fixed Rate:

5.298% per annum

 

 

Fixed Rate Day

 

Count Fraction:

30/360

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate Amounts:

 

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate Payer:

Party A

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate Payer

 

Payment Dates:

Each Payment Date

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate Payer

 

Period End Dates:

The last day of each Calculation Period, with Business Day Convention applicable.

 

 

Reset Date:

The first day of each Calculation Period

 

 

LIBOR Floating Rate:

USD-LIBOR-BBA

 

 

Initial LIBOR Setting:

5.33103%

 

 

Designated Maturity:

One month, except for the first Calculation Period, which shall be determined by Linear Interpolation.

 

 

Spread:

None

2




 

LIBOR Floating Rate Day

 

Count Fraction:

Actual/360

 

 

Compounding:

N/A

 

 

Calculation Agent:

Party A

 

 

Account Details

 

 

 

Payments to Party A: To be provided in written instructions.

 

Payments to Party B: To be provided in written instructions.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3




Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing the copy of this Confirmation enclosed for that purpose and returning it to us.

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Robert Furlong

 

 

 

Name: Robert Furlong

 

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Stuart Ware-Lane

 

 

 

Name: Stuart Ware-Lane

 

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

S-1




Accepted and confirmed as of
the date first above written:

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST

By:  The Bank of New York (Delaware), not in its individual capacity, but solely as
Trustee

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

Name: Kristine K. Gullo

 

Title: Vice President

 

S-2



2007-3 (Class A-1)

Exhibit 4.9
Paragraph 13

Elections and Variables
to the ISDA Credit Support Annex
dated as of June 28, 2007
between

ABN AMRO BANK N.V. (“Party A”)

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST (“Party B”)

 

Paragraph 13.  Elections and Variables

(a)            Security Interest for “Obligations”.

(i)             The term “Obligations” as used in this Annex includes no “additional obligations” within the meaning of
Paragraph 12.

 (b)           Credit Support Obligations.

(i)             Delivery Amount, Return Amount and Credit Support Amount.  “Delivery Amount has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(a) except that (I) the words “upon a demand made by the Secured Party on or promptly following a Valuation Date” shall be deleted and replaced by the words “not later than the close of business on each Valuation Date”, (II) by deleting in its entirety the sentence beginning “Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13” and ending “(ii) the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

The “Delivery Amount applicable to the Pledgor for any Valuation Date will equal the greatest of

(1)            the amount by which (a) the S&P Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the S&P Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party,

(2)            the amount by which (a) the Fitch Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Fitch Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party

(3)            the amount by which (a) the Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Moody’s First Trigger Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party, and

(4)            the amount by which (a) the Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Moody’s Second Trigger Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.”; and

If, on any Valuation Date, the Delivery Amount equals or exceeds the Pledgor’s Minimum Transfer Amount, the Pledgor will transfer to the Secured Party sufficient Eligible Credit Support to ensure that, immediately following such transfer, the Delivery Amount shall be zero.

“Return Amount has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b) except that (I) the sentence beginning “Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13” and ending “(ii) the Credit Support Amount.” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

The “Return Amount applicable to the Secured Party for any Valuation Date will equal the least of




(1)            the amount by which (a) the S&P Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the S&P Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date,

(1)            the amount by which (a) the Fitch Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the Fitch Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date,

 (2)           the amount by which (a) the Moody’s First Trigger Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date, and

(3)            the amount by which (a) the Moody’s Second Trigger Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date.

In no event shall the Transferee be required to transfer any Posted Credit Support under Paragraph 3(b) if, immediately following such transfer, the Delivery Amount would be greater than zero.

Credit Support Amount shall not apply.  For purposes of calculating any Delivery Amount or Return Amount for any Valuation Date, reference shall be made to the S&P Credit Support Amount, the Fitch Credit Support Amount, the Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount, or the Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount, in each case for such Valuation Date, as provided in Paragraphs 13(b)(i)(A) and 13(b)(i)(B), above.

(ii)            Eligible Collateral.   The following terms will qualify as “Eligible Collateral” for the party specified:

Collateral (all denominated in USD)

 

S&P  Approved
Ratings
Downgrade/
Fitch
Valuation 
Percentage

 

S&P
Required
Ratings
Downgrade
Valuation
Percentage

 

Moody’s First
Trigger
Valuation
Percentage

 

Moody’s
Second
Trigger
Valuation
Percentage

 

(A)

Cash

 

100

%

80

%

100

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

Fixed-Rate Negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a remaining maturity on such date of not more than one year

 

98.5

%

78.8

%

100

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(C)

Fixed-Rate Negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a remaining maturity on such date of more than one year but not more than ten years

 

89.9

%

71.9

%

100

%

94

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(D)

Fixed-Rate Negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a remaining maturity on such date of more than ten years

 

83.9

%

67.1

%

100

%

88

%

 

2




Eligible Collateral continued:

(1)  “ Negotiable debt obligations ” has the meaning specified  in the 2003 Collateral Asset Definitions.

(2)  Restriction on US-STRIPS, US-TIPS.   Both parties agree that any US Treasury Strips (US-STRIPS) or US Treasury Inflation Protected Issues (US-TIPS) or similar securities representing a segment of the full payment obligation of a standard Treasury shall not be deemed Eligible Collateral and therefore must not be posted by either party.  US-STRIPS and US TIPS shall have the meaning as defined in the 2003 ISDA Collateral Asset Definitions or as amended therein.

(iii)           Thresholds.

(A)       “Independent Amount” means with respect to Party A:  US$0, unless otherwise specified in a Confirmation.

(B)        “Threshold” means with respect to Party A:  US$0 in the event that (I) Party A fails to assign all of its rights and obligations under the Agreement or enter into any other Qualifying Substitute Arrangement on or before the thirtieth (30) day after the date of a Fitch Downgrade (as described in Part 1(o) of the Schedule) continues to exist, (II) 10 Local Business Days after an S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade has occurred and Party A has not entered into any other Qualifying Substitute Arrangements, (III) 10 Local Business Days after an S&P Required Ratings Downgrade has occurred or (IV) no Relevant Entity has the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and either (i) no Relevant Entity has had the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings since this Annex was executed or (ii) at least 30 Local Business days have elapsed since the last time a Relevant Entity had the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings; otherwise, the Threshold shall be infinite.  With respect to party B:  infinity.

(C)        “Minimum Transfer Amount” means with respect to Party A and Party B:  US$50,000; provided however, that if Party A is a Defaulting Party at the time, “ Minimum Transfer Amount ” shall be Zero.

(D)       Rounding.   The Delivery Amount will be rounded up to the nearest integral multiple of US$10,000 and the Return Amount will be rounded down to the nearest integral multiple of US$10,000.

(c)            Valuation and Timing.

(i)             “Valuation Agent” means Party A, provided, however, that if Party A is a Defaulting Party at the time, “ Valuation Agent ” shall mean Party B.

(ii)           “Valuation Date” means:  (A) in relation to either party each Wednesday of the relevant calendar week  (or if such day is not a General Business Day then the immediately following General Business Day), and (B) any General Business Day designated by Party B which, in the reasonable judgment of Party B, would result in a Delivery Amount or Return Amount.  For the purpose of the foregoing, a General Business Day shall be a General Business Day in New York.

(iii)           “Valuation Time” means, the close of business in the Relevant Market on the day which is one General Business Day in the Relevant Market first preceding  the Valuation Date or date of calculation, as applicable; provided that the calculations of Value and Exposure will be made as of approximately the same time on the same date.

For the purposes of this provision, “ Relevant Market ” means (a) with respect to the calculation of Value, the principal market in which the relevant Eligible Credit Support is traded; and (b) with respect to the calculation of Exposure, the principal market for the relevant Transaction; each as determined by the Valuation Agent, subject to Paragraph 5, or as otherwise agreed between the parties.

3




(iv)           “Notification Time” means 11:00 a.m., on a General Business Day in New York.

(d)            Conditions Precedent and Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies.   The following Termination Event(s) will be a “Specified Condition” for the party specified (that party being the Affected Party if the Termination Event occurs with respect to that party):

 

Party A

 

 

 

Additional Termination Event(s): (If any)

 

[X]

 

(e)            Subs titution.

(i)             “Substitution Date” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(ii).

(ii)            Consent.   Inapplicable.

(f)             Dispute Resolution.

(i)             “Resolution Time” means 1:00 p.m., on the New York General Business Day following the date on which the notice is given that gives rise to a dispute under Paragraph 5.

(ii)            Value.   For the purpose of Paragraphs 5(i)(C) and 5(ii), the Value of Posted Credit Support will be calculated as follows:  the sum of (i) (x) the arithmetic mean of the closing bid prices quoted on the relevant date of three nationally recognized principal market makers (which may include an affiliate of Party A) for such security chosen by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage or (y) if no quotations are available from such principal market makers on the relevant date, the arithmetic mean of the closing bid prices on the next preceding date multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage plus (ii) the accrued interest on such security (except to the extent Transferred to a party pursuant to any applicable provision of this Agreement or included in the applicable price referred to in (i) of this clause) as of such date.

(iii)           Alternative.   The provisions of Paragraph 5 will apply.

(g)            Holding and Using Posted Collateral.

(i)             Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians.   Party B and its Custodian will be entitled to hold Posted Collateral pursuant to Paragraph 6(b) in the Swap Collateral Account (as defined in the Indenture), provided that any such Custodian shall have a minimum short-term unsecured, unsubordinated debt rating of “A-1” from S&P:  Initially, the Custodian for Party B is Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee shall replace itself with another Custodian within 60 day after its failure to satisfy the ratings set forth in the previous sentence.

(ii)            Use of Posted Collateral. The provisions of Paragraph 6(c)(i) will not apply to Posted  Collateral.

(h)            Distribution and Interest Amount.

(i)             Interest Rate .  The “ Interest Rate will be the actual interest rate earned on Posted Collateral in the form of Cash that is held by Party B or its Custodian.

(ii)            Transfer of Interest Amount .”  The Transfer of the Interest Amount will be made on the Third New York Business Day of each calendar month; provided however that the obligation of Party B to Transfer any Interest Amount to Party A shall be limited to the extent that Party B has earned and received such funds and such funds are available to Party B.

4




(iii)           Alternative to Interest Amount.   The provisions of Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will apply.

(iv)           The definition of Posted Collateral shall be amended by inserting the words “received by the Secured Party and” after “Interest Amount or portion thereof”.

(i)             Additional Representation(s). Not Applicable.

(j)             ISDA Master Agreement Protocol

The terms of Annex 14 of the ISDA 2002 Master Agreement Protocol as published by ISDA on July 15, 2003 (the “Protocol”) are incorporated by reference into this Agreement, and shall be construed in accordance with Section 6 of the Protocol.

(k)            Demands and Notices.

All demands, specifications and notices to Party A under this Annex will be made to:

As set forth in the Schedule.

All demands, specifications and notices to Party B under this Annex will be made to:

Bank of New York

Attn: Primary administrator, Cal Guillaume

Fax: 212-635-6338

email: CGuillaume@bankofny.com

Any demand, specification or notice may be made by telephone (“ Telephone Notice ”) between employees of each party if such Telephone Notice is confirmed by a subsequent written instruction (which may be delivered via facsimile or email) by the close of business on the same day that such Telephone Notice is given.

(l)             Addresses for Transfers.

With respect to Party A:  To be provided by written instructions.
With respect to Party B:
The Bank of New York
Attn: Primary administrator, Cal Guillaume
Fax: 212-635-6338
email: CGuillaume@bankofny.com

(m)           Other Provisions.

(i)     One Way CSA .  Agreement as to Single Secured Party and Single Pledgor.  Party A and Party B agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the recital to this Annex, Paragraph 1(b) or Paragraph 2 or the definitions in Paragraph 12, (a) the term “Secured Party” as used in this Annex means only Party B, (b) the term Pledgor” as used  in this Annex means only Party A, (c) only Party A makes the pledge and grant in Paragraph 2, the acknowledgement in the final sentence of Paragraph 8(a) and the representations in Paragraph 9.  Party A and Party B further agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the recital to this Annex or Paragraph 7, this Annex will constitute a Credit Support Document only with respect to Party A, and the Events of Default in Paragraph 7 will only apply to Party A

5




(ii)    Governing Law The terms and conditions of this  Annex shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City.

(iii)   2002 ISDA Master Agreement :  As the parties have agreed to utilize an Agreement in the form of the 2002 Master Agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) and ISDA has indicated that certain modifications are appropriate when using this Annex with said 2002 Master Agreement, the parties hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything herein or in the Agreement to the contrary, Paragraph 5(i)(b) and the definition of “Exposure” in Paragraph 12, each as set forth above in this Annex, shall be deemed amended and restated, for all purposes, as described below:

(i)             References throughout this Annex to “Swap Transactions” are deleted.

(ii)            The terms of Paragraph 5(i)(B) of this Annex are amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

“(B)          calculating the Exposure for the Transactions in dispute by seeking four actual quotations at mid-market from third parties for purposes of calculating the relevant Close-out Amount, and taking the arithmetic average of those obtained; provided that if four quotations are not available for a particular Transaction, then fewer than four quotations may be used for that Transaction, and if no quotations are available for a particular Transaction, then the Valuation Agent’s original calculations will be used for the Transaction absent manifest error; and”

(iii)           The definition of “Exposure” in Paragraph 12 of the Annex is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“‘Exposure’ means for any Valuation Date or other date for which Exposure is calculated and subject to Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, the amount, if any, that would be payable to a party that is the Secured Party by the other party (expressed as a positive number) or by a party that is the Secured Party to the other party (expressed as a negative number) pursuant to Section 6(e)(ii)(1) of this Agreement if all Transactions were being terminated as of the relevant Valuation Time, on the basis that (i) that party is not the Affected Party and (ii) U.S. Dollars is the Termination Currency; provided that the Close-out Amount will be determined by the Valuation Agent on behalf of that party using its estimates at mid-market of the amounts that would be paid for transactions providing the economic equivalent of (x) the material terms of the Transactions, including the payments and deliveries by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of the Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date (assuming satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section 2(a)(iii)); and (y) the option rights of the parties in respect of the Transactions, provided that, solely for the purpose of this definition, it shall be assumed that Part 5(s) is deleted.”

(iv)           Set-off.  The terms “Set-off” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(f) of the Agreement.

(iv)           Calculation of Value .   Paragraph 4(c) is hereby amended by deleting the word “Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Paragraph 4(d)(ii) is hereby amended by (A) deleting the words “a Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “an S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, and Moody’s Second Trigger Value” and (B) deleting the words “the Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, and Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Paragraph 5 (flush language)

6




is hereby amended by deleting the word “Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, or Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Paragraph 5(i) (flush language) is hereby amended by deleting the word “Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, and Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Paragraph 5(i)(C) is hereby amended by deleting the word “the Value, if” and inserting in lieu thereof “any one or more of the S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, or Moody’s Second Trigger Value, as may be”.  Paragraph 5(ii) is hereby amended by (1) deleting the first instance of the words “the Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “any one or more of the S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, or Moody’s Second Trigger Value” and (2) deleting the second instance of the words “the Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “such disputed S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, or Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Each of Paragraph 8(b)(iv)(B) and Paragraph 11(a) is hereby amended by deleting the word “Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “least of the S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, and Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.

(v)            Expenses .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 10, the Pledgor will be responsible for, and will reimburse the Secured Party for, all transfer and other taxes and other costs involved in any Transfer and maintenance of Eligible Collateral.

(vi)           Withholding .  Paragraph 6(d)(ii) is hereby amended by inserting immediately after “the Interest Amount” in the fourth line thereof  the words “less any applicable withholding taxes.”

(vii)          Additional Definitions .  As used in this Annex:

 “Moody’s First Trigger Event” means that no Relevant Entity has credit ratings from Moody’s at least equal to the Moody’s First Trigger Ratings Threshold.

“Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

(I)             (A)           for any Valuation Date on which (I) a Moody’s First Trigger Event has occurred and has been continuing (x) for at least 30 Local Business Days or (y) since this Annex was executed and (II) it is not the case that a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 Local Business Days, the greater of (a) zero and (b) sum of (i) the Secured Party’s Transaction Exposure for such Valuation Date and (ii) the aggregate of the Moody’s First Trigger Further Collateral Amounts for all Transactions;] or

(B)            for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(II)            the Threshold for Party A such Valuation Date.

Moody’s First Trigger Further Collateral Amount ” means for any Transaction and Valuation Date the product of the applicable Moody’s First Trigger Factor set forth in Table 1 and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date.

“Moody’s First Trigger Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral other than Cash, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the Moody’s First Trigger Valuation Percentage for such Eligible Collateral set forth in Paragraph 13(b)(ii).

  “Moody’s Second Trigger Event” means that no Relevant Entity has credit ratings from Moody’s at least equal to the Moody’s Second Trigger Ratings Threshold.

7




“Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

(I)             (A)           for any Valuation Date on which it is the case that a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 Local Business Days, the sum, for each Transaction to which this Annex relates, of an amount equal to the following:

(1)            if such Transaction is not a Transaction-Specific Hedge,
the greater of (a) zero, (b) the aggregate amount of the Next Payments (each determined based on the rates prevailing on such Valuation Date) for all Next Payment Dates and (c) sum of (i) the Secured Party’s Transaction Exposure for such Valuation Date and (ii) the aggregate of the Moody’s Second Trigger Further Collateral Amounts for allTransactions or
(2)            if such Transaction is a Transaction-Specific Hedge,
the greater of (a) zero, (b) the aggregate amount of the Next Payments (each determined based on the rates prevailing on such Valuation Date) for all Next Payment Dates and (c) sum of (i) the Secured Party’s Transaction Exposure for such Valuation Date and (ii) the aggregate of the Moody’s Second Trigger TSH Further Collateral Amounts for all Transactions or

(B)            for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(II)            the Threshold for Party A for such Valuation Date.

Moody’s Second Trigger Further Collateral Amount ” means for any Transaction and Valuation Date the product of the applicable Moody’s Second Trigger Factor set forth in the third column of Table 1and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date.

Moody’s Second Trigger TSH Further Collateral Amount ” means for any Transaction and Valuation Date the product of the applicable Moody’s Second Trigger Factor set forth in the fourth column of Table 1and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date.

  “Moody’s Second Trigger Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral other than Cash, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the Moody’s Second Trigger Valuation Percentage for such Eligible Collateral set forth in Paragraph 13(b)(ii).

Next Payment ” means, in respect of each Next Payment Date, the greater of (i) the amount of any payments due to be made by Party A under Section 2(a) on such Next Payment Date less any payments due to be made by Party B under Section 2(a) on such Next Payment Date (in each case, after giving effect to any applicable netting under Section 2(c)) and (ii) zero.

Next Payment Date ” means each date on which the next scheduled payment under any Transaction is due to be paid.

“Pricing Sources” means the sources of financial information commonly known as Bloomberg, Bridge Information Services, Data Resources Inc., Interactive Data Services, International

8




Securities Market Association, Merrill Lynch Securities Pricing Service, Muller Data Corporation, Reuters, Wood Gundy, Trepp Pricing, JJ Kenny, S&P and Telerate.

“Fitch Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

(I)             (A)           for any Valuation Date a Fitch Downgrade, has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 days, an amount equal to the sum, for each Transaction to which this Annex relates, of the sum of (1) 100.0% of the Secured Party’s Transaction Exposure for such Valuation Date and (2) the product of the Volatility Buffer for such Transaction and the Notional Amount of such Transaction for the Calculation Period of such Transaction which includes such Valuation Date, or

(B)            for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(II)            the Threshold for Party A for such Valuation Date.

“Fitch Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral, the product of (A) the bid price (or the face amount with respect to Cash) obtained by the Valuation Agent for such Eligible Collateral and (B) the Fitch Valuation Percentage for such Eligible Collateral set forth in paragraph 13(b)(ii).

“S&P Credit Support Amount” means, (a) if an S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade has occurred and has continued for 10 Local Business Days, for any Valuation Date, the Secured Party’s Exposure; (b) if an S&P Required Ratings Downgrade has occurred and has continued for 10 Local Business Days:  an amount equal to 125% of the Secured Party’s Exposure or (c) for any other date: zero.

“S&P Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral, the product of (A) the bid price (or the face amount with respect to Cash) obtained by the Valuation Agent for such Eligible Collateral and (B) in the event an S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade or an S&P Required Ratings Downgrade has been continuing for 10 Local Business days, the S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade/Fitch Valuation Percentage or the S&P Required Ratings Downgrade Valuation Percentage, respectively, for such Eligible Collateral set forth in paragraph 13(b)(ii).

“Transaction Exposure” means, for any Transaction, Exposure determined as if such Transaction were the only Transaction between the Secured Party and the Pledgor.

“Transaction-Specific Hedge” means any Transaction that is an interest rate cap, interest rate floor or interest rate swaption, or an interest rate swap in respect of which (x) the notional amount is “balance guaranteed” or (y) the notional amount for any Calculation Period otherwise is not a specific dollar amount that is fixed at the inception of the Transaction.

“Value” shall mean, in respect of any date, the related S&P Value, Fitch Value, the related Moody’s First Trigger Value, and the related Moody’s Second Trigger Value.

“Volatility Buffer” means, for any Transaction, the related percentage set forth in the following table.

9




Fitch Volatility Buffer:

The higher of the Fitch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit rating of (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party A and (ii) the

 

 

 

Credit Support

 

Remaining Weighted Average Maturity

 

Provider of Party A, if

 

(years)

 

applicable

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

At least “AA-”

 

0.8

%

1.7

%

2.5

%

3.3

%

4.0

%

4.7

%

5.3

%

5.9

%

“A+/A”

 

0.6

%

1.2

%

1.8

%

2.3

%

2.8

%

3.3

%

3.8

%

4.2

%

“A-/BBB+” or lower

 

0.5

%

1.0

%

1.6

%

2.0

%

2.5

%

2.9

%

3.3

%

3.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The higher of the Fitch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

credit rating of (i)

 

 

 

Party A and (ii) the

 

Remaining Weighted Average Maturity

 

Credit Support

 

(years)

 

Provider of Party A, if
applicable

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

Greater than or
equal to 15

 

At least “AA-”

 

6.5

%

7.0

%

7.5

%

8.0

%

8.5

%

9.0

%

9.5

%

“A+/A”

 

4.6

%

5.0

%

5.3

%

5.7

%

6.0

%

6.4

%

6.7

%

“A-/BBB+” or lower

 

4.0

%

4.3

%

4.7

%

5.0

%

5.3

%

5.6

%

5.9

%

 

10




Table 1

Remaining
Weighted Average Life
of Hedge in Years

 

Moody’s
First Trigger
Factor

 

Moody’s Second Trigger
Factor for Interest Rate
Swaps with Fixed Notional
Amounts

 

Moody’s Second Trigger
Factor for Transaction
Specific Hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 or less

 

0.25

%

0.60

%

0.75

%

More than 1 but not more than 2

 

0.50

%

1.20

%

1.50

%

More than 2 but not more than 3

 

0.70

%

1.70

%

2.20

%

More than 3 but not more than 4

 

1.00

%

2.30

%

2.90

%

More than 4 but not more than 5

 

1.20

%

2.80

%

3.60

%

More than 5 but not more than 6

 

1.40

%

3.30

%

4.20

%

More than 6 but not more than 7

 

1.60

%

3.80

%

4.80

%

More than 7 but not more than 8

 

1.80

%

4.30

%

5.40

%

More than 8 but not more than 9

 

2.00

%

4.80

%

6.00

%

More than 9 but not more than 10

 

2.20

%

5.30

%

6.60

%

More than 10 but not more than 11

 

2.30

%

5.60

%

7.00

%

More than 11 but not more than 12

 

2.50

%

6.00

%

7.50

%

More than 12 but not more than 13

 

2.70

%

6.40

%

8.00

%

More than 13 but not more than 14

 

2.80

%

6.80

%

8.50

%

More than 14 but not more than 15

 

3.00

%

7.20

%

9.00

%

More than 15 but not more than 16

 

3.20

%

7.60

%

9.50

%

More than 16 but not more than 17

 

3.30

%

7.90

%

9.90

%

More than 17 but not more than 18

 

3.50

%

8.30

%

10.40

%

More than 18 but not more than 19

 

3.60

%

8.60

%

10.80

%

More than 19 but not more than 20

 

3.70

%

9.00

%

11.00

%

More than 20 but not more than 21

 

3.90

%

9.00

%

11.00

%

More than 21

 

4.00

%

9.00

%

11.00

%

 

11




IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Credit Support Annex as of the date hereof.

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER
NOTE TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederick P. Engler

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

Name: Frederick P. Engler

 

  Name: Kristine K. Gullo

Title: Regional Manager Documentation

 

  Title: Vice President

 

 

 

Date: 6/28/07

 

Date: 6/28/07

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Fain

 

 

 

Name: Christopher Fain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Date: 6/28/07

 

 

 

12



2007-3 (Class C)

Exhibit 4.10
Paragraph 13

Elections and Variables
to the ISDA Credit Support Annex
dated as of June 28, 2007
between

ABN AMRO BANK N.V. (“Party A”)

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER NOTE TRUST

 

 

(“Party B”)

 

Paragraph 13.  Elections and Variables

(a)            Security Interest for “Obligations”.

(i)             The term “Obligations” as used in this Annex includes no “additional obligations” within the meaning of Paragraph 12.

 (b)           Credit Support Obligations.

(i)             Delivery Amount, Return Amount and Credit Support Amount.  “Delivery Amount has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(a) except that (I) the words “upon a demand made by the Secured Party on or promptly following a Valuation Date” shall be deleted and replaced by the words “not later than the close of business on each Valuation Date”, (II) by deleting in its entirety the sentence beginning “Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13” and ending “(ii) the Value as of that Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

The “Delivery Amount applicable to the Pledgor for any Valuation Date will equal the greatest of

(1)           the amount by which (a) the S&P Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the S&P Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party,

(2)           the amount by which (a) the Fitch Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Fitch Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party

(3)           the amount by which (a) the Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Moody’s First Trigger Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party, and

(4)            the amount by which (a) the Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date exceeds (b) the Moody’s Second Trigger Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party.”; and

If, on any Valuation Date, the Delivery Amount equals or exceeds the Pledgor’s Minimum Transfer Amount, the Pledgor will transfer to the Secured Party sufficient Eligible Credit Support to ensure that, immediately following such transfer, the Delivery Amount shall be zero.

Return Amount has the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b) except that (I) the sentence beginning “Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13” and ending “(ii) the Credit Support Amount.” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

The “Return Amount applicable to the Secured Party for any Valuation Date will equal the least of




(1)            the amount by which (a) the S&P Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the S&P Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date,

(1)            the amount by which (a) the Fitch Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the Fitch Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date,

 (2)           the amount by which (a) the Moody’s First Trigger Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date, and

(3)            the amount by which (a) the Moody’s Second Trigger Value as of such Valuation Date of all Posted Credit Support held by the Secured Party exceeds (b) the Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount for such Valuation Date.

In no event shall the Transferee be required to transfer any Posted Credit Support under Paragraph 3(b) if, immediately following such transfer, the Delivery Amount would be greater than zero.

Credit Support Amount shall not apply.  For purposes of calculating any Delivery Amount or Return Amount for any Valuation Date, reference shall be made to the S&P Credit Support Amount, the Fitch Credit Support Amount, the Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount, or the Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount, in each case for such Valuation Date, as provided in Paragraphs 13(b)(i)(A) and 13(b)(i)(B), above.

(ii)            Eligible Collateral.   The following terms will qualify as “Eligible Collateral” for the party specified:

Collateral (all denominated in USD)

 

S&P  Approved 
Ratings 
Downgrade/
Fitch 
Valuation 
Percentage

 

S&P  
Required 
Ratings 
Downgrade 
Valuation 
Percentage

 

Moody’s First
Trigger 
Valuation 
Percentage

 

Moody’s 
Second 
Trigger 
Valuation 
Percentage

 

(A)

Cash

 

100

%

80

%

100

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

Fixed-Rate Negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a remaining maturity on such date of not more than one year

 

98.5

%

78.8

%

100

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(C)

Fixed-Rate Negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a remaining maturity on such date of more than one year but not more than ten years

 

89.9

%

71.9

%

100

%

94

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(D)

Fixed-Rate Negotiable debt obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury Department having a remaining maturity on such date of more than ten years

 

83.9

%

67.1

%

100

%

88

%

 

2




Eligible Collateral continued:

(1)  “ Negotiable debt obligations ” has the meaning specified  in the 2003 Collateral Asset Definitions.

(2)  Restriction on US-STRIPS, US-TIPS.   Both parties agree that any US Treasury Strips (US-STRIPS) or US Treasury Inflation Protected Issues (US-TIPS) or similar securities representing a segment of the full payment obligation of a standard Treasury shall not be deemed Eligible Collateral and therefore must not be posted by either party.  US-STRIPS and US TIPS shall have the meaning as defined in the 2003 ISDA Collateral Asset Definitions or as amended therein.

(iii)           Thresholds.

(A)       “Independent Amount” means with respect to Party A:  US$0, unless otherwise specified in a Confirmation.

(B)        “Threshold” means with respect to Party A:  US$0 in the event that (I) Party A fails to assign all of its rights and obligations under the Agreement or enter into any other Qualifying Substitute Arrangement on or before the thirtieth (30) day after the date of a Fitch Downgrade (as described in Part 1(o) of the Schedule) continues to exist, (II) 10 Local Business Days after an S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade has occurred and Party A has not entered into any other Qualifying Substitute Arrangements, (III) 10 Local Business Days after an S&P Required Ratings Downgrade has occurred or (IV) no Relevant Entity has the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings and either (i) no Relevant Entity has had the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings since this Annex was executed or (ii) at least 30 Local Business days have elapsed since the last time a Relevant Entity had the Moody’s First Trigger Required Ratings; otherwise, the Threshold shall be infinite.  With respect to party B:  infinity.

(C)        “Minimum Transfer Amount” means with respect to Party A and Party B:  US$50,000; provided however, that if Party A is a Defaulting Party at the time, “ Minimum Transfer Amount ” shall be Zero.

(D)       Rounding.   The Delivery Amount will be rounded up to the nearest integral multiple of US$10,000 and the Return Amount will be rounded down to the nearest integral multiple of US$10,000.

(c)            Valuation and Timing.

(i)             “Valuation Agent” means Party A, provided, however, that if Party A is a Defaulting Party at the time, “ Valuation Agent ” shall mean Party B.

(ii)           “Valuation Date” means:  (A) in relation to either party each Wednesday of the relevant calendar week  (or if such day is not a General Business Day then the immediately following General Business Day), and (B) any General Business Day designated by Party B which, in the reasonable judgment of Party B, would result in a Delivery Amount or Return Amount.  For the purpose of the foregoing, a General Business Day shall be a General Business Day in New York.

(iii)           “Valuation Time” means, the close of business in the Relevant Market on the day which is one General Business Day in the Relevant Market first preceding  the Valuation Date or date of calculation, as applicable; provided that the calculations of Value and Exposure will be made as of approximately the same time on the same date.

For the purposes of this provision, “ Relevant Market ” means (a) with respect to the calculation of Value, the principal market in which the relevant Eligible Credit Support is traded; and (b) with respect to the calculation of Exposure, the principal market for the relevant Transaction; each as determined by the Valuation Agent, subject to Paragraph 5, or as otherwise agreed between the parties.

3




(iv)           “Notification Time” means 11:00 a.m., on a General Business Day in New York.

(d)            Conditions Precedent and Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies.   The following Termination Event(s) will be a “Specified Condition” for the party specified (that party being the Affected Party if the Termination Event occurs with respect to that party):

 

Party A

 

 

 

Additional Termination Event(s): (If any)

 

[X]

 

(e)            Substitution.

(i)             “Substitution Date” has the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(d)(ii).

(ii)            Consent.   Inapplicable.

(f)             Dispute Resolution.

(i)             “Resolution Time” means 1:00 p.m., on the New York General Business Day following the date on which the notice is given that gives rise to a dispute under Paragraph 5.

(ii)            Value.   For the purpose of Paragraphs 5(i)(C) and 5(ii), the Value of Posted Credit Support will be calculated as follows:  the sum of (i) (x) the arithmetic mean of the closing bid prices quoted on the relevant date of three nationally recognized principal market makers (which may include an affiliate of Party A) for such security chosen by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage or (y) if no quotations are available from such principal market makers on the relevant date, the arithmetic mean of the closing bid prices on the next preceding date multiplied by the applicable Valuation Percentage plus (ii) the accrued interest on such security (except to the extent Transferred to a party pursuant to any applicable provision of this Agreement or included in the applicable price referred to in (i) of this clause) as of such date.

(iii)           Alternative.   The provisions of Paragraph 5 will apply.

(g)            Holding and Using Posted Collateral.

(i)             Eligibility to Hold Posted Collateral; Custodians.   Party B and its Custodian will be entitled to hold Posted Collateral pursuant to Paragraph 6(b) in the Swap Collateral Account (as defined in the Indenture), provided that any such Custodian shall have a minimum short-term unsecured, unsubordinated debt rating of “A-1” from S&P:  Initially, the Custodian for Party B is Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee shall replace itself with another Custodian within 60 day after its failure to satisfy the ratings set forth in the previous sentence.

(ii)            Use of Posted Collateral. The provisions of Paragraph 6(c)(i) will not apply to Posted  Collateral.

(h)            Distribution and Interest Amount.

(i)             Interest Rate .  The “ Interest Rate ” will be the actual interest rate earned on Posted Collateral in the form of Cash that is held by Party B or its Custodian.

(ii)            Transfer of Interest Amount .”  The Transfer of the Interest Amount will be made on the Third New York Business Day of each calendar month; provided however that the obligation of Party B to Transfer any Interest Amount to Party A shall be limited to the extent that Party B has earned and received such funds and such funds are available to Party B.

4




(iii)           Alternative to Interest Amount.   The provisions of Paragraph 6(d)(ii) will apply.

(iv)           The definition of Posted Collateral shall be amended by inserting the words “received by the Secured Party and” after “Interest Amount or portion thereof”.

(i)             Additional Representation(s). Not Applicable.

(j)             ISDA Master Agreement Protocol

The terms of Annex 14 of the ISDA 2002 Master Agreement Protocol as published by ISDA on July 15, 2003 (the “Protocol”) are incorporated by reference into this Agreement, and shall be construed in accordance with Section 6 of the Protocol.

(k)            Demands and Notices.

All demands, specifications and notices to Party A under this Annex will be made to:

As set forth in the Schedule.

All demands, specifications and notices to Party B under this Annex will be made to:

Bank of New York

Attn: Primary administrator, Cal Guillaume

Fax: 212-635-6338

email: CGuillaume@bankofny.com

Any demand, specification or notice may be made by telephone (“ Telephone Notice ”) between employees of each party if such Telephone Notice is confirmed by a subsequent written instruction (which may be delivered via facsimile or email) by the close of business on the same day that such Telephone Notice is given.

(l)             Addresses for Transfers.

With respect to Party A:  To be provided by written instructions.
With respect to Party B:
The Bank of New York
Attn: Primary administrator, Cal Guillaume
Fax: 212-635-6338
email: CGuillaume@bankofny.com

(m)           Other Provisions.

(i)     One Way CSA .  Agreement as to Single Secured Party and Single Pledgor.  Party A and Party B agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the recital to this Annex, Paragraph 1(b) or Paragraph 2 or the definitions in Paragraph 12, (a) the term “Secured Party” as used in this Annex means only Party B, (b) the term Pledgor” as used  in this Annex means only Party A, (c) only Party A makes the pledge and grant in Paragraph 2, the acknowledgement in the final sentence of Paragraph 8(a) and the representations in Paragraph 9.  Party A and Party B further agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the recital to this Annex or Paragraph 7, this Annex will constitute a Credit Support Document only with respect to Party A, and the Events of Default in Paragraph 7 will only apply to Party A

5




(ii)    Governing Law The terms and conditions of this  Annex shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City.

(iii) 2002 ISDA Master Agreemen t :  As the parties have agreed to utilize an Agreement in the form of the 2002 Master Agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) and ISDA has indicated that certain modifications are appropriate when using this Annex with said 2002 Master Agreement, the parties hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything herein or in the Agreement to the contrary, Paragraph 5(i)(b) and the definition of “Exposure” in Paragraph 12, each as set forth above in this Annex, shall be deemed amended and restated, for all purposes, as described below:

(i)             References throughout this Annex to “Swap Transactions” are deleted.

(ii)            The terms of Paragraph 5(i)(B) of this Annex are amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

“(B)          calculating the Exposure for the Transactions in dispute by seeking four actual quotations at mid-market from third parties for purposes of calculating the relevant Close-out Amount, and taking the arithmetic average of those obtained; provided that if four quotations are not available for a particular Transaction, then fewer than four quotations may be used for that Transaction, and if no quotations are available for a particular Transaction, then the Valuation Agent’s original calculations will be used for the Transaction absent manifest error; and”

(iii)           The definition of “Exposure” in Paragraph 12 of the Annex is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“‘Exposure’ means for any Valuation Date or other date for which Exposure is calculated and subject to Paragraph 5 in the case of a dispute, the amount, if any, that would be payable to a party that is the Secured Party by the other party (expressed as a positive number) or by a party that is the Secured Party to the other party (expressed as a negative number) pursuant to Section 6(e)(ii)(1) of this Agreement if all Transactions were being terminated as of the relevant Valuation Time, on the basis that (i) that party is not the Affected Party and (ii) U.S. Dollars is the Termination Currency; provided that the Close-out Amount will be determined by the Valuation Agent on behalf of that party using its estimates at mid-market of the amounts that would be paid for transactions providing the economic equivalent of (x) the material terms of the Transactions, including the payments and deliveries by the parties under Section 2(a)(i) in respect of the Transactions that would, but for the occurrence of the relevant Early Termination Date, have been required after that date (assuming satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section 2(a)(iii)); and (y) the option rights of the parties in respect of the Transactions, provided that, solely for the purpose of this definition, it shall be assumed that Part 5(s) is deleted.”

(iv)           Set-off.  The terms “Set-off” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(f) of the Agreement.

(iv)           Calculation of Value .   Paragraph 4(c) is hereby amended by deleting the word “Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Paragraph 4(d)(ii) is hereby amended by (A) deleting the words “a Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “an S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, and Moody’s Second Trigger Value” and (B) deleting the words “the Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, and Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Paragraph 5 (flush language)

6




is hereby amended by deleting the word “Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, or Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Paragraph 5(i) (flush language) is hereby amended by deleting the word “Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, and Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Paragraph 5(i)(C) is hereby amended by deleting the word “the Value, if” and inserting in lieu thereof “any one or more of the S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, or Moody’s Second Trigger Value, as may be”.  Paragraph 5(ii) is hereby amended by (1) deleting the first instance of the words “the Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “any one or more of the S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, or Moody’s Second Trigger Value” and (2) deleting the second instance of the words “the Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “such disputed S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, or Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.  Each of
Paragraph 8(b)(iv)(B) and Paragraph 11(a) is hereby amended by deleting the word “Value” and inserting in lieu thereof “least of the S&P/Fitch Value, Moody’s First Trigger Value, and Moody’s Second Trigger Value”.

(v)            Expenses .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 10, the Pledgor will be responsible for, and will reimburse the Secured Party for, all transfer and other taxes and other costs involved in any Transfer and maintenance of Eligible Collateral.

(vi)           Withholding .  Paragraph 6(d)(ii) is hereby amended by inserting immediately after “the Interest Amount” in the fourth line thereof  the words “less any applicable withholding taxes.”

(vii)          Additional Definitions .  As used in this Annex:

 “Moody’s First Trigger Event” means that no Relevant Entity has credit ratings from Moody’s at least equal to the Moody’s First Trigger Ratings Threshold.

“Moody’s First Trigger Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

(I)             (A)           for any Valuation Date on which (I) a Moody’s First Trigger Event has occurred and has been continuing (x) for at least 30 Local Business Days or (y) since this Annex was executed and (II) it is not the case that a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 Local Business Days, the greater of (a) zero and (b) sum of (i) the Secured Party’s Transaction Exposure for such Valuation Date and (ii) the aggregate of the Moody’s First Trigger Further Collateral Amounts for all Transactions;] or

(B)            for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(II)            the Threshold for Party A such Valuation Date.

Moody’s First Trigger Further Collateral Amount ” means for any Transaction and Valuation Date the product of the applicable Moody’s First Trigger Factor set forth in Table 1 and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date.

“Moody’s First Trigger Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral other than Cash, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the Moody’s First Trigger Valuation Percentage for such Eligible Collateral set forth in Paragraph 13(b)(ii).

  “Moody’s Second Trigger Event” means that no Relevant Entity has credit ratings from Moody’s at least equal to the Moody’s Second Trigger Ratings Threshold.

7




“Moody’s Second Trigger Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

(I)             (A)           for any Valuation Date on which it is the case that a Moody’s Second Trigger Event has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 Local Business Days, the sum, for each Transaction to which this Annex relates, of an amount equal to the following:

(1)            if such Transaction is not a Transaction-Specific Hedge,
the greater of (a) zero, (b) the aggregate amount of the Next Payments (each determined based on the rates prevailing on such Valuation Date) for all Next Payment Dates and (c) sum of (i) the Secured Party’s Transaction Exposure for such Valuation Date and (ii) the aggregate of the Moody’s Second Trigger Further Collateral Amounts for allTransactions or
(2)            if such Transaction is a Transaction-Specific Hedge,
the greater of (a) zero, (b) the aggregate amount of the Next Payments (each determined based on the rates prevailing on such Valuation Date) for all Next Payment Dates and (c) sum of (i) the Secured Party’s Transaction Exposure for such Valuation Date and (ii) the aggregate of the Moody’s Second Trigger TSH Further Collateral Amounts for all Transactions or

(B)            for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(II)            the Threshold for Party A for such Valuation Date.

Moody’s Second Trigger Further Collateral Amount ” means for any Transaction and Valuation Date the product of the applicable Moody’s Second Trigger Factor set forth in the third column of Table 1and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date.

Moody’s Second Trigger TSH Further Collateral Amount ” means for any Transaction and Valuation Date the product of the applicable Moody’s Second Trigger Factor set forth in the fourth column of Table 1and the Notional Amount for such Transaction for the Calculation Period which includes such Valuation Date.

  “Moody’s Second Trigger Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral other than Cash, the bid price obtained by the Valuation Agent multiplied by the Moody’s Second Trigger Valuation Percentage for such Eligible Collateral set forth in Paragraph 13(b)(ii).

Next Payment ” means, in respect of each Next Payment Date, the greater of (i) the amount of any payments due to be made by Party A under Section 2(a) on such Next Payment Date less any payments due to be made by Party B under Section 2(a) on such Next Payment Date (in each case, after giving effect to any applicable netting under Section 2(c)) and (ii) zero.

Next Payment Date ” means each date on which the next scheduled payment under any Transaction is due to be paid.

“Pricing Sources” means the sources of financial information commonly known as Bloomberg, Bridge Information Services, Data Resources Inc., Interactive Data Services, International

8




Securities Market Association, Merrill Lynch Securities Pricing Service, Muller Data Corporation, Reuters, Wood Gundy, Trepp Pricing, JJ Kenny, S&P and Telerate.

“Fitch Credit Support Amount” means, for any Valuation Date, the excess, if any, of

(I)             (A)          for any Valuation Date a Fitch Downgrade, has occurred and been continuing for at least 30 days, an amount equal to the sum, for each Transaction to which this Annex relates, of the sum of (1) 100.0% of the Secured Party’s Transaction Exposure for such Valuation Date and (2) the product of the Volatility Buffer for such Transaction and the Notional Amount of such Transaction for the Calculation Period of such Transaction which includes such Valuation Date, or

(B)            for any other Valuation Date, zero, over

(II)            the Threshold for Party A for such Valuation Date.

“Fitch Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral, the product of (A) the bid price (or the face amount with respect to Cash) obtained by the Valuation Agent for such Eligible Collateral and (B) the Fitch Valuation Percentage for such Eligible Collateral set forth in paragraph 13(b)(ii).

“S&P Credit Support Amount” means, (a) if an S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade has occurred and has continued for 10 Local Business Days, for any Valuation Date, the Secured Party’s Exposure; (b) if an S&P Required Ratings Downgrade has occurred and has continued for 10 Local Business Days:  an amount equal to 125% of the Secured Party’s Exposure or (c) for any other date: zero.

“S&P Value” means, on any date and with respect to any Eligible Collateral, the product of (A) the bid price (or the face amount with respect to Cash) obtained by the Valuation Agent for such Eligible Collateral and (B) in the event an S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade or an S&P Required Ratings Downgrade has been continuing for 10 Local Business days, the S&P Approved Ratings Downgrade/Fitch Valuation Percentage or the S&P Required Ratings Downgrade Valuation Percentage, respectively, for such Eligible Collateral set forth in paragraph 13(b)(ii).

“Transaction Exposure” means, for any Transaction, Exposure determined as if such Transaction were the only Transaction between the Secured Party and the Pledgor.

“Transaction-Specific Hedge” means any Transaction that is an interest rate cap, interest rate floor or interest rate swaption, or an interest rate swap in respect of which (x) the notional amount is “balance guaranteed” or (y) the notional amount for any Calculation Period otherwise is not a specific dollar amount that is fixed at the inception of the Transaction.

“Value” shall mean, in respect of any date, the related S&P Value, Fitch Value, the related Moody’s First Trigger Value, and the related Moody’s Second Trigger Value.

“Volatility Buffer” means, for any Transaction, the related percentage set forth in the following table.

9




Fitch Volatility Buffer:

The higher of the Fitch 
credit rating of (i) 
Party A and (ii) the 
Credit Support 

 

Remaining Weighted Average Maturity 

 

Provider of Party A, if 

 

(years)

 

applicable

 

1

 

2

 

3

 

4

 

5

 

6

 

7

 

8

 

At least “AA-”

 

0.8

%

1.7

%

2.5

%

3.3

%

4.0

%

4.7

%

5.3

%

5.9

%

“A+/A”

 

0.6

%

1.2

%

1.8

%

2.3

%

2.8

%

3.3

%

3.8

%

4.2

%

“A-/BBB+” or lower

 

0.5

%

1.0

%

1.6

%

2.0

%

2.5

%

2.9

%

3.3

%

3.6

%

 

The higher of the Fitch 
credit rating of (i) 
Party A and (ii) the 

 

Remaining Weighted Average Maturity 

 

Credit Support 

 

(years)

 

Provider of Party A, if 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greater than or

 

applicable

 

9

 

10

 

11

 

12

 

13

 

14

 

equal to 15

 

At least “AA-”

 

6.5

%

7.0

%

7.5

%

8.0

%

8.5

%

9.0

%

9.5

%

“A+/A”

 

4.6

%

5.0

%

5.3

%

5.7

%

6.0

%

6.4

%

6.7

%

“A-/BBB+” or lower

 

4.0

%

4.3

%

4.7

%

5.0

%

5.3

%

5.6

%

5.9

%

 

10




Table 1

Remaining
Weighted Average Life 
of Hedge in Years

 

Moody’s 
First Trigger 
Factor

 

Moody’s Second Trigger 
Factor for Interest Rate 
Swaps with Fixed Notional 
Amounts

 

Moody’s Second Trigger 
Factor for Transaction
Specific Hedges

 

1 or less

 

0.25

%

0.60

%

0.75

%

More than 1 but not more than 2

 

0.50

%

1.20

%

1.50

%

More than 2 but not more than 3

 

0.70

%

1.70

%

2.20

%

More than 3 but not more than 4

 

1.00

%

2.30

%

2.90

%

More than 4 but not more than 5

 

1.20

%

2.80

%

3.60

%

More than 5 but not more than 6

 

1.40

%

3.30

%

4.20

%

More than 6 but not more than 7

 

1.60

%

3.80

%

4.80

%

More than 7 but not more than 8

 

1.80

%

4.30

%

5.40

%

More than 8 but not more than 9

 

2.00

%

4.80

%

6.00

%

More than 9 but not more than 10

 

2.20

%

5.30

%

6.60

%

More than 10 but not more than 11

 

2.30

%

5.60

%

7.00

%

More than 11 but not more than 12

 

2.50

%

6.00

%

7.50

%

More than 12 but not more than 13

 

2.70

%

6.40

%

8.00

%

More than 13 but not more than 14

 

2.80

%

6.80

%

8.50

%

More than 14 but not more than 15

 

3.00

%

7.20

%

9.00

%

More than 15 but not more than 16

 

3.20

%

7.60

%

9.50

%

More than 16 but not more than 17

 

3.30

%

7.90

%

9.90

%

More than 17 but not more than 18

 

3.50

%

8.30

%

10.40

%

More than 18 but not more than 19

 

3.60

%

8.60

%

10.80

%

More than 19 but not more than 20

 

3.70

%

9.00

%

11.00

%

More than 20 but not more than 21

 

3.90

%

9.00

%

11.00

%

More than 21

 

4.00

%

9.00

%

11.00

%

 

11




IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Credit Support Annex as of the date hereof.

 

ABN AMRO BANK N.V.

 

GE CAPITAL CREDIT CARD MASTER

 

 

NOTE TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederick P. Engler

 

 

By:

/s/ Kristine K. Gullo

 

 

Name: Frederick P. Engler

 

 

Name: Kristine K. Gullo

 

Title: Regional Manager Documentation

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

North America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: 6/28/07

 

Date: 6/28/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Fain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Christopher Fain

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: 6/28/07

 

 

 

12